SOLICITATION/CONTRACT/ORDER FOR COMMERCIAL ITEMS 

OFFEROR TO COMPLETE BLOCKS 12, 17, 23, 24, & 30 1000040714

1. REQUISITION NUMBER

2. CONTRACT NO. 3. AWARD/EFFECTIVE 

DATE

4. ORDER NUMBER

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

5. SOLICITATION NUMBER

2016 )(%

6. SOLICITATION ISSUE 

 DATE

Robert Napolitano PARAB42

a. NAME

Phone: DSN-695-6382

b. TELEPHONE NUMBER (No Collect

calls)

2016 MAY 06

8. OFFER DUE DATE/ 

LOCAL TIME

9. ISSUED BY CODE SPE4A2

DLA AVIATION 

ASC SMSG DIV SPECIAL ACQUISITION 

8000 JEFFERSON DAVIS HIGHWAY 

RICHMOND VA 23297 

USA

10. THIS ACQUISITION IS UNRESTRICTED OR SET ASIDE: % FOR:

SMALL BUSINESS

HUBZONE SMALL 

BUSINESS

 WOMEN-OWNED SMALL BUSINESS 

 (WOSB) ELIGIBLE UNDER THE WOMEN-OWNED 

 SMALL BUSINESS PROGRAM

8 (A)

SERVICE-DISABLED

VETERAN-OWNED

SMALL BUSINESS

NAICS: 332722

SIZE STANDARD:

11. DELIVERYFOR FOB DESTINATION UNLESS BLOCK IS 

MARKED

12. DISCOUNT TERMS

13a. THIS CONTRACT IS A 

RATED ORDER UNDER 

DPAS (15 CFR 700)

 13b. RATING

14. METHOD OF SOLICITATION

RFQ IFB RFP

15. DELIVER TO CODE 16. ADMINISTERED BY CODE

17a. CONTRACTOR/ CODE

 OFFEROR

FACILITY

CODE

TELEPHONE NO.

18a. PAYMENT WILL BE MADE BY CODE

17b. CHECK IF REMITTANCE IS DIFFERENT AND PUT SUCH ADDRESS IN 

OFFER

18b. SUBMIT INVOICES TO ADDRESS SHOWN IN BLOCK 18a UNLESS BLOCK

BELOW IS CHECKED

19.

ITEM NO.

20.

SCHEDULE OF SUPPLIES/SERVICES

21.

QUANTITY

 22.

 UNIT

23.

UNIT PRICE

24.

AMOUNT

See Schedule

(Use Reverse and/or Attach Additional Sheets as Necessary)

25. ACCOUNTING AND APPROPRIATION DATA 26. TOTAL AWARD AMOUNT (For Govt. Use Only)

27a. SOLICITATION INCORPORATES BY REFERENCE FAR 52.212-1, 52.212-4. FAR 52.212-3 AND 52.212-5 ARE ATTACHED. ADDENDA ARE ARE NOT ATTACHED

27b. CONTRACT/PURCHASE ORDER INCORPORATES BY REFERENCE FAR 52.212-4. FAR 52.212-5 IS ATTACHED. ADDENDA ARE ARE NOT ATTACHED

28. CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO SIGN THIS DOCUMENT AND RETURN 

COPIES TO ISSUING OFFICE. CONTRACTOR AGREES TO FURNISH AND 

DELIVER ALL ITEMS SET FORTH OR OTHERWISE IDENTIFIED ABOVE AND ON ANY 

ADDITIONAL SHEETS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS SPECIFIED

29. AWARD OF CONTRACT: REF. OFFER

DATED . YOUR OFFER ON SOLICITATION

(BLOCK 5), INCLUDING ANY ADDITIONS OR CHANGES WHICH ARE

SET FORTH HEREIN, IS ACCEPTED AS TO ITEMS:

30a. SIGNATURE OF OFFEROR/CONTRACTOR 31a. UNITED STATES OF AMERICA (SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTING OFFICER)

30b. NAME AND TITLE OF SIGNER (Type or Print) 30c. DATE SIGNED 31b. NAME OF CONTRACTING OFFICER (Type or Print) 31c. DATE SIGNED

3

SEE SCHEDULE

7. FOR SOLICITATION

INFORMATION CALL:

SEE SCHEDULE

PAGE 1 OF 132

03:00 PM

STANDARD FORM 1449 (REV. 2/2012)

Prescribed by GSA - FAR (48 CFR) 53.212

AUTHORIZED FOR LOCAL REPRODUCTION 

PREVIOUS EDITION IS NOT USABLE

SEE ADDENDUM

EDWOSB
32a. QUANTITY IN COLUMN 21 HAS BEEN

RECEIVED INSPECTED ACCEPTED, AND CONFORMS TO THE CONTRACT, EXCEPT AS NOTED:

COMPLETE PARTIAL FINAL

STANDARD FORM 1449 (REV. 2/2012) BACK

36. PAYMENT

PARTIAL FINAL

20.

SCHEDULE OF SUPPLIES/SERVICES

21.

QUANTITY

 22.

 UNIT

23.

UNIT PRICE

24.

AMOUNT

19.

ITEM NO.

32b. SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED GOVERNMENT 

REPRESENTATIVE

32c. DATE 32d. PRINTED NAME AND TITLE OF AUTHORIZED GOVERNMENT

REPRESENTATIVE

32f. TELEPHONE NUMBER OF AUTHORIZED GOVERNMENT REPRESENTATIVE

32g. E-MAIL OF AUTHORIZED GOVERNMENT REPRESENTATIVE

33. SHIP NUMBER 34. VOUCHER NUMBER 35. AMOUNT VERIFIED 

CORRECT FOR

37. CHECK NUMBER

38. S/R ACCOUNT NO. 39. S/R VOUCHER NUMBER 40. PAID BY

42a. RECEIVED BY (Print)

41b. SIGNATURE AND TITLE OF CERTIFYING OFFICER 41c. DATE

42c. DATE REC'D (YY/MM/DD) 42d. TOTAL CONTAINERS

41a. I CERTIFY THIS ACCOUNT IS CORRECT AND PROPER FOR PAYMENT

32e. MAILING ADDRESS OF AUTHORIZED GOVERNMENT REPRESENTATIVE

42b. RECEIVED AT (Location)
Page 3 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

The solicitation and all attachments will be posted at the following site:

http://www.dla.mil/Aviation/Offers/Products/Commodities/AVIPVGenIII.aspx

Full text of all clauses and provisions can be found at the following websites:

FAR: https://www.acquisition.gov/?q=browsefar 

DFARS: http://www.acq.osd.mil/dpap/dars/dfarspgi/current/ 

DLAD: http://www.dla.mil/HQ/Acquisition/Offers/DLAD.aspx 

List of RFP Attachments:

1. Core List of Items (Market Basket)

2. Schedule of Items (SOI)

3. Purchase Order Text / Product Item Description

4. Quality Matrix

5. Detailed Meeting Requirements

6. Office and Storage Space and BSL Locations

7. Estimated Kitting Threshold & Kit Returns Threshold

8. Cross Reference Matrix

9. Present/Past Performance FACTS Sheet

10. Subcontractor / Teaming Partner Consent Form

11. Sample Client Authorization Letter

12. Supplemental Pricing Worksheet

13. Payment Calculation Example

14. Bin demand breakdown by ALC

15. Current GEN II SOI

16. DLA stock position

17. Spot buy history

18. Autocrib Example

19. Bin Level detail data

20. ALC Site Maps

21. Kit LOMs

22. Kitting items

23. Full Spot Buy History

24. WR Current 8HR bins

Block 7

Points of Contact

Contracting Officer: Carl Allen; Carl.Allen@dla.mil; (804) 279-5109

Acquisition Specialist: Robert Napolitano; Robert.Napolitano@dla.mil; (804) 279-6382

Block 17a:

Offeror’s assigned DUNS Number: ___________________

(If you do not have a DUNS number, contact the individual identified in Block 7a, or see 52.212-1, Instructions to Offerors 

– Commercial Items (paragraph j) for information on contacting Dun and Bradstreet.)

Offeror’s assigned CAGE Code: _____________________

Block 17b:

Remittance Address: (If different from Contractor/Offeror address in block 17a.)

____________________________________

____________________________________

____________________________________

AUTHORIZED NEGOTIATIONS:

The offeror represents that the following persons are authorized to negotiate on its behalf with the Government in 

connection with this request for proposal. Please list names, titles, e-mail addresses, and telephone numbers for each 

authorized negotiator.
Page 4 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

Blocks 19-24: Schedule of Supplies and Prices

The Schedule of Items (SOI) can be acquired by accessing the DLA Aviation Website at 

(http://www.dla.mil/Aviation/Offers/Products/Commodities/AVIPVGenIII.aspx) or by request from the Point of Contact for 

this acquisition listed at SF 1449 Block 7. There are approximately 45,000 items in the initial SOI for the Generation III Air 

Force IPV. Given the nature of the requirement, it is anticipated that additional items meeting the definition of bench 

stock/consumable material may fall within the scope of this contract in the future and be added to the SOI. Items listed in 

this document represent the potential items that shall be made available under any resulting contract, however, this list 

may not be all-inclusive and the Product-support Vendor may be required to furnish other consumable items not currently 

listed. The type of items the contractor shall be required to provide as part of their supply chain management 

responsibilities are catalogued under Federal Supply Class (FSC) 1005, 1055, 1090, 1095, 1240, 1270, 1280, 1420, 

1430, 1440, 1450, 1560, 1610, 1620, 1630, 1640, 1650, 1660, 1670, 1680, 1730, 2030, 2510, 2520, 2530, 2540, 2590, 

2610, 2640, 2805, 2810, 2815, 2835, 2840, 2910, 2915, 2920, 2925, 2930, 2935, 2940, 2945, 2950, 2990, 2995, 3010, 

3020, 3030, 3040, 3110, 3120, 3130, 3230, 3426, 3431, 3433, 3439, 3455, 3460, 3530, 3611, 3655, 3694, 3805, 3910, 

3930, 3940, 3990, 4010, 4020, 4030, 4130, 4140, 4210, 4220, 4240, 4310, 4320, 4330, 4440, 4460, 4510, 4520, 4610, 

4710, 4720, 4730, 4810, 4820, 4920, 4930, 4931, 4935, 4940, 5110, 5120, 5210, 5305, 5306, 5307, 5310, 5315, 5320, 

5325, 5330, 5331, 5335, 5340, 5342, 5355, 5360, 5365, 5410, 5411, 5430, 5620, 5815, 5820, 5821, 5826, 5831, 5835, 

5836, 5840, 5841, 5845, 5850, 5855, 5860, 5865, 5895, 5905, 5910, 5915, 5920, 5925, 5930, 5935, 5940, 5945, 5950, 

5955, 5960, 5961, 5962, 5963, 5965, 5970, 5975, 5977, 5980, 5985, 5990, 5995, 5996, 5998, 5999, 6020, 6035, 6060, 

6105, 6110, 6115, 6125, 6130, 6135, 6140, 6145, 6150, 6160, 6210, 6220, 6230, 6240, 6250, 6340, 6510, 6515, 6605, 

6610, 6615, 6620, 6625, 6635, 6640, 6645, 6650, 6665, 6670, 6680, 6685, 6695, 6720, 6750, 6760, 6840, 6850, 6910, 

6930, 7025, 7035, 7045, 7050, 7510, 7690, 8110, 8120, 8125, 8140, 8145, 8305, 8310, 8315, 8345, 8465, 9150, 9160, 

9320, 9330, 9340, 9390, 9505, 9515, 9525, 9530, 9535, 9540, 9905

The Schedule of Items will include description information sufficient to provide the offeror with enough information to 

determine an item’s logistics status. The following information is being provided: NSN, Total Quantity, Unit of Issue, 

Combined Site Quantity, Worldwide Demand Quantity, and Sourcing Status.

• NSN (National Stock Number) as found in FEDLOG or a local stock number may be listed as well.

• Total Quantity is the total estimated annual quantity for the item.

• Unit of Issue is the unit of measure for pricing (i.e.: each, HD, etc.)

• Combined Site Quantity is the total combined estimated annual quantity for each of the sites.

• Worldwide Demand Quantity is the annual estimated quantity to support the balance of DLA customers. If there is 

no demand other than site demand for an item, the worldwide demand quantity will be reflected as “0”. See 

World-Wide Demand column in attachment 2: Schedule of Items

• Sourcing Status:

o “B” items the IPV contractor is required to obtain from DLA*, are not eligible from contractor sourcing, and 

are subject to backup support*

o "D" items the IPV contractor is required to obtain from DLA*, but are contracting sourcing candidates, and 

are subject to backup support

o “F” items that the IPV contractor is required to obtain from DLA*, but are contractor sourcing candidates 

provided the contractor demonstrates a 10% unit price savings, and are subject to backup support

o “M” items the IPV contractor is required to obtain from DLA* that are not subject to backup support and 

cannot be converted to contractor sourced

o "V" market basket items which the IPV contractor will provide from their commercial suppliers (after 

pricing acceptance by the Contracting Officer

CORE LIST AND SCHEDULE OF ADDITIONAL ITEMS

A. Core List of Items. (Also referred to as market basket) 

Consists of items of spare parts and industrial hardware, designated by National Stock Number, commercially priced at 

the time of contract award. The core list of priced items will be included in the contract as Attachment 1.
Page 5 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

B. Supplemental Schedule of Items. 

Consists of items of spare parts and industrial hardware for which specific customer site support is required under the 

contract, but are items that were not priced for vendor commercial support at the time of contract award. The Contractor 

may not provide such items from commercial sources until such time as an agreement as to price has been reached. Prior 

to price agreement, the Contractor shall use its assigned Department of Defense Activity Address Code (DoDAAC) to 

obtain the items from DLA. 

A preproposal conference will be held to explain the requirements of this solicitation (number SPE4A2-16-R0001) and to respond to questions raised by prospective offerors. Prospective offerors are encouraged to attend. 

To arrange attendance, prospective offerors are requested to contact:

Name: Robert Napolitano

Telephone: 804-279-6382

E-mail Address: Robert.Napolitano@dla.mil 

Alternate Name: Carl Allen

Telephone: 804-279-5109

E-mail Address: Carl.Allen@dla.mil

The date, time, and location of the conference are provided below: 

Date: February 17, 2016; February 19, 2016; February 23-24, 2016

Time: TBD

Location: February 17, 2016 – WR-ALC (Warner Robins, GA); February 19, 2016 - OC-ALC (Oklahoma City, OK); 

February 23-24, 2016 - OO-ALC (Ogden, UT)

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
Page 6 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

ITEM NO. SUPPLIES/SERVICES AMOUNT

0001 Level of Support (Base Period)

0001AA Commercially Sourced Material $__________________________

* Price should match total from Attachment 1 – Core List of Items (Market Basket) 

0001AB Management CLIN

OC – ALC $__________________________

OO – ALC $__________________________

WR – ALC $__________________________

0001AC Transition CLIN

OC – ALC $__________________________

OO – ALC $__________________________

WR – ALC $__________________________

1001 Level of Support (Option Period 1) 

1001AB Management CLIN

OC – ALC $__________________________

OO – ALC $__________________________

WR – ALC $__________________________

2001 Level of Support (Option Period 2) 

2001AB Management CLIN

OC – ALC $__________________________

OO – ALC $__________________________

WR – ALC $__________________________

 

NOTES:

• CLIN 0001AA – Commercial priced material prices are established and are subject to an Economic Price 

Adjustment (EPA) pursuant to DLAD 52.216-9030 on an annual basis.

• CLIN 0001AC – Transition Fee is only applicable to the Base Period
Page 7 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

PID Data

PID Data included in Attachment 3

Part 12 Clauses

52.212-05 CONTRACT TERMS AND CONDITIONS REQUIRED TO IMPLEMENT STATUTES OR EXECUTIVE 

ORDERS - COMMERCIAL ITEMS (OCT 2015) FAR

(a) The Contractor shall comply with the following Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) clauses, which are incorporated 

in this contract by reference, to implement provisions of law or Executive orders applicable to acquisitions of commercial 

items:

(1) 52.209-10, Prohibition on Contracting with Inverted Domestic Corporations

(2) 52.233-3, Protest After Award (AUG 1996) (31 U.S.C. 3553).

(3) 52.233-4, Applicable Law for Breach of Contract Claim (OCT 2004) (Pub. L.108-77, 108-78).

(b) The Contractor shall comply with the FAR clauses in this paragraph (b) that the Contracting Officer has indicated as 

being incorporated in this contract by reference to implement provisions of law or Executive orders applicable to 

acquisitions of commercial items:

[Contracting Officer check as appropriate.]

[ X ] (1) 52.203-6, Restrictions on Subcontractor Sales to the Government (SEPT 2006), with Alternate I (OCT 1995) (41 

U.S.C., 253g and 10 U.S.C. 2402).

[ X ] (2) 52.203-13, Contractor Code of Business Ethics and Conduct (APR 2010) (Pub. L.110-252, Title VI, Chapter 1 (41 

U.S.C. 251 note)).

[ ] (3) 52.203-15, Whistleblower Protections Under the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (JUN 2010) 

(Section 1553 of Pub. L. 111-5).

[ X ] (4) 52.204-10, Reporting Executive Compensation and First - Tier Subcontract Awards (JUL 2013) (Pub. L.109-282) 

(31 U.S.C. 6101 note).

[ ] (5) [Reserved]

[ X ] (6) 52.204-14, Service Contracting Reporting Requirements (Jan 2014) (Pub. L. 111-17, section 743 of Div. C).

[ X ] (7) 52.204-15, Service Contract Reporting Requirements for Indefinite-Delivery Contracts (Jan 2014) (Pub. L. 111-17, 

section 743 of Div. C).

[ X ] (8) 52.209-6, Protecting the Government's Interest When Subcontracting with Contractors Debarred, Suspended, or 

Proposed for Debarment (Oct 2015) (31 U.S.C. 6101 note).

[ X ] (9) 52.209-9, Updates of Publicly Available Information Regarding Responsibility Matters (Jul 2013) (41 U.S.C. 2313).

[ ] (10) [Reserved]

[ ] (11) (i) 52.219-3, Notice of HUBZone Set-Aside or Sole-Source Award (Nov 2011) (15 U.S.C. 657a). 

[ ] (ii) Alternate I (NOV 2011) of 52.219-3

[ X ] (12) (i) 52.219-4, Notice of Price Evaluation Preference for HUBZone Small Business Concerns (Oct 2014) (if the 

offeror elects to waive the preference, it shall so indicate in its offer)(15 U.S.C. 657a).

[ ] (ii) Alternate I (Jan 2011) of 52.219-4 

[ ] (13) [Reserved]

[ ] (14)(i) 52.219-6, Notice of Total Small Business Set-Aside (NOV 2011) (15 U.S.C. 644). 

[ ] (ii) Alternate I (NOV 2011)

[ ] ( iii) Alternate II (NOV 2011)

[ ] (15)(i) 52.219-7 , Notice of Partial Small Business Set-Aside (JUNE 2003) (15 U.S.C. 644). 

[ ] (ii) Alternate I (OCT 1995) of 52.219-7.

[ ] (iii) Alternate II (MAR 2004) of 52.219-7.

[ X ] (16) 52.219-8, Utilization of Small Business Concerns (JUL 2013) (15 U.S.C. 637(d)(2) and (3)). 

[ X ] (17)(i) 52.219-9, Small Business Subcontracting Plan (JUL 2013) (15 U.S.C. 637(d)(4)).

[ ] (ii) Alternate I (OCT 2001) of 52.219-9.

[ X ] (iii) Alternate II (OCT 2001) of 52.219-9. 

[ ] (iv) Alternate III (JUL 2010) of 52.219-9.

[ ] (18) 52.219-13, Notice of Set-Aside of Orders (Nov 2011) (15 U.S.C. 644(r)).

[ ] (19) 52.219-14, Limitations on Subcontracting (Nov 2011) (15 U.S.C. 637(a)(14)).

[ X ] (20) 52.219-16, Liquidated Damages - Subcontracting Plan (JAN 1999) (15 U.S.C. 637(d)(4)(F)(i)).

[ ] (21) 52.219- 27, Notice of Total Service-Disabled Veteran-Owned Small Business Set -Aside (NOV 2011) (15 U.S.C. 

657f).

[ X ] (22) 52.219-28, Post Award Small Business Program Representation (JUL 2013) (15 U.S.C. 632(a)(2)).
Page 8 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

[ ] (23) 52.219-29, Notice of Set-Aside for Economically Disadvantaged Women-Owned Small Business (EDWOSB) 

Concerns (JUL 2013) (15 U.S.C. 637(m)).

[ ] (24) 52.219-30, Notice of Set-Aside for Women Owned Small Business (WOSB) Concerns Eligible Under the WOSB 

Program (JUL 2013) (15 U.S.C. 637(m)).

[ X ] (25) 52.222-3, Convict Labor (JUNE 2003) (E.O.11755).

[ X ] (26) 52.222-19, Child Labor - Cooperation with Authorities and Remedies (DEC 2013) (E.O. 13126).

[ X ] (27) 52.222-21, Prohibition of Segregated Facilities (FEB 1999).

[ X ] (28) 52.222-26, Equal Opportunity (MAR 2007) (E.O.11246).

[ X ] (29) 52.222-35, Equal Opportunity for Veterans (SEP 2010) (38 U.S.C. 4212).

[ X ] (30) 52.222-36, Affirmative Action for Workers with Disabilities (OCT 2010 ) (29 U.S.C. 793).

[ X ] (31) 52.222-37, Employment Reports on Veterans (SEP 2010) (38 U.S.C. 4212).

[ X ] (32) 52.222-40, Notification of Employee Rights Under the National Labor Relations Act (DEC 2010) (E.O. 13496) .

[ X ] (33) (i) 52.222-50, Combating Trafficking in Persons (MAR 2015) (22 U.S.C. chapter 78 and E.O. 13627)

[ ] (ii) Alternate I (MAR 2015) of 52.222-50, (22 U.S.C. chapter 78 and E.O. 13627)

[ X ] (34) 52.222-54, Employment Eligibility Verification (AUG 2013). (Executive Order 12989). (Not applicable to the 

acquisition of commercially available off-the-shelf items or certain other types of commercial items as prescribed in 

22.1803.)

[ ] (35) (i) 52.223-9, Estimate of Percentage of Recovered Material Content for EPA–Designated Items (MAY 2008) (42 

U.S.C. 6962(c)(3)(A)(ii)). (Not applicable to the acquisition of commercially available off-the-shelf items.)

[ ] (ii) Alternate I (MAY 2008) of 52.223-9 (42 U.S.C. 6962(i)(2)(C)). (Not applicable to the acquisition of commercially 

available off-the-shelf items).

[ ] (36) (i) 52.223-13, Acquisition of EPEAT (R) - Registered Imaging Equipment (JUN 2014) (E.O.s 13423 and 13514)

[ ] (ii) Alternate I (OCT 2015) of 52.223-13

[ ] (37)(i) 52.223-14, Acquisition of EPEAT (R) - Registered Television (JUN 2014) (E.O.s 13423 and 13514)

[ ] (ii) Alternate I (OCT 2015) of 52.223-14

[ ] (38) 52.223-15, Energy Efficiency in Energy-Consuming Products (DEC 2007) (42 U.S.C. 8259b).

[ ] (39) (i) 52.223-16, Acquisition of EPEAT (R) - Registered Personal Computer Products (OCT 2015) (E.O.s 13423 and 

13514)

[ ] (ii) Alternate I (OCT 2015) of 52.223-16

[ X ] (40) 52.223-18, Encouraging Contractor Policy to Ban Text Messaging While Driving (AUG 2011) (E.O. 13513).

[ ] (41) 52.225-1, Buy American Act - Supplies (FEB 2009) (41 U.S.C. 10a-10d).

[ ] (42)(i) 52.225-3, Buy American Act - Free Trade Agreements - Israeli Trade Act (NOV 2012) (41 U.S.C. chapter 83, 19 

U.S.C. 3301 note, 19 U.S.C. 2112 note, 19 U.S.C. 3805 note, 19 U.S.C. 4001 note, Pub. L. 103-182, 108-77, 108-78,108-

286, 108-302, 109-53, 109-169, 109-283, 110-138, 112-41, 112-42, and 112-43).

[ ] (ii) Alternate I (MAR 2012) of 52.225-3.

[ ] (iii) Alternate II (MAR 2012) of 52.225-3.

[ ] (iv) Alternate III (MAR 2012) of 52.225-3.

[ X ] (43) 52.225-5, Trade Agreements (NOV 2012) (19 U.S.C. 2501, et seq., 19 U.S.C. 3301 note) .

[ X ] (44) 52.225-13, Restrictions on Certain Foreign Purchases (JUNE 2008) (E.O.’s , proclamations, and statutes 

administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the Department of the Treasury).

[ ] (45) 52.225-26, Contractors Performing Private Security Functions Outside the United States (JUL 2013) (Section 862, 

as amended, of the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2008; 10 U.S.C. 2302 Note).

[ ] (46) 52.226-4, Notice of Disaster or Emergency Area Set-Aside (NOV 2007) (42 U.S.C. 5150).

[ ] (47) 52.226-5, Restrictions on Subcontracting Outside Disaster or Emergency Area (NOV 2007) (42 U.S.C. 5150).

[ X ] (48) 52.232-29, Terms for Financing of Purchases of Commercial Items (FEB 2002) (41 U.S.C. 255(f), 10 U.S.C. 

2307(f)).

[ ] (49) 52.232-30, Installment Payments for Commercial Items (OCT 1995) (41 U.S.C. 255(f), 10 U.S.C. 2307(f)).

[ X ] (50) 52.232-33, Payment by Electronic Funds Transfer – System for Award Management (JUL 2013) (31 U.S.C. 

3332).

[ ] (51) 52.232-34, Payment by Electronic Funds Transfer—Other than System for Award Management (JUL 2013) (31 

U.S.C. 3332).

[ ] (52) 52.232-36, Payment by Third Party (MAY 2014) (31 U.S.C. 3332).

[ ] (53) 52.239-1, Privacy or Security Safeguards (AUG 1996) (5 U.S.C. 552a).

[ X ] (54)(i) 52.247-64, Preference for Privately Owned U.S.-Flag Commercial Vessels (FEB 2006) (46 U.S.C. Appx. 

1241(b) and 10 U.S.C. 2631).

[ ] (ii) Alternate I (APR 2003) of 52.247-64.

(c) The Contractor shall comply with the FAR clauses in this paragraph (c), applicable to commercial services, that the 
Page 9 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

Contracting

Officer has indicated as being incorporated in this contract by reference to implement provisions of law or Executive 

orders applicable to acquisitions of commercial items: [Contracting Officer check as appropriate.]

[ ] (1) 52.222-17, Nondisplacement of Qualified Workers (MAY 2014) (E.O. 13495)

[ ] (2) 52.222-41, Service Contract Labor Standards (MAY 2014) (41 U.S.C. chapter 67.)

[ ] (3) 52.222-42, Statement of Equivalent Rates for Federal Hires (MAY 2014) (29 U.S.C. 206 and 41 U.S.C. chapter 67).

[ ] (4) 52.222-43, Fair Labor Standards Act and Service Contract Labor Standards -- Price Adjustment (Multiple Year and 

Option Contracts) (MAY 2014) (29 U.S.C. 206 and 41 U.S.C. chapter 67).

[ ] (5) 52.222-44, Fair Labor Standards Act and Service Contract Act—Price Adjustment (MAY 2014) (29 U.S.C. 206 and 

41 U .S.C. 351, et seq.).

[ ] (6) 52.222-51, Exemption from Application of the Service Contract Act to Contracts for Maintenance Calibration, or 

Repair of Certain Equipment—Requirements (MAY 2014) (41 351, et s eq.).

[ ] (7) 52.222-53, Exemption from Application of the Service Contract Act to Contracts for Certain Services -

Requirements (MAY 2014) (41 U.S.C. 351, et seq.).

[ ] (8) 52.222-55, Minimum Wages Under Executive Order 13658 (DEC 2014) (E.O. 13658).

[ ] (9) 52.226-6, Promoting Excess Food Donation to Nonprofit Organizations (MAY 2014) (Pub. L.110-247). [ ] (10) 

52.237-11, Accepting and Dispensing of $1 Coin (SEPT 2008) (31 U.S.C. 5112(p)(1 )).

(d) Comptroller General Examination of Record. The Contract or shall comply with the provisions of this paragraph (d) if 

this contract was awarded using other than sealed bid, is in excess of the simplified acquisition threshold, and does not 

contain the clause at 52.215-2, Audit and Records - Negotiation.

(1) The Comptroller General of the United States, or an authorized representative of the Comptroller General, shall have 

access to and right to examine any of the Contractor’s directly pertinent records involving transactions related to this 

contract.

(2) The Contract or shall make available at its offices at all reasonable times the records, materials, and other evidence for 

examination, audit, or reproduction, until 3 years after final payment under this contract or for any shorter period specified 

in FAR Subpart 4.7, Contractor Records Retention, of the other clauses of this contract. If this contract is completely or 

partially terminated, the records relating to the work terminated shall be made available for 3 years after any resulting final 

termination settlement. Records relating to appeals under the disputes clause or to litigation or the settlement of claims 

arising under or relating to this contract shall be made available until such appeals, litigation, or claims are finally resolved.

(3) As used in this clause, records include books, documents, accounting procedures and practices, and other data, 

regardless of type and regardless of form. This does not require the Contractor to create or maintain any record that the 

Contractor does not maintain in the ordinary course of business or pursuant to a provision of law.

(e)(1) Notwithstanding the requirements of the clauses in paragraphs (a), (b), (c), and (d) of this clause, the Contractor is

not required to flow down any FAR clause, other than those in this paragraph (e)(1) in a subcontract for commercial items. 

Unless otherwise indicated below, the extent of the flow down shall be as required by the clause—

(i) 52.203-13, Contractor Code of Business Ethics and Conduct (OCT 2015) (Pub. L.110- 252, Title VI, Chapter 1 (41 

U.S.C. 251 note)).

(ii) 52.219-8, Utilization of Small Business Concerns (OCT 2014) (15 U.S.C. 637( d)(2) and (3)), in all subcontracts that 

offer further subcontracting opportunities. If the subcontract (except subcontracts to small business concerns) exceeds 

$650,000 ($1.5 million for construction of any public facility), the subcontractor must include 52.219-8 in lower tier 

subcontracts that offer subcontracting opportunities.

(iii) 52.222-17, Nondisplacement of Qualified Workers (MAY 2014) (E.O. 13495). Flow down required in accordance with 

paragraph (1) of FAR clause 52.222-17.

(iv) 52.222-21, Prohibition of Segregated Facilities (APR 2015).

(v) 52.222-26, Equal Opportunity (APR 2015) (E.O. 11246)

(vi) 52.222-36, Affirmative Action for Workers with Disabilities (OCT 2010) (29 U.S.C. 793).

(vii) 52.222-40, Notification of Employee Rights Under the National Labor Relations Act (DEC 2010) (E.O. 13496) . Flow 

down required in accordance with paragraph (f) of FAR clause 52.222-40.

(viii) 52.222-37, Employment Reports on Veterans (JUL 2014) (38 U.S.C. 4212).

(ix) 52.222-40, Notification of Employee Rights Under the National Labor Relations Act (DEC 2010) (E.O. 13496). Flow 

down required in accordance with paragraph (f) of FAR clause 52.222-40.

(x) 52.222-41, Service Contract Labor Standards (MAY 2014), (41 U.S.C. chapter 67).

(xi) [ ] (A) 52.222-50, Combatting Trafficking in Persons (MAR 2015) (22 U.S.C. chapter 78 and E.O. 13627). 

[ ] (B) Alternate 1 (MAR 2015) of 52.222-50 (22 U.S.C. chapter 78 E.O. 13627).

[ ] Alternate I (AUG 2007) of 52.222-50 (22 U.S.C. 7104(g)).

(xii) 52.222-51, Exemption from Application of the Service Contract Act to Contracts for Maintenance, Calibration, or 

Repair of Certain Equipment-Requirements (MAY 2014) (41 U.S.C. chapter 67).
Page 10 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

(xiii) 52.222-53, Exemption from Application of the Service Contract Act to Contracts for Certain Services -Requirements 

(MAY 2014) (41 U.S.C. chapter 67).

(xiv) 52.222-54, Employment Eligibility Verification (AUG 2013).

(xv) 52.222-55, Minimum Wages Executive Order 13658 (DEC 2014) (E.O. 13658).

(xvi) 52.225-26, Contractors Performing Private Security Functions Outside the United States (JUL 2013) (Section 862, as 

amended, of the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2008; 10 U.S.C. 2302 Note).

(xvii) 52.226-6, Promoting Excess Food Donation to Nonprofit Organizations. (MAY 2014) (42 U.S.C. 1792). Flow down 

required in accordance with paragraph (e) of FAR clause 52.226-6.

(xviii) 52.247-64, Preference for Privately Owned U.S.-Flag Commercial Vessels (FEB 2006) (46 U.S.C. Appx. 241(b) and 

10 U.S.C. 2631). Flow down required in accordance with paragraph (d) of FAR clause 52.247-64.

(2) While not required, the contractor may include in its subcontracts for commercial items a minimal number of additional 

clauses necessary to satisfy its contractual obligations.

(End of Clause)

52.212-9001 APPLICATION OF FAST PAYMENT TO PART 12 ACQUISITIONS (NOV 2011) DLAD 

CLAUSES ADDED TO PART 12 BY ADDENDUM

The Contractor shall comply with any clause that is checked on the following list which, if checked, is included in 

this contract by reference to implement provisions of law or Executive orders applicable to acquisitions of 

commercial items or components:

1. FAR 52.203-3, Gratuities (APR 1984)

2. X__ DFARS 252.203-7000, Requirements Relating to Compensation of Former DoD Officials (SEP 2011)

3. X__ DFARS 252.203-7003, Agency Office of the Inspector General (DEC 2012)

4. X__ DFARS 252.203-7005, Representation Relating to Compensation of Former DoD Officials (NOV 2011)

5. X__ DFARS 252.204-7011, Alternative Line Item Structure (SEP 2011)

6. X__ DFARS 252.204-7012, Safeguarding of Unclassified Controlled Technical Information (NOV 2013)

7. _____ DFARS 252.204-7013, Limitations on the Use or Disclosure of Information by Litigation Support Solicitation 

Offerors (FEB 2014)

8. DFARS 252.204-7014, Limitations on the Use or Disclosure of Information by Litigation Support Contractors 

(FEB 2014)

9. DFARS 252.204-7015, Disclosure of Information to Litigation Support Contractors (FEB 2014)

10. X__ DFARS 252.205-7000, Provision of Information to Cooperative Agreement Holders (DEC 1991)

11. DFARS 252.209-7001, Reserved

12. X__ DFARS 252.211-7003, Item Unique Identification and Valuation (DEC 2013)

13. X__ DFARS 252.211-7006, Passive Radio Frequency Identification (SEP 2011)

14. X DFARS 252.211-7007, Reporting of Government-Furnished Property (AUG 2012)

15. DFARS 252.215-7003, Requirements for Submission of Data Other Than Certified Cost or Pricing Data—

Canadian Commercial Corporation (JUL 2012)

16. DFARS 252.215-7004, Requirement for Submission of Data other Than Certified Cost or Pricing Data —

Modifications — Canadian Commercial Corporation (OCT 2013)

16. DFARS 252.215-7007, Notice of Intent to Resolicit (JUN 2012)

17. X DFARS 252.215-7008, Only One Offer (OCT 2013)

18. X__DFARS 252.219-7003, Small Business Subcontracting Plan (DoD Contracts) (OCT 2014)

19. DFARS 252.219-7004, Small Business Subcontracting Plan (Test Program) (OCT 2014)

20. DFARS 252.223-7008, Prohibition of Hexavalent Chromium (JUN 2013)

21. DFARS 252.225-7000, Buy American—Balance of Payments Program Certificate (JAN 2014) 

a. Alternate I (DEC 2010) of 52.225-7000

22. X__DFARS 252.225-7001, Buy American and Balance of Payments Program (DEC 2012) 

a. Alternate I (JAN 2014) of 252.225-7001

23. X DFARS 252.225-7008, Restriction on Acquisition of Specialty Metals (MAR 2013)

24. X DFARS 252.225-7009, Restriction on Acquisition of Certain Articles Containing Specialty Metals (OCT 2014)

25. DFARS 252.225-7010, Commercial Derivative Military Article—Specialty Metals Compliance Certificate (JUL 

2009)

26. DFARS 252.225-7012, Preference for Certain Domestic Commodities (FEB 2013)

27. DFARS 252.225-7015, Restriction on Acquisition of Hand or Measuring Tools (JUN 2005)
Page 11 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

28. DFARS 252.225-7016, Restriction on Acquisition of Ball and Roller Bearings (JUN 2011)

29. DFARS 252.225-7017, Photovoltaic Devices (JAN 2014)

30. DFARS 252.225-7018, Photovoltaic Devices—Certificate (JAN 2014)

31. DFARS 252.225-7020, Trade Agreements Certificate (JAN 2005) 

a. Alternate I (DEC 2010) of 252.225-7020

32. X__DFARS 252.225-7021, Trade Agreements (OCT 2013) 

a. Alternate II (OCT 2011) of 252.225-7021

33. DFARS 252.225-7023, Preference for Products or Services from Afghanistan (SEP 2013)

34. DFARS 252.225-7024, Requirement for Products or Services from Afghanistan (SEP 2013)

35. DFARS 252.225-7026, Acquisition Restricted to Products or Services from Afghanistan (SEP 2013)

36. X__DFARS 252.225-7027, Restriction on Contingent Fees for Foreign Military Sales (APR 2003)

37. X__DFARS 252.225-7028, Exclusionary Policies and Practices of Foreign Governments (APR 2003)

38. DFARS 252.225-7029, Acquisition of Uniform Components for Afghan Military or Afghan National Police (SEP 

2013)

39. DFARS 252.225-7031, Secondary Arab Boycott of Israel (JUN 2005)

40. DFARS 252.225-7035, Buy American—Free Trade Agreements—Balance of Payments Program Certificate (NOV 

2012)

a. __ Alternate I (OCT 2013) of 252.225-7035 

b. Alternate II (NOV 2012) of 252.225-7035

c. Alternate III (JUN 2012) of 252.225-7035 

d. Alternate IV(NOV 2012) of 252.225-7035 

e. Alternate V (NOV 2012) of 252.225-7035

41. ___ DFARS 252.225-7036, Buy American --Free Trade Agreements--Balance of Payment Program (DEC 2012) 

a. Alternate I (JUN 2012) of 252.225-7036

b. Alternate II (NOV 2012) of 252.225-7036

c. Alternate III (JUN 2012) of 252.225-7036 

d. Alternate IV (NOV 2012) of 252.225-7036 

e. Alternate V 6 (NOV 2012) of 252.225-7036

42. ___ DFARS 252.225-7037, Evaluation of Offers for Air Circuit Breakers (JUN 2005)

43. ___ DFARS 252.225-7038, Restriction on Acquisition of Air Circuit Breakers (JUN 2005)

44. ___ DFARS 252.225-7040, Contractor Personnel Authorized to Accompany U.S. Armed Forces Deployed Outside 

the United States (MAY 2014)

45. ___ DFARS 252.225-7043, Antiterrorism/Force Protection Policy for Defense Contractors Outside the United States 

(MAR 2006)

46. __X__DFARS 252.226-7001, Utilization of Indian Organizations, Indian-Owned Economic Enterprises, and Native 

Hawaiian Small Business Concerns (SEP 2004)

47. ___ DFARS 252.227-7013, Rights in Technical Data – Noncommercial Items (FEB 2014)

48. _X__ DFARS 252.227-7015, Technical Data -- Commercial Items (FEB 2014)

49. ___ DFARS 252.227-7037, Validation of Restrictive Markings on Technical Data (JUN 2013),

50. __X__DFARS 252.232-7003, Electronic Submission of Payment Requests and Receiving Reports (JUN 2012)

51. ___ DFARS 252.232-7009, Mandatory Payment by Governmentwide Commercial Purchase Card (DEC 2006)

52. __X__DFARS 252.232-7010, Levies on Contract Payments (DEC 2006)

53. ___ DFARS 252.232-7011, Payments in Support of Emergencies and Contingency Operations (MAY 2013)

54. ___ DFARS 252.237-7010, Prohibition on Interrogation of Detainees by Contractor Personnel (JUN 2013)

55. ___ DFARS 252.237-7019, Training for Contractor Personnel Interacting with Detainees (JUN 2013)

56. ___ DFARS 252.239-7017, Notice of Supply Chain Risk (NOV 2013)

57. ___ DFARS 252.239-7018, Supply Chain Risk (NOV 2013)

58. __X__DFARS 252.243-7002, Requests for Equitable Adjustment (DEC 2012)

59. __X__DFARS 252.244-7000, Subcontracts for Commercial Items (JUN 2013)

60. _X__DFARS 252.246-7003, Notification of Potential Safety Issues (JUN 2013)

61. ___ DFARS 252.246-7004, Safety of Facilities, Infrastructure, and Equipment for Military Operations (OCT 2010)

62. ___ DFARS 252.247-7003, Pass-Through of Motor Carrier Fuel Surcharge Adjustment to the Cost Bearer (JUN 

2013)

63. __X__DFARS 252.247-7022, Representation of Extent of Transportation by Sea (AUG 1992)

64. __X__DFARS 252.247-7023, Transportation of Supplies by Sea (APR 2014). 

a. _X Alternate I (APR 2014) of 252.247-7023.

b. ___ Alternate II (APR 2014) of 252.247-7023
Page 12 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

65. ___ DFARS 252.247-7024, Notification of Transportation of Supplies by Sea (MAR 2000)

66. ___ DFARS 252.247-7025, Reflagging or Repair Work (JUN 2005)

67. ___ DFARS 252.247-7026, Evaluation Preference for Use of Domestic Shipyards – Applicable to Acquisition of 

Carriage by Vessel for DoD Cargo in the Coastwise or Noncontiguous Trade (NOV 2008)

68. ___ DFARS 252.247-7027, Riding Gang Member Requirements (OCT 2011)

69. ___ DFARS 252.247-7028, Application for U.S Government Shipping Documentation/Instructions (JUN 2012) 

In addition to the clauses listed in paragraph (e) of FAR 52.212-5, Contract Terms and Conditions Required to Implement 

Statutes or Executive Orders-Commercial Items, the Contractor shall include the terms of the following clauses, if 

applicable, in subcontracts for commercial items or commercial components, awarded at any tier under this contract:

DFARS 252.227-7013, Rights in Technical Data – Noncommercial Items (FEB 2014)

DFARS 252.227-7015, Technical Data – Commercial Items (FEB 2014)

DFARS 252.227-7037, Validation of Restrictive Markings on Technical Data (JUN 2013)

DFARS 252.237-7010, Prohibition on Interrogation of Detainees by Contractor Personnel (JUN 2013)

DFARS 252.237-7019, Training for Contractor Personnel Interacting with Detainees (JUN 2013)

DFARS 252.247-7003, Pass-Through of Motor Carrier Fuel Surcharge Adjustment to the Cost Bearer (JUN 2013)

DFARS 252.247-7023, Transportation of Supplies by Sea (APR 2014)

DFARS 252.247-7024, Notification of Transportation of Supplies by Sea (MAR 2000) 

(End of Clause)

252.201-7000 CONTRACTING OFFICER'S REPRESENTATIVE (DEC 1991) DFARS

252.203-7002 REQUIREMENT TO INFORM EMPLOYEES OF WHISTLEBLOWER RIGHTS (SEP 2013) DFARS

52.204-04 PRINTED OR COPIED DOUBLE-SIDED ON POSTCONSUMER FIBER CONTENT PAPER (MAY 

2011) FAR

52.204-07 SYSTEM FOR AWARD MANAGEMENT (JUL 2013) FAR

52.204-09 PERSONAL IDENTITY VERIFICATION OF CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL (JAN 2011) FAR

52.204-13 SYSTEM FOR AWARD MANAGEMENT MAINTENANCE (JUL 2013) FAR

252.204-7000 DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION (AUG 2013) DFARS

252.204-7003 CONTROL OF GOVERNMENT PERSONNEL WORK PRODUCT (APR 1992) DFARS

252.204-7004 ALTERNATE A, SYSTEM FOR AWRD MANAGEMENT (FEB 2014) DFARS

252.204-7012 SAFE GUARDING COVERED DEFENSE INFORMATION AND CYBER INCIDENT REPORTING

As prescribed in 204.7304(c), use the following clause:

SAFEGUARDING COVERED DEFENSE INFORMATION AND CYBER INCIDENT REPORTING (DEC 2015) 

(a) Definitions. As used in this clause—

“Adequate security” means protective measures that are commensurate with the consequences and probability of loss, 

misuse, or unauthorized access to, or modification of information.

“Compromise” means disclosure of information to unauthorized persons, or a violation of the security policy of a system, 

in which unauthorized intentional or unintentional disclosure, modification, destruction, or loss of an object, or the copying 

of information to unauthorized media may have occurred.

“Contractor attributional/proprietary information” means information that identifies the contractor(s), whether directly or 

indirectly, by the grouping of information that can be traced back to the contractor(s) (e.g., program description, facility 

locations), personally identifiable information, as well as trade secrets, commercial or financial information, or other 

commercially sensitive information that is not customarily shared outside of the company.

“Contractor information system” means an information system belonging to, or operated by or for, the Contractor.

“Controlled technical information” means technical information with military or space application that is subject to controls

on the access, use, reproduction, modification, performance, display, release, disclosure, or dissemination. Controlled 
Page 13 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

technical information would meet the criteria, if disseminated, for distribution statements B through F using the criteria set 

forth in DoD Instruction 5230.24, Distribution Statements on Technical Documents. The term does not include information 

that is lawfully publicly available without restrictions.

“Covered contractor information system” means an information system that is owned, or operated by or for, a contractor 

and that processes, stores, or transmits covered defense information.

“Covered defense information” means unclassified information that—

(i) Is—

(A) Provided to the contractor by or on behalf of DoD in connection with the performance of the contract; or

(B) Collected, developed, received, transmitted, used, or stored by or on behalf of the contractor in support of the 

performance of the contract; and

(ii) Falls in any of the following categories:

(A) Controlled technical information.

(B) Critical information (operations security). Specific facts identified through the Operations Security process about 

friendly intentions, capabilities, and activities vitally needed by adversaries for them to plan and act effectively so as to

guarantee failure or unacceptable consequences for friendly mission accomplishment (part of Operations Security 

process).

(C) Export control. Unclassified information concerning certain items, commodities, technology, software, or other 

information whose export could reasonably be expected to adversely affect the United States national security and 

nonproliferation objectives. To include dual use items; items identified in export administration regulations, international 

traffic in arms regulations and munitions list; license applications; and sensitive nuclear technology information.

(D) Any other information, marked or otherwise identified in the contract, that requires safeguarding or dissemination 

controls pursuant to and consistent with law, regulations, and Governmentwide policies (e.g., privacy, proprietary 

business information).

“Cyber incident” means actions taken through the use of computer networks that result in a compromise or an actual or 

potentially adverse effect on an information system and/or the information residing therein.

“Forensic analysis” means the practice of gathering, retaining, and analyzing computer-related data for investigative 

purposes in a manner that maintains the integrity of the data.

“Malicious software” means computer software or firmware intended to perform an unauthorized process that will have 

adverse impact on the confidentiality, integrity, or availability of an information system. This definition includes a virus, 

worm, Trojan horse, or other code-based entity that infects a host, as well as spyware and some forms of adware.

“Media” means physical devices or writing surfaces including, but is not limited to, magnetic tapes, optical disks, magnetic 

disks, large-scale integration memory chips, and printouts onto which information is recorded, stored, or printed within an 

information system.

‘‘Operationally critical support’’ means supplies or services designated by the Government as critical for airlift, sealift, 

intermodal transportation services, or logistical support that is essential to the mobilization, deployment, or sustainment of 

the Armed Forces in a contingency operation.

“Rapid(ly) report(ing)” means within 72 hours of discovery of any cyber incident.

“Technical information” means technical data or computer software, as those terms are defined in the clause at DFARS 

252.227-7013, Rights in Technical Data-Non Commercial Items, regardless of whether or not the clause is incorporated in 

this solicitation or contract. Examples of technical information include research and engineering data, engineering 

drawings, and associated lists, specifications, standards, process sheets, manuals, technical reports, technical orders, 

catalog-item identifications, data sets, studies and analyses and related information, and computer software executable 

code and source code.

(b) Adequate security. The Contractor shall provide adequate security for all covered defense information on all covered 

contractor information systems that support the performance of work under this contract. To provide adequate security, 

the Contractor shall—

(1) Implement information systems security protections on all covered contractor information systems including, at a 

minimum—

(i) For covered contractor information systems that are part of an Information Technology (IT) service or system operated 

on behalf of the Government—

(A) Cloud computing services shall be subject to the security requirements specified in the clause 252.239-7010, Cloud 

Computing Services, of this contract; and

(B) Any other such IT service or system (i.e., other than cloud computing) shall be subject to the security requirements 

specified elsewhere in this contract; or

(ii) For covered contractor information systems that are not part of an IT service or system operated on behalf of the 

Government and therefore are not subject to the security requirement specified at paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this clause—

(A) The security requirements in National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) Special Publication (SP) 800-171, 
Page 14 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

“Protecting Controlled Unclassified Information in Nonfederal Information Systems and Organizations,” 

http://dx.doi.org/10.6028/NIST.SP.800-171 that is in effect at the time the solicitation is issued or as authorized by the 

Contracting Officer, as soon as practical, but not later than December 31, 2017. The Contractor shall notify the DoD CIO, 

via email at osd.dibcsia@mail.mil, within 30 days of contract award, of any security requirements specified by NIST SP 

800-171 not implemented at the time of contract award; or

(B) Alternative but equally effective security measures used to compensate for the inability to satisfy a particular 

requirement and achieve equivalent protection accepted in writing by an authorized representative of the DoD CIO; and

(2) Apply other information systems security measures when the Contractor easonably determines that information 

systems security measures, in addition to those identified in paragraph (b)(1) of this clause, may be required to provide 

adequate security in a dynamic environment based on an assessed risk or vulnerability.

(c) Cyber incident reporting requirement.

(1) When the Contractor discovers a cyber incident that affects a covered contractor information system or the covered 

defense information residing therein, or that affects the contractor’s ability to perform the requirements of the contract that 

are designated as operationally critical support, the Contractor shall—

(i) Conduct a review for evidence of compromise of covered defense information, including, but not limited to, identifying 

compromised computers, servers, specific data, and user accounts. This review shall also include analyzing covered 

contractor information system(s) that were part of the cyber incident, as well as other information systems on the 

Contractor’s network(s), that may have been accessed as a result of the incident in order to identify compromised covered 

defense information, or that affect the Contractor’s ability to provide operationally critical support; and

(ii) Rapidly report cyber incidents to DoD at http://dibnet.dod.mil.

(2) Cyber incident report. The cyber incident report shall be treated as information created by or for DoD and shall include, 

at a minimum, the required elements at http://dibnet.dod.mil.

(3) Medium assurance certificate requirement. In order to report cyber incidents in accordance with this clause, the 

Contractor or subcontractor shall have or acquire a DoD-approved medium assurance certificate to report cyber incidents. 

For information on obtaining a DoD-approved medium assurance certificate, see 

http://iase.disa.mil/pki/eca/Pages/index.aspx.

(d) Malicious software. The Contractor or subcontractors that discover and isolate malicious software in connection with a 

reported cyber incident shall submit the malicious software in accordance with instructions provided by the Contracting 

Officer.

(e) Media preservation and protection. When a Contractor discovers a cyber incident has occurred, the Contractor shall 

preserve and protect images of all known affected information systems identified in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this clause and 

all relevant monitoring/packet capture data for at least 90 days from the submission of the cyber incident report to allow 

DoD to request the media or decline interest.

(f) Access to additional information or equipment necessary for forensic analysis. Upon request by DoD, the Contractor 

shall provide DoD with access to additional information or equipment that is necessary to conduct a forensic analysis.

(g) Cyber incident damage assessment activities. If DoD elects to conduct a damage assessment, the Contracting Officer 

will request that the Contractor provide all of the damage assessment information gathered in accordance with paragraph 

(e) of this clause.

(h) DoD safeguarding and use of contractor attributional/proprietary information. The Government shall protect against the 

unauthorized use or release of information obtained from the contractor (or derived from information obtained from the 

contractor) under this clause that includes contractor attributional/proprietary information, including such information 

submitted in accordance with paragraph (c). To the maximum extent practicable, the Contractor shall identify and mark 

attributional/proprietary information. In making an authorized release of such information, the Government will implement 

appropriate procedures to minimize the contractor attributional/proprietary information that is included in such authorized 

release, seeking to include only that information that is necessary for the authorized purpose(s) for which the information 

is being released.

(i) Use and release of contractor attributional/proprietary information not created by or for DoD. Information that is 

obtained from the contractor (or derived from information obtained from the contractor) under this clause that is not 

created by or for DoD is authorized to be released outside of DoD—

(1) To entities with missions that may be affected by such information;

(2) To entities that may be called upon to assist in the diagnosis, detection, or mitigation of cyber incidents;

(3) To Government entities that conduct counterintelligence or law enforcement investigations;

(4) For national security purposes, including cyber situational awareness and defense purposes (including with Defense 

Industrial Base (DIB) participants in the program at 32 CFR part 236); or

(5) To a support services contractor (“recipient”) that is directly supporting Government activities under a contract that 

includes the clause at 252.204-7009, Limitations on the Use or Disclosure of Third-Party Contractor Reported Cyber 

Incident Information.
Page 15 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

(j) Use and release of contractor attributional/proprietary information created by or for DoD. Information that is obtained 

from the contractor (or derived from information obtained from the contractor) under this clause that is created by or for 

DoD (including the information submitted pursuant to paragraph (c) of this clause) is authorized to be used and released 

outside of DoD for purposes and activities authorized by paragraph (i) of this clause, and for any other lawful Government 

purpose or activity, subject to all applicable statutory, regulatory, and policy based restrictions on the Government’s use 

and release of such information.

(k) The Contractor shall conduct activities under this clause in accordance with applicable laws and regulations on the 

interception, monitoring, access, use, and disclosure of electronic communications and data.

(l) Other safeguarding or reporting requirements. The safeguarding and cyber incident reporting required by this clause in 

no way abrogates the Contractor’s responsibility for other safeguarding or cyber incident reporting pertaining to its 

unclassified information systems as required by other applicable clauses of this contract, or as a result of other applicable

U.S. Government statutory or regulatory requirements.

(m) Subcontracts. The Contractor shall—

(1) Include this clause, including this paragraph (m), in subcontracts, or similar contractual instruments, for operationally

critical support, or for which subcontract performance will involve a covered contractor information system, including 

subcontracts for commercial items, without alteration, except to identify the parties; and

(2) When this clause is included in a subcontract, require subcontractors to rapidly report cyber incidents directly to DoD 

at http://dibnet.dod.mil and the prime Contractor. This includes providing the incident report number, automatically 

assigned by DoD, to the prime Contractor (or next higher-tier subcontractor) as soon as practicable.

(End of clause)

52.204-9000 CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL SECURITY REQUIREMENTS (AUG 2014) DLAD

52.204-9001 ELECTRONIC ORDER TRANSMISSION (NOV 2011) DLAD

Supplies procured through the Defense Logistics Agency (DLA) may be ordered via electronic ordering. Offerors must 

check one of the following alternatives for paperless order transmission:

[ ] Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) transmissions in accordance with ANSI X12 Standards through DLA Transaction 

Services approved value added network (VAN).

[ ] Electronic Mail (email) award notifications containing Web links to electronic copies of the Department of Defense 

(DD) Form 1155, Order for Supplies or Services.

****

52.208-09 CONTRACTOR USE OF MANDATORY SOURCES OF SUPPLY OR SERVICES (OCT 2008) FAR

52.209-01 QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS (FEB 1995) FAR

(a) Definition. “Qualification requirement,” as used in this clause, means a Government requirement for testing or other 

quality assurance demonstration that must be completed before award.

(b) One or more qualification requirements apply to the supplies or services covered by this contract. For those supplies 

or services requiring qualification, whether the covered product or service is an end item under this contract or simply a 

component of an end item, the product, manufacturer, or source must have demonstrated that it meets the standards 

prescribed for qualification before award of this contract. The product, manufacturer, or source must be qualified at the 

time of award whether or not the name of the product, manufacturer, or source is actually included on a qualified products 

list, qualified manufacturers list, or qualified bidders list. Offerors should contact the agency activity designated below to 

obtain all requirements that they or their products or services, or their subcontractors or their products or services, must 

satisfy to become qualified and to arrange for an opportunity to demonstrate their abilities to meet the standards specified 

for qualification.

http://assist.daps.dla.mil/quicksearch/

(c) If an offeror, manufacturer, source, product or service covered by a qualification requirement has already met the 

standards specified, the relevant information noted below should be provided.

Offeror’s Name: ______________________________

Manufacturer’s Name: _________________________

Source’s Name: _______________________________

Item Name: ___________________________________
Page 16 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

Service Identification: __________________________

Test Number: _________________________________

(to the extent known)

(d) Even though a product or service subject to a qualification requirement is not itself an end item under this contract, the 

product, manufacturer, or source must nevertheless be qualified at the time of award of this contract. This is necessary 

whether the Contractor or a subcontractor will ultimately provide the product or service in question. If, after award, the 

Contracting Officer discovers that an applicable qualification requirement was not in fact met at the time of award, the 

Contracting Officer may either terminate this contract for default or allow performance to continue if adequate 

consideration is offered and the action is determined to be otherwise in the Government’s best interests.

(e) If an offeror, manufacturer, source, product or service has met the qualification requirement but is not yet on a qualified 

products list, qualified manufacturers list, or qualified bidders list, the offeror must submit evidence of qualification prior to 

award of this contract. Unless determined to be in the Government’s interest, award of this contract shall not be delayed 

to permit an offeror to submit evidence of qualification.

(f) Any change in location or ownership of the plant where a previously qualified product or service was manufactured or 

performed requires reevaluation of the qualification. Similarly, any change in location or ownership of a previously 

qualified manufacturer or source requires reevaluation of the qualification. The reevaluation must be accomplished before 

the date of award.

(End of clause)

252.209-7004 SUBCONTRACTING WITH FIRMS THAT ARE OWNED OR CONTROLLED BY THE GOVERNMENT 

OF A TERRORIST COUNTRY (DEC 2014) DFARS

252.209-7010 CRITICAL SAFETY ITEMS (AUG 2011) DFARS

 

(b) Identification of critical safety items. One or more of the items being procured under this contract is an aviation or ship 

critical safety item. The following items have been designated aviation critical safety items or ship critical safety items by 

the designated control activity: See Attachment 2, Schedule of Items, which designates all Critical Safety Items

** ***

52.209-9000 QUALIFIED PRODUCTS LIST (QPL) CONNECTOR ASSEMBLIES AND QPL ELECTRICAL CONTACTS

 (NOV 2011) DLAD

52.209-9002 QUALIFIED TESTING SUPPLIERS LIST (QTSL) – FEDERAL SUPPLY CLASSES (FSCS) 5961

SEMICONDUCTORS AND HARDWARE DEVICES AND 5962 ELECTRONIC MICROCIRCUITS (FEB 

2014) (DLAD)

(a) Only offerors who are listed, or qualified for listing (as determined by the contracting officer), on the DLA Land and 

Maritime Qualified Testing Suppliers List (QTSL) - FSCs 5961 Semiconductors and Hardware Devices and 5962 

Electronic Microcircuits, at the time of award, shall be eligible for award based upon QTSL compliance.

(b) Offers from the following sources shall take precedence over offers submitted based upon QTSL compliance:

(1) Offers from approved sources listed in the item description (such as original component manufacturers (OCMs) and 

original equipment manufacturers (OEMs); or

(2) Offers from sources listed, or are qualified for listing (as determined by the contracting officer), on the applicable 

qualified products list (QPL) or qualified manufacturers list (QML), if any; or

(3) Offers from authorized distributors of approved or QPL or QML qualified sources (as determined by the contracting 

officer) (see (1) and (2) above) with adequate traceability (as determined by the contracting officer) to the approved or 

qualified source; or

(4) Offers from distributors listed, or are qualified for listing (as determined by the contracting officer), on the DLA Land 

and Maritime Qualified Suppliers List of Distributors (QSLD) for FSCs 5961 and 5962 at the time of award.

(c) QTSL contractors shall offer and supply the product of an approved and qualified source as identified in the item 

description.

(d) In the event no offers are received on this solicitation from a source listed in paragraph (b) of this clause or from a 

QTSL offeror, the Government reserves the right to make an award based on offers received and found acceptable by 

other means of testing or verification, as deemed acceptable by the Government. However, the requirement to comply 

with DLAD 52.211-9074, Deoxyribonucleic Acid (DNA) Marking – Federal Supply Class (FSC) 5962 Electronic 

Microcircuits, is still applicable to FSC 5962.
Page 17 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

(e) The Government may terminate the contractor's QTSL status at any time for failure of the contractor to maintain 

compliance with the DLA Land and Maritime document entitled, “Criteria and Provisions for Qualified Testing Suppliers 

List.” (See paragraph (h) below of this clause to obtain the document.) Maintaining QTSL status is a contractual 

requirement; therefore, the Contracting Officer may terminate the contract for default for the contractor’s failure to 

maintain such status.

(f) As required in the DLA Land & Maritime “Criteria and Provisions for Qualified Testing Suppliers List” (Criteria), the 

contractor shall provide, at the Government’s direction, the results of the mandatory testing at any time after award, until 

the record retention period has expired, as referenced in the Criteria and listed in JEDEC Standard JESD 31.

(g) If the solicitation requires inspection and acceptance at destination, the government reserves the right to award with 

inspection and acceptance at origin, in which case DLAD clause 52.246-9004, Product Verification Testing, will be 

incorporated into the contract as awarded.

(h) The provisions governing qualification for the QTSL, and the applicable qualification criteria, may be obtained—

(1) From the QTSL general information web page, found at 

http://Www.landandmaritime.dla.mil/offices/sourcing_and_qualification/offices.aspx?Section=QTS;

(2) By sending an email to: landandmaritime.qtsl@dla.mil; or

(3) (i)By writing to the following address when using the United States Postal Service (USPS): 

Defense Logistics Agency (DLA) Land and Maritime

Attention: VQE Chief

Post Office (P.O.) Box 3990 Columbus, OH 43218-3990

or

(ii) by writing to the following address when using private carriers, to include United Parcel Service (UPS) or Federal 

Express (FEDEX):

DLA Land and Maritime

Attention: VOE Chief

3990 East Broad Street

Columbus, OH 43213

(End of Clause)

52.209-9013 COMPONENT QUALIFIED PRODUCTS LIST (QPL)/QUALIFIED MANUFACTURERS LIST (QML) 

(NOV 2011) DLAD

52.211-05 MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS (AUG 2000) FAR

52.211-16 VARIATION IN QUANTITY (APR 1984) FAR – SEE NOTE 1 ON PAGE 41

 

(b) The permissible variation shall be limited to: 

0 Percent increase

0 Percent decrease

This increase or decrease shall apply to N/A .

52.211-17 DELIVERY OF EXCESS QUANTITIES (SEP 1989) FAR

252.211-7005 SUBSTITUTIONS FOR MILITARY OR FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS (NOV 2005) 

DFARS

** **

(4) If the proposed SPI process has been accepted at the facility at which it is proposed for use, but is not yet listed at the 

Internet site specified in paragraph (b) of this clause, submit documentation of Department of Defense acceptance of the 

SPI process.

(d) Absent a determination that an SPI process is not acceptable for this procurement, the Contractor shall use the 

following SPI processes in lieu of military or Federal specifications or standards:

(Offeror insert information for each SPI process)

SPI Process: 

_____________________________________________

Facility:

_____________________________________________

Military or Federal Specification or Standard: 

_____________________________________________
Page 18 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

Affected Contract Line Item Number, Subline Item Number, Component, or Element:

_____________________________________________

 

** **

52.211-9005 CONDITIONS FOR EVALUATION AND ACCEPTANCE OF OFFERS FOR CRITICAL SAFETY ITEMS 

(NOV 2011) DLAD

52.211-9006 CHANGES IN CONTRACTOR STATUS, ITEM ACQUIRED, AND/OR MANUFACTURING 

PROCESS/FACILITY -- CRITICAL SAFETY ITEMS (JUL 2002) DLAD

52.211-9007 WITHHOLDING OF MATERIEL REVIEW BOARD (MRB) AUTHORITY - CRITICAL SAFETY ITEMS 

(NOV 2011) DLAD

52.211-9010 SHIPPING LABEL REQUIREMENTS – MILITARY-STANDARD (MIL-STD) 129P (APR 2014) DLAD

52.211-9010 SHIPPING LABEL REQUIREMENTS – MILITARY STANDARD (MIL-STD) 129P (NOV 2011), ALT I 

(AUG 2005) DLAD

52.211-9022 SUPERSEDED PART-NUMBERED ITEMS (NOV 2011) DLAD

(a) Part number (P/N) changes. Part number changes are acceptable only when the offeror completes the following 

verification:

The offeror represents that the P/N requested in the solicitation has been changed from 

CAGE ________________________________________,

P/N __________________________________________ to

P/N __________________________________________

and that this is a part number change only. The reason for the change is

_____________________________________________

_____________________________________________

_____________________________________________

 

52.211-9023 SUBSTITUTION OF ITEM AFTER AWARD (NOV 2011) DLAD

52.211-9024 SHELF-LIFE ITEMS MANUFACTURING RESTRICTIONS (MAY 2013) DLAD

52.211-9035 MARKING REQUIREMENTS - DLA MARITIME (NOV 2011) DLAD

52.211-9052 NOTIFICATION TO GOVERNMENT OF AND CONTEMPLATED PRODUCTION PHASE-OUT (NOV 

2011) DLAD

52.211-9094 PREPARATION FOR DELIVERY (NOV 2012) DLAD

52.213-01 FAST PAYMENT PROCEDURE (MAY 2006) FAR

52.215-21 REQUIREMENTS FOR CERTIFIED COST OR PRICING DATA AND DATA OTHER THAN CERTIFIED 

COST OR PRICING DATA - MODIFICATIONS (OCT 2010) FAR

52.216-19 ORDER LIMITATIONS (OCT 1995) FAR – SEE NOTE 1 ON PAGE 41

(a) Minimum order. When the Government requires supplies or services covered by this contract in an amount of less 

than 25% EAQ, the Government is not obligated to purchase, nor is the Contractor obligated to furnish, those supplies or 

services under the contract.

(b) Maximum order. The Contractor is not obligated to honor—

(1) Any order for a single item in excess of 100% EAQ ;

(2) Any order for a combination of items in excess of N/A ; or

(3) A series of orders from the same ordering office within 60 days that together call for quantities exceeding the limitation 
Page 19 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

in paragraph (b)(1) or (2) of this section.

(c) If this is a requirements contract (i.e., includes the Requirements clause at subsection 52.216-21 of the Federal 

Acquisition Regulation (FAR)), the Government is not required to order a part of any one requirement from the Contractor 

if that requirement exceeds the maximum-order limitations in paragraph (b) of this section.

(d) Notwithstanding paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, the Contractor shall honor any order exceeding the maximum 

order limitations in paragraph (b), unless that order (or orders) is returned to the ordering office within 3 days after 

issuance, with written notice stating the Contractor’s intent not to ship the item (or items) called for and the reasons. Upon 

receiving this notice, the Government may acquire the supplies or services from another source.

(End of clause)

52.216-22 INDEFINITE QUANTITY (OCT 1995) FAR

(a) This is an indefinite-quantity contract for the supplies or services specified, and effective for the period stated, in the 

Schedule. The quantities of supplies and services specified in the Schedule are estimates only and are not purchased by 

this contract.

(b) Delivery or performance shall be made only as authorized by orders issued in accordance with the Ordering clause. 

The Contractor shall furnish to the Government, when and if ordered, the supplies or services specified in the Schedule 

up to and including the quantity designated in the Schedule as the “maximum.” The Government shall order at least the 

quantity of supplies or services designated in the Schedule as the “minimum.”

(c) Except for any limitations on quantities in the Order Limitations clause or in the Schedule, there is no limit on the 

number of orders that may be issued. The Government may issue orders requiring delivery to multiple destinations or 

performance at multiple locations.

(d) Any order issued during the effective period of this contract and not completed within that period shall be completed by 

the Contractor within the time specified in the order. The contract shall govern the Contractor’s and Government’s rights 

and obligations with respect to that order to the same extent as if the order were completed during the contract’s effective 

period ; provided, that the Contractor shall not be required to make any deliveries under this contract after 180 days from 

date of contract completion

(End of clause)

252.216-7006 ORDERING (MAY 2011) DFARS

(a) Any supplies and services to be furnished under this contract shall be ordered by issuance of delivery orders or task 

orders by the individuals or activities designated in the contract schedule. Such orders may be issued from Date of 

Contract Award through 3,650 days thereafter.

** **

52.216-9006 ADDITION/DELETION OF ITEMS (AUG 2005) DLAD

52.216-9030 ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT – DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PRICE INDEX (SEP 2015) DLAD

(a) Warranties. The Contractor warrants that—

(1) The base unit prices set forth in the Schedule do not include allowances for any portion of the contingency covered by 

this clause; and

(2) The prices to be invoiced shall be computed in accordance with the provisions of this clause.

(b) Definitions. As used throughout this clause –

(1) "Index" for the purpose of price adjustment under this clause shall be the Producer Price Index(es) reported in the 

monthly publication entitled, “Producer Price Indexes”, published by the United States (U.S.) Department of Labor (DOL), 

Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) for the following code number(s) and title(s): See Special Contract Requirements, H900 ; or the Employment Cost Index(es) reported in the quarterly publication entitled, “Employment Cost Indexes,” 

published by the United States (U.S.) Department of Labor (DOL), Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) for the following code 

number(s) and title(s): (buyer fill-in).

(2) "Base index" is the arithmetic average of the final version of the indexes published for the 6 months, or quarters for 

ECI, preceding the closing date for receipt of proposals or the date required for receipt of final proposal revisions, if 

discussions were held.

(3) "Adjusting index" shall be the arithmetic average of the [ ] first published or [ X ] final version of the index for the 6 

months, or quarters for ECI, prior to the month in which the adjusting contract modification is effective.

(4) "Base unit price" is the unit price applicable to a quantity of a contract line item established at contract award, 

exclusive of any price adjustment pursuant to this clause.

(5) “Adjustment period” is the period during which a particular adjustment to the unit price under this clause (calculated at

the beginning of the adjustment period) will be applicable. The length of each adjustment period in months shall be 
Page 20 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

calculated by dividing 12 by the number of adjustments allowed per year in (c)(1) below.

(c) Adjustments. Prior to the end of each adjustment period, the Contracting Officer shall calculate the adjusting index and 

any adjusted contract unit price(s) for the new adjustment period, and modify the contract accordingly. Price adjustments 

pursuant to this clause shall be made by contract modification, issued by the Contracting Officer and will show the base 

index, the adjusting index, the base unit price, the mathematical calculations, and the changed unit price(s). The price 

adjustment shall be applicable to orders issued after the effective date of the contract modification establishing the unit 

price for the adjustment period. The price adjustment(s) for each adjustment period will be based on the percentage 

change between the base index and the adjusting index for the adjustment period, as applied to the base unit price.

(1) The Government shall be entitled to a price decrease in any particular adjustment period if the adjusting index is less 

than the base index. There shall be 1 price adjustments per contract year.

(2) Example of adjustment calculation:

Base Index = 109.88*

Adjusting index = 112.72* 

Less base index = 109.88 

Change to index = 2.84

Divide change to index by base index = 2.84 / 109.88 = .02585 (2.585%)** 

Multiply by the base unit price = $50.00 x .02585 = $1.29***

= Unit Price Adjustment

Adjusted unit price = $51.29

* In computing the base and adjusting indexes, the resulting figure shall be rounded to the second decimal place.

** This figure shall be rounded to the fourth decimal place.

*** All dollar figures shall be rounded to the nearest cent.

(d) Upward ceiling on economic price adjustment. No upward ceiling shall apply under this economic price adjustment 

clause, unless the BLS series is based on indices below the six-digit level (an index “below the six-digit level” in BLS 

usage means an index whose identifier exceeds six-digits). For any BLS series that is below the six-digit level, the 

following ceiling shall apply: The Contractor agrees that the aggregate of the increases in any contract unit price under 

this clause shall not exceed 10 % (percent) of the original base unit price, except as provided hereafter.

(1) If at any time the Contractor has reason to believe that within the near future a price adjustment under the provisions 

of this clause will be required that will exceed the adjustment ceiling for any item, the Contractor shall promptly notify the 

Contracting Officer in writing of the expected increase. The notification shall include a revised ceiling the Contractor 

believes is sufficient to permit completion of remaining contract performance, along with appropriate explanation and 

documentation as required by the Contracting Officer.

(2) If an increase in the index would raise a contract unit price for an item above the current ceiling, the Contracting Officer 

may issue a contract modification to raise the ceiling. If the contract ceiling will not be raised, the Contracting Officer shall 

so promptly notify the Contractor in writing.

(e) Invoices. The prices payable under this contract will be based on the latest adjusted unit price incorporated into the 

contract as of the date of order.

(f) Retroactive adjustment. Paragraph applies only if “first published index” is selected in paragraph (b)(3) above. The 

Contractor may request a retroactive adjustment for orders that have been delivered during an adjustment period for 

which payment has already been made, based on the difference between a higher final revised index applicable to an 

adjustment period and the index values used in calculating the unit price for that adjustment period, and subject to the 

adjustment ceiling in (d) above and when the following conditions are met:

(1) The request for equitable adjustment clearly establishes that the unit price adjustment for the adjustment period would 

have been higher if the final revised index had been used, and identifies all invoices and payments to which it is 

applicable, cites the specific index differences relating to the requested adjustment, and provides a calculation of the total 

net price adjustment for items delivered during that adjustment period.

(2) No retroactive equitable adjustment shall be made under this clause unless the total dollar change for items delivered 

is $ ($500.00 unless otherwise stated) or more for the applicable adjustment period(s).

(3) The Contractor’s written request must be received by the Contracting Officer within 45 days following publication of the 

final revised index.

The Government shall be entitled to a downward adjustment based on the difference between a lower final revised index 

applicable to an adjustment period and the index values used in calculating the unit price for that adjustment period, 

subject to the limitation in paragraph (f)(2).

(g) Revision of index. In the event –
Page 21 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

(1) Any applicable index is discontinued or its method of derivation is altered substantially; or

(2) The Contracting Officer determines that the index consistently and substantially fails to reflect market conditions, the 

parties shall mutually agree upon an appropriate and comparable substitute and the contract shall be modified to reflect 

such substitute effective on the date the index was discontinued, altered, or began to consistently and substantially fail to 

reflect market conditions.

(h) Final invoice. The Contractor shall include a statement on the final invoice that the amounts invoiced hereunder have 

applied all decreases required by this clause.

(i) Disputes. Any dispute arising under this clause shall be determined in accordance with and subject to the “Disputes” 

clause of the contract.

(End of Clause)

52.216-9036 EVALUATION OF OFFERS - ECONOMIC PRICE ADJUSTMENT (FEB 2009) DLAD

52.217-09 OPTION TO EXTEND THE TERM OF THE CONTRACT (MAR 2000) FAR

(a) The Government may extend the term of this contract by written notice to the Contractor within 30 days; provided that 

the Government gives the Contractor a preliminary written notice of its intent to extend at least 60 days before the 

contract expires. The preliminary notice does not commit the Government to an extension.

(b) If the Government exercises this option, the extended contract shall be considered to include this option clause.

(c) The total duration of this contract, including the exercise of any options under this clause, shall not exceed 10 years.

(End of clause)

52.217-9006 SURGE AND SUSTAINMENT (S&S) REQUIREMENTS (NOV 2011) DLAD – SEE NOTE 3 ON PAGE 

41

52.217-9007 SURGE AND SUSTAINMENT (S&S) INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS (JUN 2012) DLAD – SEE 

NOTE 3 ON PAGE 41

52.217-9009 SURGE AND SUSTAINMENT (S&S) PRICING (NOV 2011) DLAD – SEE NOTE 3 ON PAGE 41

52.217-9010 LIMITATIONS ON USE OF SURGE AND SUSTAINMENT (S&S) GOVERNMENT INVESTMENT (NOV 

2011) DLAD – SEE NOTE 3 ON PAGE 41

52.219-9018 NOTIFICATION OF SUBCONTRACTING PLAN (NOV 2011) DLAD

When requested by the Contracting Officer, the apparent successful offeror must submit within 45 calendar days its 

subcontracting plan in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) clause 52.219-9 (for negotiated acquisitions) 

or FAR 52.219-9 Alternate I (for sealed bid acquisitions).

 

252.223-7006 PROHIBITION ON STORAGE AND DISPOSAL OF TOXIC AND HAZARDOUS MATERIALS (APR 

2012) DFARS

252.225-7013 DUTY-FREE ENTRY (NOV 2014) DFARS

52.227-01 AUTHORIZATION AND CONSENT (DEC 2007) FAR

52.227-02 NOTICE AND ASSISTANCE REGARDING PATENT AND COPYRIGHT INFRINGEMENT (DEC 2007) 

FAR

52.227-14 RIGHTS IN DATA – GENERAL (MAY 2014) FAR

252.227-7014 RIGHTS IN NONCOMMERCIAL COMPUTER SOFTWARE AND NONCOMMERCIAL COMPUTER 

SOFTWARE DOCUMENTATION (FEB 2014) DFARS

252.227-7015 TECHNICAL DATA – COMMERCIAL ITEMS (FEB 2014) DFARS

52.232-17 INTEREST (MAY 2014) FAR
Page 22 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

252.232-7010 LEVIES ON CONTRACT PAYMENTS (DEC 2006) DFARS

52.237-03 CONTINUITY OF SERVICES (JAN 1991) FAR

52.242-13 BANKRUPTCY (JUL 1995) FAR

52.242-15 STOP-WORK ORDER (AUG 1989) FAR

52.242-17 GOVERNMENT DELAY OF WORK (APR 1984) FAR

52.243-01 CHANGES - FIXED PRICE (AUG 1987), ALT II (APR 1984) FAR

252.244-7000 SUBCONTRACTS FOR COMMERCIAL ITEMS AND COMMERCIAL COMPONENTS (DOD 

CONTRACTS) (JUN 2013) DFARS

52.245-01 GOVERNMENT PROPERTY (APR 2012) FAR

52.245-01 GOVERNMENT PROPERTY (APR 2012), ALT I (APR 2012) FAR

52.245-09 USE AND CHARGES (APR 2012) FAR

252.245-7001 TAGGING, LABELING, AND MARKING OF GOVERNMENT-FURNISHED PROPERTY (APR 2012) 

DFARS

252.245-7002 REPORTING LOSS OF GOVERNMENT PROPERTY (APR 2012) DFARS

252.245-7003 CONTRACTOR PROPERTY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION (APR 2012) DFARS

252.245-7004 REPORTING, REUTILIZATION, AND DISPOSAL (APR 2012) DFARS

52.246-11 HIGHER-LEVEL CONTRACT QUALITY REQUIREMENT (DEC 2014) FAR

The Contractor shall comply with the higher-level quality standard selected below. [If more than one standard is listed, the 

offeror shall indicate its selection by checking the appropriate block.]

Title Number Date Tailoring

[ ] ISO:9001

[ ]

[ ]

[ ]

(End of Clause)

52.246-15 CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMANCE (APR 1984) FAR – SEE NOTE 2 ON PAGE 41

252.246-7000 MATERIAL INSPECTION AND RECEIVING REPORT (MAR 2008) DFARS

252.246-7003 NOTIFICATION OF POTENTIAL SAFETY ISSUES (JUN 2013) DFARS

52.246-9003 MEASURING AND TEST EQUIPMENT (JAN 2014) DLAD

52.246-9008 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE AT ORIGIN (NOV 2011) DLAD – SEE NOTE 2 ON PAGE 41

(a) Inspection and Acceptance are at Origin.

(b) The point of acceptance will be the point of last inspection before shipment unless otherwise indicated by the offeror.

(c) The Offeror shall indicate below the location where supplies will be inspected: Supplies:

Plant:

______________________________________________

Commercial and Government Entity (CAGE) Code: 
Page 23 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

______________________________________________

Street:

______________________________________________

City/State/Zip:

______________________________________________

Applicable to contract line-item(s) (CLIN(s):

______________________________________________

(d) The Offeror shall indicate below the location where packaging will be inspected: Packaging:

[ ] Same as for supplies, or, 

Plant:

______________________________________________ 

Commercial and Government Entity (CAGE) Code: 

______________________________________________

Street:

______________________________________________

City/State/Zip:

______________________________________________

Applicable to contract line-item(s) (CLIN(s):

______________________________________________

** **

52.246-9039 REMOVAL OF GOVERNMENT IDENTIFICATION FROM NON-ACCEPTED SUPPLIES (NOV 2011) 

DLAD

(a) The Contractor shall remove or obliterate from a rejected end item and its packing and packaging, any marking, 

symbol, or other representation that the end item or any part of it has been produced or manufactured for the United 

States Government. Removal or obliteration shall be accomplished prior to any donation, sale, or disposal in commercial 

channels. The Contractor, in making disposition in commercial channels of rejected supplies, is responsible for 

compliance with requirements of the Federal Trade Commission Act (15 United States Code (U.S.C.) 45 et seq.) and the 

Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 301 et seq.), as well as other Federal or State laws and regulations 

promulgated pursuant thereto.

(b) Unless otherwise authorized by the Contracting Officer, the Contractor is responsible for removal or obliteration of 

government identifications within 72 hours of rejection of nonconforming supplies including supplies manufactured for the 

Government but not offered or supplies transferred from the Government's account to the cold storage Contractor's 

account at origin or destination. (For product rejected at destination and returned to the Contractor's plant, the 72 hour 

period starts with the time of Contractor receipt of returned product). After removal or obliteration is accomplished and 

prior to disposition, the Contractor must notify the Government inspector.

(End of Clause)

52.246-9042 DOCUMENTATION OF TRACEABILITY - QUALIFIED PRODUCTS LIST/QUALIFIED 

MANUFACTURERS LIST (QPL/QML) INTEGRATED CIRCUITS, HYBRID MICROCIRCUITS, AND 

SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES - DLA MARITIME (NOV 2011) DLAD

52.246-9043 HIGHER-LEVEL CONTRACT QUALITY REQUIREMENT (NON-MANUFACTURERS) (NOV 2011) 

DLAD

52.246-9062 REPACKAGING TO CORRECT PACKAGING DEFICIENCIES (SEP 2008) DLAD

52.246-9065 PROTECTION FROM DEGRADATION DUE TO ELECTROSTATIC/ELECTROMAGNETIC FORCES 

(AUG 2008) DLAD

52.247-34 F.O.B. DESTINATION (NOV 1991) FAR

52.247-9012 REQUIREMENTS FOR TREATMENT OF WOOD PACKAGING MATERIAL (WPM) (FEB 2007) DLAD
Page 24 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

52.249-02 TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE OF THE GOVERNMENT (FIXED-PRICE) (APR 2012) FAR

52.249-08 DEFAULT (FIXED-PRICE SUPPLY AND SERVICE) (APR 1984) FAR

52.251-01 GOVERNMENT SUPPLY SOURCES (APR 2012) FAR

52.252-02 CLAUSES INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (FEB 1998) FAR

This contract incorporates one or more clauses by reference, with the same force and effect as if they were given in full 

text. Upon request, the Contracting Officer will make their full text available. Also, the full text of a clause may be 

accessed electronically at this/these address(es): http://www.dla.mil/Acquisition and http://farsite.hill.af.mil/ .

(End of Clause)

52.252-06 AUTHORIZED DEVIATIONS IN CLAUSES (APR 1984) FAR

(a) The use in this solicitation or contract of any Federal Acquisition Regulation (48 CFR Chapter 1) clause with an 

authorized deviation is indicated by the addition of “(DEVIATION)” after the date of the clause.

(b) The use in this solicitation or contract of any DoD FAR Supplement (DFARS) (48 CFR Chapter 2) clause with an 

authorized deviation is indicated by the addition of “(DEVIATION)” after the name of the regulation.

(End of Clause)

52.253-01 COMPUTER GENERATED FORMS (JAN 1991) FAR

252.225-7048 EXPORT CONTROLLED ITEMS (JUN 2013) DFARS

(a) Definition. “Export-controlled items,” as used in this clause, means items subject to the Export Administration 

Regulations (EAR) (15 CFR Parts 730-774) or the International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR) (22 CFR Parts 120-

130). The term includes:

(1) “Defense items,” defined in the Arms Export Control Act, 22 U.S.C. 2778(j)(4)(A), as defense articles, defense 

services, and related technical data, and further defined in the ITAR, 22 CFR Part 120.

(2) “Items,” defined in the EAR as “commodities”, “software”, and “technology,” terms that are also defined in the EAR, 15 

CFR 772.1.

(b) The Contractor shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations regarding export-controlled items, including, but 

not limited to, the requirement for contractors to register with the Department of State in accordance with the ITAR. The 

Contractor shall consult with the Department of State regarding any questions relating to compliance with the ITAR and 

shall consult with the Department of Commerce regarding any questions relating to compliance with the EAR.

(c) The Contractor's responsibility to comply with all applicable laws and regulations regarding export-controlled items 

exists independent of, and is not established or limited by, the information provided by this clause.

(d) Nothing in the terms of this contract adds, changes, supersedes, or waives any of the requirements of applicable 

Federal laws, Executive orders, and regulations, including but not limited to—

(1) The Export Administration Act of 1979, as amended (50 U.S.C. App. 2401, et seq.);

(2) The Arms Export Control Act (22 U.S.C. 2751, et seq.);

(3) The International Emergency Economic Powers Act (50 U.S.C. 1701, et seq.);

(4) The Export Administration Regulations (15 CFR Parts 730-774);

(5) The International Traffic in Arms Regulations (22 CFR Parts 120-130); and

(6) Executive Order 13222, as extended.

(e) The Contractor shall include the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (e), in all subcontracts. 

(End of clause)

52.217-9012 WARSTOPPER PROGRAM MATERIAL BUFFER AVAILABILITY (MAY 2013) (DLAD)

52.232-39 UNENFORCEABILITY OF UNAUTHORIZED OBLIGATIONS (JUL 2013) (FAR)

Part 12 Provisions

52.212-01 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS - COMMERCIAL ITEMS (OCT 2015)

52.212-02 EVALUATION - COMMERCIAL ITEMS (OCT 2014) FAR

(a) The Government will award a contract resulting from this solicitation to the responsible offeror whose offer conforming 

to the solicitation will be most advantageous to the Government, price and other factors considered. The following factors 
Page 25 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

shall be used to evaluate offers:

See Evaluation of Offers 

Technical and past performance, when combined, are See Evaluation of Offers 

(b) Options. The Government will evaluate offers for award purposes by adding the total price for all options to the total 

price for the basic requirement. The Government may determine that an offer is unacceptable if the option prices are 

significantly unbalanced. Evaluation of options shall not obligate the Government to exercise the option(s).

(c) A written notice of award or acceptance of an offer, mailed or otherwise furnished to the successful offeror within the 

time for acceptance specified in the offer, shall result in a binding contract without further action by either party. Before the 

offer’s specified expiration time, the Government may accept an offer (or part of an offer), whether or not there are 

negotiations after its receipt, unless a written notice of withdrawal is received before award.

(End of Provision)

52.212-03 OFFEROR REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS - COMMERCIAL ITEMS (OCT 2015) FAR

The offeror shall complete only paragraphs (b) of this provision if the Offeror has completed the annual representations 

and certification electronically via the System for Award Management (SAM) Web site accessed through 

http://www.acquisition.gov . If the Offeror has not completed the annual representations and certifications electronically, 

the Offeror shall complete only paragraphs (c) through (p) of this provision. 

(a) Definitions. As used in this provision—

“Economically disadvantaged women-owned small business (EDWOSB) concern” means a small business concern that is 

at least 51 percent directly and unconditionally owned by, and the management and daily business operations of which 

are controlled by, one or more women who are citizens of the United States and who are economically disadvantaged in 

accordance with 13 CFR part 127. It automatically qualifies as a women-owned small business eligible under the WOSB 

Program.

“Forced or indentured child labor” means all work or service—

(1) Exacted from any person under the age of 18 under the menace of any penalty for its nonperformance and for which 

the worker does not offer himself voluntarily; or

(2) Performed by any person under the age of 18 pursuant to a contract the enforcement of which can be accomplished 

by process or penalties.

“Highest-level owner” means the entity that owns or controls an immediate owner of the offeror, or that owns or controls 

one or more entities that control an immediate owner of the offeror. No entity owns or exercises control of the highest level 

owner.

“Immediate owner” means an entity, other than the offeror, that has direct control of the offeror. Indicators of control 

include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: Ownership or interlocking management, identity of interests 

among family members, shared facilities and equipment, and the common use of employees.

“Inverted domestic corporation” as used in this section, but now is incorporated in a foreign country, or is a subsidiary 

whose parent corporation is incorporated in a foreign country, that meets the criteria specified in 6 U.S.C 395(b), applied 

in accordance with the rules and definitions of 6 U.S.C. 395(c). An inverted domestic corporation as herein defined does 

not meet the definition of an inverted domestic corporation as defined by the Internal Revenue code at 26 U.S.C. 7874.

“Manufactured end product” means any end product in product and service codes (PSCs) 1000-9999, except—

(1) PSC 5510, Lumber and Related Basic Wood Materials;

(2) Product or Service Group (PSG) 87, Agricultural Supplies;

(3) PSG 88, Live Animals;

(4) PSG 89, Subsistence;

(5) PSC 9410, Crude Grades of Plant Materials;

(6) PSC 9430, Miscellaneous Crude Animal Products, Inedible;

(7) PSC 9440, Miscellaneous Crude Agricultural and Forestry Products;

(8) PSC 9610, Ores;

(9) PSC 9620, Minerals, Natural and Synthetic; and

(10) PSC 9630, Additive Metal Materials. 

“Place of manufacture” means the place where an end product is assembled out of components, or otherwise made or 

processed from raw materials into the finished product that is to be provided to the Government. If a product is 

disassembled and reassembled, the place of reassembly is not the place of manufacture.

“Restricted business operations” means business operations in Sudan that include power production activities, mineral 

extraction activities, oil-related activities, or the production of military equipment, as those terms are defined in the Sudan 

Accountability and Divestment Act of 2007 (Pub. L. 110-174). Restricted business operations do not include business 

operations that the person (as that term is defined in Section 2 of the Sudan Accountability and Divestment Act of 2007) 

conducting the business can demonstrate—
Page 26 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

(1) Are conducted under contract directly and exclusively with the regional government of southern Sudan;

(2) Are conducted pursuant to specific authorization from the Office of Foreign Assets Control in the Department of the 

Treasury, or are expressly exempted under Federal law from the requirement to be conducted under such authorization;

(3) Consist of providing goods or services to marginalized populations of Sudan;

(4) Consist of providing goods or services to an internationally recognized peacekeeping force or humanitarian 

organization;

(5) Consist of providing goods or services that are used only to promote health or education; or

(6) Have been voluntarily suspended. 

“Sensitive technology” –

(1) Means hardware, software, telecommunications equipment, or any other technology that is to be used specifically -

(i) To restrict the free flow of unbiased information in Iran; or

(ii) To disrupt, monitor, or otherwise restrict speech of the people or Iran; and

(2) Does not include information or informational materials the export of which the President does not have the authority to 

regulate or prohibit pursuant to section 203(b)(3) of the International Emergency Economic Powers Act (50 U.S.C. 

1702(b)(3)).

“Service-disabled veteran-owned small business concern”—

(1) Means a small business concern—

(i) Not less than 51 percent of which is owned by one or more service-disabled veterans or, in the case of any publicly 

owned business, not less than 51 percent of the stock of which is owned by one or more service-disabled veterans; and

(ii) The management and daily business operations of which are controlled by one or more service-disabled veterans or, 

in the case of a service-disabled veteran with permanent and severe disability, the spouse or permanent caregiver of such 

veteran.

(2) Service-disabled veteran means a veteran, as defined in 38 U.S.C 101(2), with a disability that is service-connected, 

as defined in 38 U.S.C. 101(16).

“Small business concern” means a concern, including its affiliates, that is independently owned and operated, not 

dominant in the field of operation in which it is bidding on Government contracts, and qualified as a small business under 

the criteria in 13 CFR Part 121 and size standards in this solicitation.

“Small disadvantaged business concern, consistent with 13 CFR 124.1002,” means a small business concern under the 

size standard applicable to the acquisition, that--

(1) Is at least 51 percent unconditionally and directly owned (as defined at 13 CFR 124.105) by--

(i) One or more socially disadvantaged (as defined at 13 CFR 124.103) and economically disadvantaged (as defined at 13 

CFR 124.104) individuals who are citizens of the United States; and

(ii) Each individual claiming economic disadvantage has a net worth not exceeding $750,000 after taking into account the 

applicable exclusions set forth at 13 CFR 124.104(c)(2); and

(2) The management and daily business operations of which are controlled (as defined at 13.CFR 124.106) by individuals, 

who meet the criteria in paragraphs (1)(i) and (ii) of this definition.

“Subsidiary” means an entity in which more than 50 percent of the entity is owned –

(1) Directly by a parent corporation; or

(2) Through another subsidiary of a parent corporation.

“Veteran-owned small business concern” means a small business concern—

(1) Not less than 51 percent of which is owned by one or more veterans (as defined at 38 U.S.C. 101(2)) or, in the case of 

any publicly owned business, not less than 51 percent of the stock of which is owned by one or more veterans; and

(2) The management and daily business operations of which are controlled by one or more veterans.

“Women-owned business concern” means a concern which is at least 51 percent owned by one or more women; or in the 

case of any publicly owned business, at least 51 percent of its stock is owned by one or more women; and whose 

management and daily business operations are controlled by one or more women.

“Women-owned small business concern” means a small business concern—

(1) That is at least 51 percent owned by one or more women; or, in the case of any publicly owned business, at least 51 

percent of the stock of which is owned by one or more women; and

(2) Whose management and daily business operations are controlled by one or more women.

“Women-owned small business (WOSB) concern eligible under the WOSB Program” (in accordance with 13 CFR part 

127), means a small business concern that is at least 51 percent directly and unconditionally owned by, and the 

management and daily business operations of which are controlled by, one or more women who are citizens of the United 

States.

(b) (1) Annual Representations and Certifications. Any changes provided by the offeror in paragraph (b)(2) of this 

provision do not automatically change the representations and certifications posted on the SAM website.

(2) The offeror has completed the annual representations and certifications electronically via the SAM website accessed 
Page 27 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

through https://www.acquisition.gov. After reviewing the SAM database information, the offeror verifies by submission of 

this offer that the representation and certifications currently posted electronically at FAR 52.212-3, Offeror 

Representations and Certifications—Commercial Items, have been entered or updated in the last 12 months, are current, 

accurate, complete, and applicable to this solicitation (including the business size standard applicable to the NAICS code 

referenced for this solicitation), as of the date of this offer and are incorporated in this offer by reference (see FAR 

4.1201), except for paragraphs ____________. [Offeror to identify the applicable paragraphs at (c) through (p) of this 

provision that the offeror has completed for the purposes of this solicitation only, if any. These amended representation(s) 

and/or certification(s) are also incorporated in this offer and are current, accurate, and complete as of the date of this 

offer. Any changes provided by the offeror are applicable to this solicitation only, and do not result in an update to the 

representations and certifications posted electronically on SAM.] 

(c) Offerors must complete the following representations when the resulting contract will be performed in the United States 

or its outlying areas. Check all that apply.

(1) Small business concern. The offeror represents as part of its offer that it ( ) is, ( ) is not a small business concern.

(2) Veteran-owned small business concern. [Complete only if the offeror represented itself as a small business concern in 

paragraph (c)(1) of this provision.] The offeror represents as part of its offer that it ( ) is, ( ) is not a veteran-owned 

small business concern.

(3) Service-disabled veteran-owned small business concern. [Complete only if the offeror represented itself as a veteranowned small business concern in paragraph (c)(2) of this provision.] The offeror represents as part of its offer that it 

( ) is, ( ) is not a service- disabled veteran-owned small business concern.

(4) Small disadvantaged business concern. [Complete only if the offeror represented itself as a small business concern in 

paragraph (c)(1) of this provision.] The offeror represents, for general statistical purposes, that it ( ) is, ( ) is not a 

small disadvantaged business concern as defined in 13 CFR 124.1002.

(5) Women-owned small business concern. [Complete only if the offeror represented itself as a small business concern in 

paragraph (c)(1) of this provision.] The offeror represents that it ( ) is, ( ) is not a women-owned small business 

concern.

(6) WOSB concern eligible under the WOSB Program. [Complete only if the offeror represented itself as a women-owned 

small business concern in paragraph (c)(5) of this provision.] The offeror represents that—

(i) It [ ] is, [ ] is not a WOSB concern eligible under the WOSB Program, has provided all the required documents to 

the WOSB Repository, and no change in circumstances or adverse decisions have been issued that affects its eligibility; 

and

(ii) It [ ] is, [ ] is not a joint venture that complies with the requirements of 13 CFR part 127, and the representation 

in paragraph (c)(6)(i) of this provision is accurate for each WOSB concern eligible under the WOSB Program participating 

in the joint venture. [The offeror shall enter the name or names of the WOSB concern eligible under the WOSB Program 

and other small businesses that are in the joint venture: _______________.] Each WOSB concern eligible under the 

WOSB Program participating in the joint venture shall submit a separate signed copy of the WOSB representation.

(7) Economically disadvantaged women-owned small business (EDWOSB) concern. [Complete only if the offeror 

represented itself as a WOSB concern eligible under the WOSB Program in (c)(6) of this provision.] The offeror 

represents that—

(i) It [ ] is, [ ] is not an EDWOSB concern, has provided all the required documents to the WOSB Repository, and no 

change in circumstances or adverse decisions have been issued that affects its eligibility; and

(ii) It [ ] is, [ ] is not a joint venture that complies with the requirements of 13 CFR part 127, and the representation 

in paragraph (c)(7)(i) of this provision is accurate for each EDWOSB concern participating in the joint venture. The offeror 

shall enter the name or names of the EDWOSB concern and other small businesses that are participating in the joint 

venture: _______________________. Each EDWOSB concern participating in the joint venture shall submit a separate 

signed copy of the EDWOSB representation.

NOTE: Complete paragraphs (c)(8) and (c) (9) only if this solicitation is expected to exceed the simplified acquisition 

threshold.

(8) Women-owned business concern (other than small business concern). [Complete only if the offeror is a women-owned 

business concern and did not represent itself as a small business concern in paragraph (c)(1) of this provision.] The 

offeror represents that it ( ) is a women-owned business concern.

(9) Tie bid priority for labor surplus area concerns. If this is an invitation for bid, small business offerors may identify the 

labor surplus areas in which costs to be incurred on account of manufacturing or production (by offeror or first-tier 

subcontractors) amount to more than 50 percent of the contract price: ______________________________

(10) HUBZone small business concern. [Complete only if the offeror represented itself as a small business concern in 

paragraph (c)(1) of this provision.] The offeror represents, as part of its offer, that—

(i) It [ ] is, [ ] is not a HUBZone small business concern listed, on the date of this representation, on the List of 

Qualified HUBZone Small Business Concerns maintained by the Small Business Administration, and no material changes 
Page 28 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

in ownership and control, principal office, or HUBZone employee percentage have occurred since it was certified in 

accordance with 13 CFR Part 126; and

(ii) It [ ] is, [ ] is not a HUBZone joint venture that complies with the requirements of 13 CFR Part 126, and the 

representation in paragraph (c)(11)(i) of this provision is accurate for each HUBZone small business concern participating 

in the HUBZone joint venture. [The offeror shall enter the names of each of the HUBZone small business concerns 

participating in the HUBZone joint venture: _______________________. ] Each HUBZone small business concern 

participating in the HUBZone joint venture shall submit a separate signed copy of the HUBZone representation.

(d) Representations required to implement provisions of Executive Order 11246—

(1) Previous contracts and compliance. The offeror represents that—

(i) It ( ) has, ( ) has not participated in a previous contract or subcontract subject to the Equal Opportunity clause of 

this solicitation; and

(ii) It ( ) has, ( ) has not filed all required compliance reports.

(2) Affirmative Action Compliance. The offeror represents that—

(i) It ( ) has developed and has on file, ( ) has not developed and does not have on file, at each establishment, 

affirmative action programs required by rules and regulations of the Secretary of Labor (41 CFR parts 60-1 and 60-2), or

(ii) It ( ) has not previously had contracts subject to the written affirmative action programs requirement of the 

rules and regulations of the Secretary of Labor.

(e) Certification Regarding Payments to Influence Federal Transactions (31 U.S.C. 1352). (Applies only if the contract is 

expected to exceed $150,000.) By submission of its offer, the offeror certifies to the best of its knowledge and belief that 

no Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an 

officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress or an employee of a 

Member of Congress on his or her behalf in connection with the award of any resultant contract. If any registrants under 

the Lobbying Disclosure Act of 1995 have made a lobbying contact on behalf of the offeror with respect to this contract, 

the offeror shall complete and submit, with its offer, OMB Standard Form LLL, Disclosure of Lobbying Activities, to provide 

the name of the registrants. The offeror need not report regularly employed officers or employees of the offeror to whom 

payments of reasonable compensation were made.

(f) Buy American Act Certificate. (Applies only if the clause at Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 52.225-1, Buy 

American Act— Supplies, is included in this solicitation.)

(1) The offeror certifies that each end product, except those listed in paragraph (f)(2) of this provision, is a domestic end 

product and that for other than COTS items, the offeror has considered components of unknown origin to have been 

mined, produced, or manufactured outside the United States. The offeror shall list as foreign end products those end 

products manufactured in the United States that do not qualify as domestic end products, i.e., an end product that is not a 

COTS item and does not meet the component test in paragraph (2) of the definition of “domestic end product.” The terms 

“commercially available off-the-shelf (COTS) item” “component,” “domestic end product,” “end product,” “foreign end 

product,” and “United States” are defined in the clause of this solicitation entitled “Buy American Act—Supplies.”

(2) Foreign End Products:

Line Item No. Country of Origin

(List as necessary]

(3) The Government will evaluate offers in accordance with the policies and procedures of FAR Part 25.

(g)(1) Buy American Act—Free Trade Agreements—Israeli Trade Act Certificate. (Applies only if the clause at FAR 

52.225-3, Buy American Act—Free Trade Agreements—Israeli Trade Act, is included in this solicitation.)

(i) The offeror certifies that each end product, except those listed in paragraph (g)(1)(ii) or (g)(1)(iii) of this provision, is a 

domestic end product and that for other than COTS items, the offeror has considered components of unknown origin to 

have been mined, produced, or manufactured outside the United States. The terms “Bahrainian, Moroccan, Omani, or 

Peruvian end product,” “commercially available off-the-shelf (COTS) item,” “component,” “domestic end product,” “end 

product,” “foreign end product,” “Free Trade Agreement country,” “Free Trade Agreement country end product,” “Israeli 

end product,” and “United States” are defined in the clause of this solicitation entitled “Buy American Act—Free Trade 

Agreements–Israeli Trade Act.”

(ii) The offeror certifies that the following supplies are Free Trade Agreement country end products (other than Bahrainian, 

Moroccan, Omani, Panamanian, or Peruvian end products) or Israeli end products as defined in the clause of this 

solicitation entitled “Buy American Act—Free Trade Agreements—Israeli Trade Act”:

Free Trade Agreement Country End Products (Other than Bahrainian, Moroccan, Omani, Panamanian, or 

Peruvian End Products) or Israeli End Products:
Page 29 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

Line Item No. Country of Origin

(List as necessary]

(iii) The offeror shall list those supplies that are foreign end products (other than those listed in paragraph (g)(1)(ii) of this 

provision) as defined in the clause of this solicitation entitled “Buy American Act—Free Trade Agreements—Israeli Trade 

Act.” The offeror shall list as other foreign end products those end products manufactured in the United States that do not 

qualify as domestic end products, i.e., an end product that is not a COTS item and does not meet the component test in 

paragraph (2) of the definition of “domestic end product.” 

Other Foreign End Products:

Line Item No. Country of Origin

(List as necessary)

(iv) The Government will evaluate offers in accordance with the policies and procedures of FAR Part 25.

(2) Buy American Act—Free Trade Agreements—Israeli Trade Act Certificate, Alternate I. If Alternate I to the clause at 

FAR 52.225-3 is included in this solicitation, substitute the following paragraph (g)(1)(ii) for paragraph (g)(1)(ii) of the basic 

provision:

(g)(1)(ii) The offeror certifies that the following supplies are Canadian end products as defined in the clause of this 

solicitation entitled “Buy American Act—Free Trade Agreements—Israeli Trade Act”:

Canadian End Products:

Line Item No.

(List as necessary)

(3) Buy American Act—Free Trade Agreements—Israeli Trade Act Certificate, Alternate II. If Alternate II to the clause at 

FAR 52.225-3 is included in this solicitation, substitute the following paragraph (g)(1)(ii) for paragraph (g)(1)(ii) of the basic 

provision:

(g)(1)(ii) The offeror certifies that the following supplies are Canadian end products or Israeli end products as defined in 

the clause of this solicitation entitled “Buy American Act—Free Trade Agreements—Israeli Trade Act”:

Canadian or Israeli End Products:

Line Item No. Country of Origin

(List as necessary)

(4) Buy American Act – Free Trade Agreements – Israeli Trade Act Certificate, Alternate III. If Alternate III to the clause at 

52.225-3 is included in this solicitation, substitute the following paragraph (g)(1)(ii) for paragraph (g)(1)(ii) of the basic 

provision:

(g)(1)(ii) The offeror certifies that the following supplies are Free Trade Agreement country end products (other than 

Bahrainian, Korean, Moroccan, Omani, Panamanian, or Peruvian end products) or Israeli end products as defined in the 

clauses of this solicitation entitled “Buy American Act-Free Trade Agreements – Israeli Trade Act::

Free Trade Agreement Country End Products (Other than Bahrainian, Korean, Moroccan, Omani, or Peruvian End 

Products) or Israeli End Products:

Line Item No. Country of Origin

(List as necessary)

(5) Trade Agreements Certificate. (Applies only if the clause at FAR 52.225-5, Trade Agreements, is included in this 

solicitation.)

(i) The offeror certifies that each end product, except those listed in paragraph (g)(5)(ii) of this provision, is a U.S.-made or 

designated country end product, as defined in the clause of this solicitation entitled “Trade Agreements.”
Page 30 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

(ii) The offeror shall list as other end products those end products that are not U.S.-made or designated country end 

products.

Other End Products:

Line Item No. Country of Origin

(List as necessary)

(iii) The Government will evaluate offers in accordance with the policies and procedures of FAR Part 25. For line items 

covered by the WTO GPA, the Government will evaluate offers of U.S.-made or designated country end products without 

regard to the restrictions of the Buy American Act. The Government will consider for award only offers of U.S.-made or 

designated country end products unless the Contracting Officer determines that there are no offers for such products or 

that the offers for such products are insufficient to fulfill the requirements of the solicitation.

(h) Certification Regarding Responsibility Matters (Executive Order 12689). (Applies only if the contract value is expected 

to exceed the simplified acquisition threshold.) The offeror certifies, to the best of its knowledge and belief, that the offeror 

and/or any of its principals—

(1) ( ) Are, ( ) are not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, or declared ineligible for the award of 

contracts by any Federal agency;

(2) ( ) Have, ( ) have not, within a three-year period preceding this offer, been convicted of or had a civil judgment 

rendered against them for: commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or 

performing a Federal, state or local government contract or subcontract; violation of Federal or state antitrust statutes 

relating to the submission of offers; or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of

records, making false statements, tax evasion, violating Federal criminal tax laws, or receiving stolen property;

(3) ( ) Are, ( ) are not presently indicted for, or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a Government entity with, 

commission of any of these offenses enumerated in paragraph (h)(2) of this clause; and

(4) ( ) Have, ( ) have not, within a three-year period preceding this offer, been notified of any delinquent Federal 

taxes in an amount that exceeds $3,000 for which the liability remains unsatisfied.

(i) Taxes are considered delinquent if both of the following criteria apply:

(A) The tax liability is finally determined. The liability is finally determined if it has been assessed. A liability is not finally 

determined if there is a pending administrative or judicial challenge. In the case of a judicial challenge to the liability, the 

liability is not finally determined until all judicial appeal rights have been exhausted.

(B) The taxpayer is delinquent in making payment. A taxpayer is delinquent if the taxpayer has failed to pay the tax liability 

when full payment was due and required. A taxpayer is not delinquent in cases where enforced collection action is 

precluded.

(ii) Examples.

(A) The taxpayer has received a statutory notice of deficiency, under I.R.C. §6212, which entitles the taxpayer to seek Tax 

Court review of a proposed tax deficiency. This is not a delinquent tax because it is not a final tax liability. Should the 

taxpayer seek Tax Court review, this will not be a final tax liability until the taxpayer has exercised all judicial appeal rights.

(B) The IRS has filed a notice of Federal tax lien with respect to an assessed tax liability, and the taxpayer has been 

issued a notice under I.R.C. §6320 entitling the taxpayer to request a hearing with the IRS Office of Appeals contesting 

the lien filing, and to further appeal to the Tax Court if the IRS determines to sustain the lien filing. In the course of the 

hearing, the taxpayer is entitled to contest the underlying tax liability because the taxpayer has had no prior opportunity to 

contest the liability. This is not a delinquent tax because it is not a final tax liability. Should the taxpayer seek tax court 

review, this will not be a final tax liability until the taxpayer has exercised all judicial appeal rights.

(C) The taxpayer has entered into an installment agreement pursuant to I.R.C. §6159. The taxpayer is making timely 

payments and is in full compliance with the agreement terms. The taxpayer is not delinquent because the taxpayer is not 

currently required to make full payment.

(D) The taxpayer has filed for bankruptcy protection. The taxpayer is not delinquent because enforced collection action is 

stayed under 11 U.S.C. §362 (the Bankruptcy Code).

(i) Certification Regarding Knowledge of Child Labor for Listed End Products (Executive Order 13126). [The Contracting 

Officer must list in paragraph (i)(1) any end products being acquired under this solicitation that are included in the List of 

Products Requiring Contractor Certification as to Forced or Indentured Child Labor, unless excluded at 22.1503(b).]

(1) Listed end products.

Listed End Product Listed Countries of Origin
Page 31 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

(2) Certification. [If the Contracting Officer has identified end products and countries of origin in paragraph (i)(1) of this 

provision, then the offeror must certify to either (i)(2)(i) or (i)(2)(ii) by checking the appropriate block.]

[ ] (i) The offeror will not supply any end product listed in paragraph (i)(1) of this provision that was mined, produced, 

or manufactured in the corresponding country as listed for that product.

[ ] (ii) The offeror may supply an end product listed in paragraph (i)(1) of this provision that was mined, produced, or 

manufactured in the corresponding country as listed for that product. The offeror certifies that it has made a good faith 

effort to determine whether forced or indentured child labor was used to mine, produce, or manufacture any such end 

product furnished under this contract. On the basis of those efforts, the offeror certifies that it is not aware of any such use 

of child labor.

(j) Place of manufacture. (Does not apply unless the solicitation is predominantly for the acquisition of manufactured end 

products.) For statistical purposes only, the offeror shall indicate whether the place of manufacture of the end products it 

expects to provide in response to this solicitation is predominantly—

(1) ( ) In the United States (Check this box if the total anticipated price of offered end products manufactured in the 

United States exceeds the total anticipated price of offered end products manufactured outside the United States); or

(2) ( ) Outside the United States.

(k) Certificates regarding exemptions from the application of the Service Contract Act. (Certification by the offeror as to its 

compliance with respect to the contract also constitutes its certification as to compliance by its subcontractor if it 

subcontracts out the exempt services.) [The contracting officer is to check a box to indicate if paragraph (k)(1) or (k)(2) 

applies.]

[ ] (1) Maintenance, calibration, or repair of certain equipment as described in FAR 22.1003-4 (c)(1). The offeror ( ) 

does ( ) does not certify that—

(i) The items of equipment to be serviced under this contract are used regularly for other than Governmental purposes 

and are sold or traded by the offeror (or subcontractor in the case of an exempt subcontract) in substantial quantities to 

the general public in the course of normal business operations;

(ii) The services will be furnished at prices which are, or are based on, established catalog or market prices (see FAR 

22.1003-4 (c)(2)(ii)) for the maintenance, calibration, or repair of such equipment; and

(iii) The compensation (wage and fringe benefits) plan for all service employees performing work under the contract will be 

the same as that used for these employees and equivalent employees servicing the same equipment of commercial 

customers.

[ ] (2) Certain services as described in FAR 22.1003-4 (d)(1). The offeror ( ) does ( ) does not certify that—

(i) The services under the contract are offered and sold regularly to non-Governmental customers, and are provided by 

the offeror (or subcontractor in the case of an exempt subcontract) to the general public in substantial quantities in the 

course of normal business operations;

(ii) The contract services will be furnished at prices that are, or are based on, established catalog or market prices (see 

FAR 22.1003-4 (d)(2)(iii));

(iii) Each service employee who will perform the services under the contract will spend only a small portion of his or her 

time (a monthly average of less than 20 percent of the available hours on an annualized basis, or less than 20 percent of 

available hours during the contract period if the contract period is less than a month) servicing the Government contract; 

and

(iv) The compensation (wage and fringe benefits) plan for all service employees performing work under the contract is the 

same as that used for these employees and equivalent employees servicing commercial customers.

(3) If paragraph (k)(1) or (k)(2) of this clause applies—

(i) If the offeror does not certify to the conditions in paragraph (k)(1) or (k)(2) and the Contracting Officer did not attach a 

Service Contract Act wage determination to the solicitation, the offeror shall notify the Contracting Officer as soon as 

possible; and

(ii) The Contracting Officer may not make an award to the offeror if the offeror fails to execute the certification in 

paragraph (k)(1) or (k)(2) of this clause or to contact the Contracting Officer as required in paragraph (k)(3)(i) of this 

clause.

(l) Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) (26 U.S.C 6109, 31 U.S.C. 7701). (Not applicable if the offeror is required to 

provide this information to a central contractor registration database to be eligible for award.)

(1) All offerors must submit the information required in paragraphs (l)(3) through (l)(5) of this provision to comply with debt 

collection requirements of 31 U.S.C. 7701(c) and 3325(d), reporting requirements of 26 U.S.C. 6041, 6041A, and 6050M, 

and implementing regulations issued by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS).

(2) The TIN may be used by the Government to collect and report on any delinquent amounts arising out of the offeror’s 

relationship with the Government (31 U.S.C. 7701(c) (3)). If the resulting contract is subject to the payment reporting 

requirements described in FAR 4.904, the TIN provided hereunder may be matched with IRS records to verify the 
Page 32 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

accuracy of the offeror’s TIN.

(3) Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN).

( ) TIN:____________________________.

( ) TIN has been applied for.

( ) TIN is not required because:

( ) Offeror is a nonresident alien, foreign corporation, or foreign partnership that does not have income effectively 

connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States and does not have an office or place of business or 

a fiscal paying agent in the United States;

( ) Offeror is an agency or instrumentality of a foreign government;

( ) Offeror is an agency or instrumentality of the Federal Government.

(4) Type of organization.

( ) Sole proprietorship; ( ) Partnership;

( ) Corporate entity (not tax-exempt); 

( ) Corporate entity (tax-exempt);

( ) Government entity (Federal, State, or local); 

( ) Foreign government;

( ) International organization per 26 CFR 1.6049-4; 

( ) Other _________________________.

(5) Common parent.

( ) Offeror is not owned or controlled by a common parent; 

( ) Name and TIN of common parent:

Name ___________________________. 

TIN _____________________________.

(m) Restricted business operations in Sudan. By submission of its offer, the offeror certifies that the offeror does not 

conduct any restricted business operations in Sudan.

(n) Prohibition on Contracting with Inverted Domestic Corporations.

(1) Government agencies are not permitted to use appropriated (or otherwise made available) funds for contracts with 

either an inverted domestic corporation, or a subsidiary of an inverted domestic corporation, unless the exception at 

9.108-2(b) applies or the requirement is waived in accordance with the procedures at 9.108-4. 

(2) Representation. By submission of its offer, the offeror represents that –

(i) It [ ] is, [ ] is not an inverted domestic corporation; and

(ii) It [ ] is, [ ] is not a subsidiary of an inverted domestic corporation.

(o) Prohibition on contracting with entities engaging in certain activities or transactions relating to Iran.

(1) The offeror shall e-mail questions concerning sensitive technology to the Department of State at 

CISADA106@state.gov.

(2) Representation and Certifications. Unless a waiver is granted or an exception applies as provided in paragraph (o)(3) 

of this provision, by submission of its offer, the offeror—

(i) Represents, to the best of its knowledge and belief, that the offeror does not export any sensitive technology to the 

government of Iran or any entities or individuals owned or controlled by, or acting on behalf or at the direction of, the 

government of Iran;

(ii) Certifies that the offeror, or any person owned or controlled by the offeror, does not engage in any activities for which 

sanctions may be imposed under section 5 of the Iran Sanctions Act; and

(iii) Certifies that the offeror, and any person owned or controlled by the offeror, does not knowingly engage in any 

transaction that exceeds $3,000 with Iran's Revolutionary Guard Corps or any of its officials, agents, or affiliates, the 

property and interests in property of which are blocked pursuant to the International Emergency Economic Powers Act (50 

U.S.C. 1701 et seq.) (see OFAC's Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List at 

http://www.treasury.gov/ofac/downloads/t11sdn.pdf).

(3) The representation and certification requirements of paragraph (o)(2) of this provision do not apply if—

(i) This solicitation includes a trade agreements certification (e.g., 52.212-3(g) or a comparable agency provision); and

(ii) The offeror has certified that all the offered products to be supplied are designated country end products. 

(p) Ownership or Control of Offeror. (Applies in all solicitations when there is a requirement to be registered in SAM or a 

requirement to have a DUNS Number in the solicitation.

(1) The Offeror represents that it [ ] has or [ ] does not have an immediate owner. If the Offeror has more than one 

immediate owner (such as a joint venture), then the Offeror shall respond to paragraph (2) and if applicable, paragraph (3) 

of this provision for each participant in the joint venture.

(2) If the Offeror indicates “has” in paragraph (p)(1) of this provision, enter the following information:

Immediate owner CAGE code:_____________________________________________
Page 33 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

Immediate owner legal name:______________________________________________

(Do not use a “doing business as” name)

Is the immediate owner owned or controlled by another entity:

[ ] Yes or [ ] No.

(3) If the Offeror indicates “yes” in paragraph (p)(2) of this provision, indicating that the immediate owner is owned or 

controlled by another entity, then enter the following information:

Highest level owner CAGE code:_____________________________________________

Highest level owner legal name:______________________________________________

(Do not use a “doing business as” name)

(End of provision)

52.212-03 OFFEROR REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS - COMMERCIAL ITEMS (MAR 2015), ALT 

I (OCT 2014) FAR

As prescribed in 12.301(b)(2), add the following paragraph (c)(12) to the basic provision:

(12) (Complete if the offeror has represented itself as disadvantaged in paragraph (c)(4) or (c)(8) of this provision.)

The offeror shall check the category in which its ownership falls:

[ ] Black American.

[ ] Hispanic American.

[ ] Native American (American Indians, Eskimos, Aleuts, or Native Hawaiians).

[ ] Asian-Pacific American (persons with origins from Burma, Thailand, Malaysia, Indonesia, Singapore, Brunei, Japan, 

China, Taiwan, Laos, Cambodia (Kampuchea), Vietnam, Korea, The Philippines, U.S. Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands 

(Republic of Palau), Republic of the Marshall Islands, Federated States of Micronesia, the Commonwealth of the Northern 

Mariana Islands, Guam, Samoa, Macao, Hong Kong, Fiji, Tonga, Kiribati, Tuvalu, or Nauru).

[ ] Subcontinent Asian (Asian-Indian) American (persons with origins from India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka, 

Bhutan, the Maldives Islands, or Nepal).

[ ] Individual/concern, other than one of the preceding.

ADDENDUM TO 52.212-03 OFFEROR REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS - COMMERCIAL ITEMS

PROVISIONS ADDED TO PART 12 BY ADDENDUM

252.203-7005 REPRESENTATION RELATING TO COMPENSATION OF FORMER DOD OFFICIALS (NOV 2011) 

DFARS

252.204-7008 COMPLIANCE WITH SAFEGUARDING COVERED DEFENSE INFORMATION CONTROLS (DEC 

2015) DFARS 

(a) Definitions. As used in this provision—

“Controlled technical information,” “covered contractor information system,” and “covered defense information” 

are defined in clause 252.204-7012, Safeguarding Covered Defense Information and Cyber Incident Reporting.

(b) The security requirements required by contract clause 252.204-7012, Safeguarding Covered Defense

Information and Cyber Incident Reporting, shall be implemented for all covered defense information on all covered 

contractor information systems that support the performance of this contract.

(c) For covered contractor information systems that are not part of an information technology (IT) service or system 

Operated on behalf of the Government (see 252.204-7012(b)(1)(ii)) –

(1) By submission of this offer, the Offeror represents that it will implement the security requirements specified by National

Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) Special Publication (SP) 800-171, “Protecting Controlled Unclassified

Information in Nonfederal Information Systems and Organizations” (see http://dx.doi.org/10.6028/NIST.SP.800-171), not

later than December 31, 2017.

(2) (i) If the Offeror proposes to vary from any of the security requirements specified by NIST SP 800-171 that is in effect

at the time the solicitation is issued or as authorized by the Contracting Officer, the Offeror shall submit to the Contracting

Officer, for consideration by the DoD Chief Information Officer (CIO), a written explanation of—

(A) Why a particular security requirement is not applicable; or

(B) How an alternative but equally effective, security measure is used to compensate for the inability to satisfy a particular

requirement and achieve equivalent protection.

(ii) An authorized representative of the DoD CIO will adjudicate offeror requests to vary from NIST SP 800-171

requirements in writing prior to contract award. Any accepted variance from NIST SP 800-171 shall be incorporated into
Page 34 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

the resulting contract.

(End of provision)

252.204-7011 ALTERNATIVE LINE ITEM STRUCTURE (SEP 2011) DFARS

252.209-7003 RESERVE OFFICER TRAINING CORPS AND MILITARY RECRUITING ON CAMPUS—

REPRESENTATION (MAR 2012) DFARS

252.209-7998 REPRESENTATION REGARDING CONVICTION OF A FELONY CRIMINAL VIOLATION UNDER ANY 

FEDERAL OR STATE LAW (DEVIATION 2012-O0007) (MAR 2012)

(a) In accordance with section 514 of Division H of the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2012, none of the funds made

available by that Act may be used to enter into a contract with any corporation that was convicted of a felony criminal

violation under any Federal or State law within the preceding 24 months, where the awarding agency is aware of the

conviction, unless the agency has considered suspension or debarment of the corporation and made a determination that

this further action is not necessary to protect the interests of the Government.

(b) The Offeror represents that it is [ ] is not [ ] a corporation that was convicted of a felony criminal violation under a

Federal or State law within the preceding 24 months.

(End of provision)

252.209-7999 REPRESENTATION BY CORPORATIONS REGARDING AN UNPAID DELINQUENT TAX LIABILITY 

OR A FELONY CONVICTION UNDER ANY FEDERAL LAW (DEVIATION 2012-O0004) (JAN 2012)

(a) In accordance with sections 8124 and 8125 of Division A of the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2012,(Pub. L. 112

74) none of the funds made available by that Act may be used to enter into a contract with any corporation that-

(1) Has any unpaid Federal tax liability that has been assessed, for which all judicial and administrative remedies have

been exhausted or have lapsed, and that is not being paid in a timely manner pursuant to an agreement with the authority

responsible for collecting the tax liability, where the awarding agency is aware of the unpaid tax liability, unless the agency

has considered suspension or debarment of the corporation and made a determination that this further action is not

necessary to protect the interests of the Government.

(2) Was convicted of a felony criminal violation under any Federal law within the preceding 24 months, where the

awarding agency is aware of the conviction, unless the agency has considered suspension or debarment of the

corporation and made a determination that this action is not necessary to protect the interests of the Government.

(b) The Offeror represents that-

(1) It is [ ] is not [ ] a corporation that has any unpaid Federal tax liability that has been assessed, for which all judicial

and administrative remedies have been exhausted or have lapsed, and that is not being paid in a timely manner pursuant

to an agreement with the authority responsible for collecting the tax liability,

(2) It is [ ] is not [ ] a corporation that was convicted of a felony criminal violation under a Federal law within the

preceding 24 months.

(End of provision)

52.211-14 NOTICE OF PRIORITY RATING FOR NATIONAL DEFENSE USE, EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS, 

AND ENERGY USE PROGRAM (APR 2008) FAR

Any contract awarded as a result of this solicitation will be ( ) DX rated order; ( X ) DO rated order certified for national

defense use under the Defense Priorities and Allocations System (DPAS) (15 CFR 700), and the Contractor will be

required to follow all of the requirements of this regulation.

252.211-7001 AVAILABILITY OF SPECIFICATIONS, STANDARDS, AND DATA ITEM DESCRIPTIONS NOT LISTED 

IN THE ACQUISITION STREAMLINING AND STANDARDIZATION INFORMATION SYSTEM 

(ASSIST), AND PLANS, DRAWINGS, AND OTHER PERTINENT DOCUMENTS (MAY 2006) DFARS

Offerors may obtain the specifications, standards, plans, drawings, data item descriptions, and other pertinent documents

cited in this solicitation by submitting a request to DLA AVIATION:

DLA AVIATION

8000 JEFFERSON DAVIS HIGHWAY 

RICHMOND, VA 23297-5441

Include the number of the solicitation and the title and number of the specification, standard, plan, drawing, or other

pertinent document.

52.211-9011 BUSINESS SYSTEMS MODERNIZATION (BSM) DELIVERY TERMS AND EVALUATION (MAY 2006) 
Page 35 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

DLAD

52.211-9042 ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS FOR SOURCE APPROVAL REQUEST –

CRITICAL APPLICATION ITEM AND CRITICAL SAFETY ITEM (NOV 2011) DLAD

252.215-7008 ONLY ONE OFFER (OCT 2013) DFARS

52.215-9002 SOCIOECONOMIC PROPOSAL (FEB 2012) DLAD

52.215-9003 USE OF PAST PERFORMANCE INFORMATION RETRIEVAL SYSTEM - STATISTICAL REPORTING 

(PPIRS-SR) INFORMATION IN PAST PERFORMANCE EVALUATION (APR 2014) DLAD

52.216-01 TYPE OF CONTRACT (APR 1984) FAR

The Government contemplates award of a Firm Fixed Price with Economic Price Adjustment contract resulting from this

solicitation. (End of provision)

52.217-05 EVALUATION OF OPTIONS (JUL 1990) FAR

52.217-9002 CONDITIONS FOR EVALUATION AND ACCEPTANCE OF OFFERS FOR PART NUMBERED ITEMS 

(OCT 2014) DLAD

(a) The product described in the Purchase Order Text (POT) or Procurement Item Description (PID) of this solicitation is

that product which the Government has determined to be acceptable. All Offerors shall indicate below, or through an

alternative means in an electronic quoting system, whether they are offering an “exact product,” an “alternate product”

(which includes a “previously reverse- engineered product”), a “superseding part number,” or a “previously-approved

product;” and shall furnish the data required for whichever is applicable. (To determine which type of product to indicate,

offerors must refer to the criteria in subparagraphs (b) - (e) of this provision, respectively.) Any product offered must be

either a product cited in the POT or PID; or be physically, mechanically, electrically, and functionally interchangeable with

a product cited in the POT or PID, including additional requirements referred to in the POT or PID, if any.

[ ] Exact Product – Applies to CLIN(s):

___________________________________________

[ ] Alternate/Previously Reverse-Engineered Product –

Applies to CLIN(s): ___________________________

[ ] Superseding Part Number – Applies to CLIN(s):

___________________________________________

[ ] Previously – Approved Product – Applies to CLIN(s):

___________________________________________

(b) “Exact product.”

(1) “Exact product” means a product described by the name of an approved source and its corresponding part number, as

currently cited in the POT or PID; modified (if necessary) to conform to any additional requirements set forth in the POT or

PID; and manufactured by, or under the direction of, that approved source. If an Offeror indicates that an “exact product”

is being offered, the Offeror must meet one of the descriptions in subparagraphs (i)-(iv) below.

(Any Offeror not meeting one of these descriptions is not considered to be offering “exact product;” even though the item 

may be manufactured in accordance with the drawings and/or specifications of an approved source currently cited in the 

POT or PID.) For any Offeror other than the manufacturer cited in the POT or PID, the Contracting Officer may request 

evidence to demonstrate technical acceptability of the supplies offered. Evidence requested will generally include 

information tracing the supplies back to the original equipment manufacturer or its authorized distributor. At a minimum, 

evidence must be sufficient to establish the identity of the product and its manufacturing source. The Contracting Officer 

determines the acceptability and sufficiency of documentation or other evidence, at his or her sole discretion. If an Offeror 

fails to provide the requested evidence/information or provides information that the Contracting Officer finds unacceptable,

its offer may be rejected without further consideration under this solicitation.

(i) An approved source currently cited in the POT or PID offering its corresponding part number as cited in the POT or

PID;

(ii) dealer/distributor offering the product of an approved source that meets the description in subparagraph (i) above;

(iii) Manufacturer who (A) produces the offered item under the direction of an approved source currently cited in the POT

or PID; and (B) has authorization from that approved source to manufacture the item, identify it as that approved source’s

name and part number, and sell the item directly to the Government. If requested by the Contracting Officer, the Offeror

must provide documentation to demonstrate such authorization, or other evidence of technical acceptability such as
Page 36 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

information that traces the supplies back to the original equipment manufacturer. Such evidence could be documentation

obtained directly from the approved source or identification on a Web site maintained by the approved source confirming

that the manufacturer is an acceptable source for the item identified by that approved source’s name and part number. If

evidence cannot be obtained directly from the approved source, this does not necessarily preclude acceptance of the

offer, if the Offeror provides adequate documentation or other evidence allowing the Contracting Officer to determine the

approved source has oversight of and involvement in the manufacturing process.

(iv) A dealer/distributor offering the product of a manufacturer that meets the descript ion in subparagraph (iii) above. If

requested by the Contracting Officer, the Offeror/Contractor must provide documentation that demonstrates such

authorization or other evidence of technical acceptability such as information that traces the supplies back to the original

equipment manufacturer or its authorized distributor. Such evidence could be documentation obtained directly from the

approved source or identification on a Web site maintained by the approved source confirming that the item being offered

is produced by a manufacturer that is an acceptable source for the item identified by that approved source’s name and

part number. If evidence cannot be obtained directly from the approved source or manufacturing source, this does not 

necessarily preclude acceptance of the offer, if the contracting officer can adequately document that the approved source

has oversight of and involvement in the manufacturing process by other means.

(2) When the POT or PID identifies the item being acquired as a critical safety item (CSI), offers of exact product will be

evaluated in accordance with 52.211-9005.

(c) “Alternate product.”

(1) The Offeror must indicate that an “alternate product” is being offered if the Offeror is any one of the following:

(i) An Offeror who ( A) manufactures the item for an approved source currently cited in the POT or PID; and (B) does not

have authorization from that approved source to manufacture the item, identify it as the approved source part number,

and sell the item directly to the Government;

(ii) dealer/distributor offering the product of a manufacturer that meets the description in subparagraph (i) above;

(iii) Offeror of a previously reverse-engineered product that is not currently cited in the POT or PID; or

(iv) Any other Offeror who does not meet the criteria in subparagraphs (b)(1), (d), or (e) of this provision.

(2) If an alternate product is offered, the Offeror shall furnish with its offer legible copies of all drawings, specifications, or

other data necessary to clearly describe the characteristics and features of the alternate product being offered. Data

submitted shall cover design, materials, performance, function, interchangeability, inspection and/or testing criteria, and

other characteristics of the offered product. If the offered product is to be manufactured in accordance with data the

Offeror has obtained from elsewhere within the Government, the Offeror shall either furnish the detailed data specified in

this paragraph, or supply a description of the data package in its possession; i.e., basic data document and revision, the

date the data was obtained and from whom (Government agency/activity). If the Offeror does not furnish the detailed data

with its offer, the Contracting Officer will be unable to begin evaluation of the offered product until such time as the

detailed data can be obtained from the Government agency/activity possessing the data. If the alternate product is a

previously reverse-engineered product, the Offeror shall provide: traceability documentation to establish that the offered

item represents the item specified in the POT or PID (i.e., invoice from an approved source or submission of samples 

having markings of an approved source); number of samples that were examined; the process/logic used; raw data

(measurements, lab reports, test results) used to prepare drawings or specifications for the offered item; any additional

evidence that indicates the reverse-engineered item will function properly in the end item; and any evidence that life

cycle/reliability considerations have been analyzed.

(3) In addition, the Offeror may be required to furnish data describing the “exact product” cited in the POT or PID. The

data required from the Offeror depends on the level of technical data describing the exact product, if any, available to the

Government. The possible levels of technical data the Government may have and the corresponding data submission

requirements for Offerors are identified in subparagraphs (a)-(d) below. For the item(s) being acquired under this

solicitation, the level of data in the Government’s possession and the corresponding requirements for data submission are

identified in the POT or PID; or, if not specified in the POT or PID, are as follows: A [buyer insert (a), (b), (c), or (d), as

applicable, if POT or PID does not identify]. (If the level of data in the Government’s possession and Offeror

requirements for data submission are not identified in either the POT or PID or in this subparagraph (c)(3), then

subparagraph (a) below applies.)

(a) No data: This Agency has no data available for evaluating the acceptability of alternate products offered. In addition

to the data required in subparagraph (c)(2) of this provision, the Offeror must furnish drawings and other data covering the

design, materials, etc., of the exact product cited in the POT or PID, sufficient to establish that the Offeror's product is

equal to the product cited in the POT or PID.

(b) Adequate proprietary (i.e., limited rights) data: This Agency possesses adequate drawings and/or specifications for the

exact product as cited in the POT or PID, but such data are proprietary (i.e., limited rights) and shall be used only for

evaluation purposes. The Offeror must furnish the data required in subparagraph (c)(2) of this provision, but is not

required to submit data on the exact product.
Page 37 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

(c) Inadequate data: This Agency does not have adequate data available for evaluating the acceptability of alternate

products offered. In addition to the data required in subparagraph (c)(2) of this provision, the Offeror must furnish

drawings and other data covering the design, materials, etc., of the exact product cited in the POT or PID, sufficient to

establish that the Offeror's product is equal to the product cited in the POT or PID.

(d) Adequate catalog data: This is a commercial off-the-shelf item. Adequate catalog data are available at the contracting 

office to evaluate alternate offers. In addition to the data required in subparagraph (c)(2) of this provision, the Offeror

must furnish with its offer a commercially-acceptable cross reference list; or legible copies of all drawings, specifications

or other data necessary to clearly describe the characteristics and features of the alternate product being offered,

sufficient to establish that the Offeror’s product is equal to the product cited in the POT or PID. The Offeror is not required

to submit data on the exact product.

(4) Except for indefinite delivery purchase orders (IDPOs), if this solicitation is automated, the Contracting Officer will not

evaluate offers of alternate product (which includes offers of previously reverse-engineered product) for the current

procurement. Instead, the Offeror shall submit a request to the appropriate location below for evaluation of the alternate

product’s technical acceptability for future procurements of the same item. The request for evaluation shall cite the

National Stock Number (NSN) of the exact product and, as identified in this provision, include the applicable level of

technical data on the alternate and exact products. The level of technical data that the Government has available for use

to evaluate the acceptability of an alternate product offered, and the corresponding level of technical data that must be

furnished with an offer or alternate product, will be identified either in the POT or PID or in paragraph (c)(2) of the

provision of 52.217-9002. If the level of data and submission requirements are not identified in either of these locations in

the solicitation, then 52.217-9002(c)(3)(a) applies.

(i) For solicitation numbers beginning with SPM7 or SPE7 and containing “T” in the ninth position of the PIIN: 

DLA Land and Maritime

Directorate of Procurement Alternate Offer Monitor, BPP 

PO Box 3990

Columbus, OH 43218-3990

(ii) or solicitation numbers beginning with SPE4 or SPM4 and containing “T” or “U” in the ninth position of the PIIN: 

DLA Aviation

ATTN: Small Business Office - DU 8000 

Jefferson Davis Highway Richmond, VA 23297-5100

(iii) or solicitation numbers beginning with SPM1, SPM2, SPM3, SPM5, or SPM8 and containing “T” or “U” in the ninth

position of the PIIN:

DLA Troop Support ATTN : (see note below) 

700 Robbins Avenue

Philadelphia, PA 19111-5096

NOTE: The address (ATTN line) will change based on the 5th digit of the PIIN as follows: 

SPM1 = Clothing and Textile

(C&T)

SPM2 = Medical 

SPM3 = Subsistence

SPM5 = formerly aviation or L&M Detachments (currently called Hardware) 

SPM8 = Construction and Equipment (C&E)

(iv) For solicitation numbers beginning with SPRRA1 and SPRRA2 of the PIIN: DLA Aviation

Office of the Competition Advocate Bldg. 5201

Redstone Arsenal, AL 35898

(v) For solicitation numbers beginning with SPRPA1 of the PIIN: DLA Philadelphia

Competition Advocate Office

DLR Procurement OPS DSCR-ZC 700 Robbins Avenue Building 1

Philadelphia, PA 19111-5098

(d) “Superseding part number.”

(1) The Offeror must indicate that a “superseding part number” is being offered if the offered item otherwise qualifies as an

“exact product,” except that the part number cited in the POT or PID has been superseded. The Offeror may be

requested to furnish data, or provide confirmation through some other means, sufficient to establish that there are no

changes in the configuration of the part. However, if such data are unavailable, the Offeror may be required to furnish

technical data as required in paragraph (c) for “alternate products.” (If such data indicate there have been changes in the

configuration of the part, the offered item must be identified as an “alternate product.”)

(2) For solicitation numbers beginning with SPE or SPM, any data to be furnished with an offer of a “superseding part

number” should be mailed to the buyer at the procuring activity address on the solicitation. (Uploading the information with
Page 38 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

the quotation, or including it in the “Remarks” section, will make the offer a “bid with exception,” causing it not to be

evaluated.)

(e) “Previously-approved product.”

(1) If the product offered has previously been furnished to the Government or otherwise previously evaluated and

approved, the Offeror shall indicate in the space provided below, or through an alternative means in an electronic quoting

system, the contract and/or solicitation number under which the product was furnished or approved.

CLIN NR (s) _______________________ have been previously furnished or evaluated and approved under

contract/solicitation number_______________________________.

(2) If the product was furnished or evaluated and approved by a contracting activity different from the one issuing this

solicitation, Offerors are advised that the Contracting Officer may not have access to records of another activity or other

information sufficient to reasonably determine the offered product’s acceptability. Therefore, in order to ensure that

adequate data is available for evaluation, Offerors may elect to furnish with their offer the information requested by

subparagraph (b) or (c) of this provision, whichever is applicable for the offered pro duct. Offerors are advised that if the

additional data is not furnished, the Government may not be able to evaluate the offer. (For solicitation numbers

beginning with SPE, the information should be mailed to the buyer at the procuring activity address on the solicitation. 

Uploading the information with the quotation, or including it in the “Remarks” section, will make the offer a “bid with

exception,” causing it not to be evaluated.)

(f) For all types of offers (“exact product,” “alternate product,” “superseding part number,” or “previously-approved

product”), Offerors shall provide the Contractor and Government Entity (CAGE) Code of the manufacturer and the part

number being offered for each item in the solicitation.

(g) Failure to furnish adequate data and/or information as prescribed in subparagraph (b), (c), (d) or (e) of this provision

(when required for the current procurement) within 10 business days or less, or as otherwise required by the Contracting

Officer or elsewhere in this solicitation, may preclude consideration of the offer. For automated procurements, it is the 

responsibility of the Offeror when offering a “superseding part number” or a “previously-approved part number” to ensure 

that supporting documentation arrives at the contracting activity within 2 business days after the data is requested, or the 

offer may not be considered. The Agency will make every effort to determine, prior to award, the acceptability of the 

products offered which meet the following dollar savings threshold shown below, which have a reasonable chance to 

receive an award; generally, the Agency will not evaluate alternate offers not meeting the dollar threshold. The savings 

potential is based on the cost of evaluation, and is ($200.00 if only a local technical evaluation is involved, plus an 

additional $1,500.00 for each required Engineering Support Activity evaluation). If the time before proposed award does 

not permit evaluation and delay of award would adversely affect the Government, alternate offers will not be considered 

for the current procurement. Instead, they will be evaluated for technical acceptability for future procurements of the same 

item, if adequate data is submitted, as stipulated above. When an alternate offer will not be considered for the current 

procurement, the Contracting Officer may request that the Offeror, at its discretion, provide a sample product for testing 

and evaluation in addition to the data required in this provision. Although not mandatory, Offerors are encouraged to 

provide the sample. This may facilitate the post-award evaluation and, if the alternate product is approved, increase the 

likelihood of its being added to the POT or PID in time for the next acquisition of the item. The Offeror shall not submit a 

sample product until requested to do so. The testing of the sample product will be done at a testing facility; therefore, the 

shipping instructions will be provided with the request. Unless otherwise specified in the solicitation, samples shall be 

submitted at no expense to the Government, may be damaged or destroyed during testing without liability from the 

Government to the submitter, and consequently may not be returned to the offeror; samples that are not damaged or 

destroyed will be returned only at the Offeror’s request and expense. For alternate offers not evaluated, the Offeror’s 

complete technical data package will be returned.

(h) If Offerors desire to restrict the Government's use of data submitted for evaluation, the data must bear the appropriate

legends as prescribed by FAR 52.215-1(e). In the event an award is made to an Offeror submitting data without the

appropriate legend, the Government will have unlimited rights to its use as defined in DFARS 252.227-7013.

(i) It is the Government that determines if the documentation or other evidence furnished by an Offeror is adequate to

satisfy the requirements in this provision. The Contracting Officer may at any time, pre-award or post-award, request

evidence of the technical acceptability of the supplies offered in response to this solicitation. At a minimum, evidence

must be sufficient to establish the identity of the product and its manufacturing source. The Contracting Officer

determines the acceptability and sufficiency of documentation or other evidence, at his or her sole discretion. If the

Contracting Officer requests evidence from a Contractor who received an award resulting from this solicitation and the

Contracting Officer subsequently finds the evidence to be unacceptable, or if the Contractor fails to provide the requested

evidence, the award may be cancelled.

(End of provision)
Page 39 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

52.217-9008 SURGE AND SUSTAINMENT (S&S) EVALUATION (NOV 2011) DLAD – SEE NOTE 3 ON PAGE 41

52.217-9023 RESTRICTION OF ALTERNATE OFFERS FOR SOURCE CONTROLLED ITEMS (JUN 2008) DLAD

52.222-24 PREAWARD ON-SITE EQUAL OPPORTUNITY COMPLIANCE EVALUATION (FEB 1999) FAR

52.233-9000 AGENCY PROTESTS (NOV 2011) DLAD

52.233-9001 DISPUTES - AGREEMENT TO USE ALTERNATIVE DISPUTE RESOLUTION (NOV 2011) DLAD

****

(c) The offeror should check here to opt out of this clause:

[ ] Alternate wording may be negotiated with the contracting officer.

52.252-01 SOLICITATION PROVISIONS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (FEB 1998) – FAR

This solicitation incorporates one or more solicitation provisions by reference, with the same force and effect as

if they were given in full text. Upon request, the Contracting Officer will make their full text available. The offeror

is cautioned that the listed provisions may include blocks that must be completed by the offeror and submitted

with its quotation or offer. In lieu of submitting the full text of those provisions, the offeror may identify the

provision by paragraph identifier and provide the appropriate information with its quotation or offer. Also, the full text of a 

solicitation provision may be accessed electronically at this/these address(es): 

http://www.dla.mil/Acquisition and http://farsite.hil.af.mil/. 

(End of Provision)

52.252-05 AUTHORIZED DEVIATIONS IN PROVISIONS (APR 1984) FAR

(a) The use in this solicitation of any Federal Acquisition Regulation (48 CFR Chapter 1) provision with an authorized

deviation is indicated by the addition of “(DEVIATION)” after the date of the provision.

(b) The use in this solicitation of any DoD FAR Supplement (DFARS) (48 CFR Chapter 2) provision with an authorized

deviation is indicated by the addition of “(DEVIATION)” after the name of the regulation.

(End of Provision)

252.209-7995 REPRESENTATION BY CORPORATIONS REGARDING AN UNPAID DELINQUENT TAX LIABILITY 

OR A FELONY CONVICTION UNDER ANY FEDERAL LAW- FISCALYEAR 2013 APPROPRIATIONS 

(DEVIATION 2013-O0006) (APR 2013) (DFARS)

In accordance with sections 8112 and 8113 of Division C and sections 514 and 515 of Division E of the Consolidated and

Further Continuing Appropriations Act, 2013,(Pub. L. 113-6), none of the funds made available by that Act for DoD

(including Military Construction funds) may be used to enter into a contract with any corporation that—

(1) Has any unpaid Federal tax liability that has been assessed, for which all judicial and administrative remedies have

been exhausted or have lapsed, and that is not being paid in a timely manner pursuant to an agreement with the authority

responsible for collecting the tax liability, where the awarding agency is aware of the unpaid tax liability, unless the agency

has considered suspension or debarment of the corporation and made a determination that this further action is not

necessary to protect the interests of the Government; or

(2) Was convicted of a felony criminal violation under any Federal law within the preceding 24 months, where the

awarding agency is aware of the conviction, unless the agency has considered suspension or debarment of the

corporation and made a determination that this action is not necessary to protect the interests of the Government.

(b) The Offeror represents that—

(1) It is [ ] is not [ ] a corporation that has any unpaid Federal tax liability that has been assessed, for which all

judicial and administrative remedies have been exhausted or have lapsed, and that is not being paid in a timely manner

Pursuant to an agreement with the authority responsible for collecting the tax liability,

(2) It is [ ] is not [ ] a corporation that was convicted of a felony criminal violation under a Federal law within the

preceding 24 months. 

(End of provision)

252.209-7996 REPRESENTATIONS BY CORPORATIONS REGARDING A FELONY CONVICTION UNDER ANY 

FEDERAL LAW - DOD MILITARY CONSTRUCTION APPROPRIATIONS (DEVIATION 2013-O006) 

(APR 2013) (DFARS)

(a) In accordance with section 101(a)(10) of the Continuing Appropriations Resolution, 2013,(Pub. L. 112-175) none of the
Page 40 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

funds made available by that Act for military construction may be used to enter into a contract with any corporation that

was convicted of a felony criminal violation under any Federal law within the preceding 24 months, where the awarding

agency is aware of the conviction, unless the agency has considered suspension or debarment of the corporation and

made a determination that this action is not necessary to protect the interests of the Government.

(b) The Offeror represents that it is [ ] is not [ ] a corporation that was convicted of a felony criminal violation under a

Federal law within the preceding 24 months.

(End of provision)

252.209-7997 REPRESENTATIONS BY CORPORATIONS REGARDING A FELONY CONVICTION UNDER ANY 

FEDERAL LAW- DOD MILITARY CONSTRUCTIONS APPROPRIATIONS (DEVIATION 2013-O0006) 

(APR 2013) (DFARS)

(a) In accordance with section 101(a)(3) of the Continuing Appropriations Resolution, 2013,(Pub. L. 112-175) none of the

funds made available by that Act for general appropriations for DoD may be used to enter into a contract with any

corporation that—

(1) Has any unpaid Federal tax liability that has been assessed, for which all judicial and administrative remedies have

been exhausted or have lapsed, and that is not being paid in a timely manner pursuant to an agreement with the authority

responsible for collecting the tax liability, where the awarding agency is aware of the unpaid tax liability, unless the agency

has considered suspension or debarment of the corporation and made a determination that this further action is not

necessary to protect the interests of the Government.

(2) Was convicted of a felony criminal violation under any Federal law within the preceding 24 months, where the

awarding agency is aware of the conviction, unless the agency has considered suspension or debarment of the

corporation and made a determination that this action is not necessary to protect the interests of the Government.

(b) The Offeror represents that—

(1) It is [ ] is not [ ] a corporation that has any unpaid Federal tax liability that has been assessed, for which all

judicial and administrative remedies have been exhausted or have lapsed, and that is not being paid in a timely manner

pursuant to an agreement with the authority responsible for collecting the tax liability,

(2) It is [ ] is not [ ] a corporation that was convicted of a felony criminal violation under a Federal law within the

preceding 24 months.

(End of provision)

52.233-02 SERVICE OF PROTEST (SEP 2006) FAR

(a) Protests, as defined in section 31.101 of the Federal Acquisition Regulation, that are filed directly with an agency, and

copies of any protests that are filed with the Government Accountability Office (GAO), shall be served on the Contracting

Officer (addressed as follows) by obtaining written and dated acknowledgment of receipt from. [Contracting Officer

designate the official or location where a protest may be served on the Contracting Officer.]

DLA Aviation

Attn: Carl Allen

8000 Jefferson Davis Highway

Richmond, VA 23297

(b) The copy of any protest shall be received in the office designated above within one day of filing a protest with the

GAO. 

(End of Clause)
Page 41 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

Note 1: This clause is only applicable to the world-wide demand portion of this contract.

Note 2: This clause is only applicable to items designated for inspection at origin/source

Note 3: This clause is only applicable to world-wide demand commercially sourced items that require Surge and 

Sustainment

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
Page 42 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

SPECIAL CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS

H-900 PRICING AND PAYMENT

Material: Material priced at time of award of the contract represents the fixed commodity price for a 12-

month period. Those prices will be adjusted annually throughout the life of the contract in accordance with

Economic Price Adjustments (EPA) pursuant to clause 52.216-9030. The EPA will only apply to material. 

The bases to be used for the adjustment to each Federal Supply Class (FSC) are as follows:

Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) Category WPU03THRU15 (Industrial commodities) mapped to the 

following FSCs: 1005, 1055, 1090, 1095, 1240, 1270, 1280, 1420, 1430, 1440, 1450, 1610, 1620, 

1630, 1640, 1650, 1660, 1730, 2510, 2520, 2530, 2540, 2590, 2610, 2640, 2805, 2815, 2910, 2920, 

2930, 2940, 2990, 2995, 3010, 3020, 3030, 3040, 3110, 3120, 3130, 3230, 3426, 3431, 3433, 3439, 

3455, 3460, 3530, 3611, 3655, 3694, 3805, 3910, 3930, 3940, 3990, 4010, 4020, 4030, 4130, 4140, 

4210, 4220, 4240, 4310, 4320, 4330, 4440, 4460, 4510, 4520, 4610, 4710, 4720, 4730, 4810, 4820, 

4920, 4930, 4931, 4935, 4940, 5110, 5120, 5210, 5330, 5331, 5335, 5340, 5342, 5355, 5365, 5410, 

5411, 5430, 5620, 5815, 5820, 5821, 5826, 5831, 5835, 5836, 5840, 5841, 5845, 5850, 5855, 5860, 

5865, 5895, 5905, 5910, 5915, 5920, 5925, 5930, 5935, 5940, 5945, 5950, 5955, 5960, 5961, 5962, 

5963, 5965, 5970, 5975, 5977, 5980, 5985, 5990, 5995, 5996, 5998, 5999, 6020, 6035, 6060, 6105, 

6110, 6115, 6125, 6130, 6135, 6140, 6145, 6150, 6160, 6210, 6220, 6230, 6240, 6250, 6340, 6510, 

6515, 6605, 6610, 6615, 6620, 6625, 6635, 6640, 6645, 6650, 6665, 6670, 6680, 6685, 6695, 6720, 

6750, 6760, 6840, 6850, 6910, 6930, 7025, 7035, 7045, 7050, 7510, 7690, 8110, 8120, 8125, 8140, 

8145, 8305, 8310, 8315, 8345, 8465, 9150, 9160, 9320, 9330, 9340, 9390, 9505, 9515, 9525, 9530, 

9535, 9540, 9905 

BLS Category WPU142 (Aircraft and aircraft equipment) mapped to the following FSCs: 1560, 1670, 

1680, 2030, 2810, 2835, 2840, 2915, 2925, 2935, 2945, 2950 

BLS Category WPU 1081-05 (Aircraft fasteners, except plastics including aerospace) mapped to the 

following FSCs: 5305, 5306, 5307, 5310, 5315, 5320, 5325, 5360.

The SOI at Attachment 2 along with the Market Basket at Attachment 1 and additional item data at 

Attachment 14 includes the annual estimated quantities for each item and the current sourcing status. The 

description of the data in the SOI is as follows for NSN, Total Quantity, Unit of Issue, Combined Site 

Quantity, Worldwide Demand Quantity, and Sourcing Status.

- NSN (National Stock Number) as found in FEDLOG or a local stock number may be listed as well.

- Total Quantity is the total estimated annual quantity for the item.

- Unit of Issue is the unit of measure for pricing (i.e.: each, HD, etc.)

- Combined Site Quantity is the total combined estimated annual quantity for each of the sites.

- Worldwide Demand Quantity is the annual estimated quantity to support the balance of DLA customers. 

If there is no demand other than site demand for an item, the worldwide demand quantity will be reflected 

as “0”.

- Sourcing Status:

o “B” items the IPV contractor is required to obtain from DLA, are not eligible for contractor 

sourcing, and are subject to backup support*
Page 43 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

o "D" items the IPV contractor is required to obtain from DLA*, but are contractor sourcing 

candidates, and are subject to backup support

o “F” Items that the IPV contractor is required to obtain from DLA*, but are contractor sourcing 

candidates provided the contractor demonstrates a 10% unit price savings, and are subject to 

backup support

o “M” items the IPV contractor is required to obtain from DLA* that are not subject to backup 

support and cannot be converted to contractor sourced

o "V" market basket items which the IPV contractor will provide from their commercial suppliers 

(after pricing acceptance by the Contracting Officer)

*DLA inventory or DLA contractual arrangements – all via MILSTRP.

Supply Chain Support: Fixed Pricing is established for the level of performance to support demands over 

a 10-year period which includes a 5-year base period (6 months of transition and 4 years, 6 months of

ordering), one 3 year ordering option period and a second 2 year ordering option period inclusive of 6-

months of transition, which will include ordering material and material management until site deactivation. 

The initial performance period will be six months following the transition period, with each subsequent 

period being 1-year in duration. All payments will be made through a Level of Support Contract Line Item

Number (CLIN) on the delivery order. The Level of Support CLIN will be estimated annually to coincide 

with the performance period. During transition, it will include only the transition and management payments 

until site activations begin. At which time, the material payment will be included per site as each individual 

site is activated. Below are the sub-CLINs that make up the Level of Support CLIN:

a. Transition sub-CLIN: A fixed dollar amount is established for the first six months to

cover transition and implementation costs. The payment will be made in accordance 

with established milestones as defined by the transition plan provided by the contractor 

and reviewed/approved the Contracting Officer. 

b. Material sub-CLIN: The material payment will be made up of the current combination 

of DLA-sourced and commercial-sourced items in place at the beginning of the 

performance period. This payment is calculated annually to coincide with the 

performance periods; subject to adjustment based on the estimated yearly usage and 

NIIN additions and deletions to the contract; applicable throughout the entire contract

term; and paid monthly through the Level of Support CLIN. The contractor will price the 

Commercial Material Market Basket in its initial proposal and will price groups of items 

as commercial priced as provided by the Government to convert DLA sourced to 

Commercial Sourced items. Additional pricing groups to convert DLA sourced to 

Commercial sourced are anticipated to be provided every 90 days by the Government, but 

may be provided more or less frequently, and may result in an adjustment to the overall 

estimated monthly payment. Material will be recorded as sold to the Government at time 

of bin placement as EA even if the Unit of Issue reflects a different measurement such as 

HD. For instance, at the time the contractor places 50 EA of an HD unit of issue in the 

bin, the sale is recorded for 50 EA. The Material includes a Core List as well as a 

Schedule of additional items. 

1. Core List of Items (Also referred to as market basket): Consists of items of 

spare parts and industrial hardware that are priced at the time of contract award. 
Page 44 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

The core list of priced items will be included in the solicitation as Attachment 1, 

Market Basket Pricing Template. Offerors should price all items in the market 

basket. Proposals leaving any items unpriced may be deemed unacceptable. If 

there are any problematic NSNs that cannot be priced after a reasonable attempt 

by the offerors, those items may be removed from the market basket at any time 

prior to contract award by the Contracting Officer. The final market basket 

pricing at total cost (all items unit prices multiplied by the estimated quantities) 

will be part of the Government's source selection decision. These items will be 

adjusted annually based on the applicable EPA index. For the contract 

awardee, only items that are found to be fair and reasonable in price by the 

Contracting Officer will be selected for commercial sourcing at time of award. 

Note: Any items that become CSI or are determined to require testing may be 

removed as a contractor sourcing candidate and revert to DLA sourced.

2. Supplemental Schedule of Items: Consists of items of spare parts and 

industrial hardware for which specific customer site support is required under 

the contract, but are items that were not priced for vendor commercial support 

at the time of contract award. The Contractor may not provide such items from 

commercial sources until such time as an agreement as to price has been 

reached or the item is unavailable through DLA and is being provided by the 

contractor through its commercial supply chain as DLA Backup. Prior to price 

agreement, the Contractor shall use its assigned Department of Defense Activity 

Address Code (DoDAAC) to obtain the items from DLA through Signal Code 

A with a Priority Designator of 03, 06, or 13. The prices for items obtained 

from DLA will be adjusted annually at time of DLA Standard Unit Price (SUP) 

adjustment. The contractor will note prices paid for DLA items provided to the 

Government on the daily receiving report provided to the COR for inspection 

and in electronic format. The price noted on these reports shall be the SUP of 

the item at the time the contractor purchased the item from DLA. The 

Government shall pull the contractor’s DODAAC requisition history to verify 

this information at time of reconciliation. The material supplied to support 

DLA backup will also be included under the Material sub-CLIN Supplemental 

Schedule of items. This material will be reconciled during the Level of Support 

CLIN reconciliation periods throughout the annual performance periods to 

adjust for any differences in price between the SUP and spot buy price.

c. Management sub-CLIN: For each of the three designated customer groups (WR-ALC, 

OC-ALC, OO-ALC), the offeror shall propose an annual fixed Material Management 

payment to cover all costs required to support each of those groups. This payment is a

fixed annual dollar amount quoted to cover costs associated with the contractor 

purchasing both commercially sourced and DLA sourced material as well as fixed costs

incurred in the overall management of the supply chain. The material management 

payment is applicable to the schedule of items +/- 10% of items. The contractor will 

provide a material management value for each of the performance periods at time of 

initial proposal. In addition, this payment may be adjusted based on NIIN and kitting 

additions / deletions as well as the associated increase / decrease in efforts. The 

Contractor is required to fill out the supplemental pricing worksheet at Attachment 12. 
Page 45 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

The following elements of the Management sub-CLIN will be broken out and subject to 

adjustment as noted:

1. Bin Management: Subject to adjustment as items are added or removed from 

the SOI.

2. Kitting Support: Subject to adjustment due to increases/decreases in kitting 

level of effort.

Level of Support CLIN Payment: For the base and option periods, DLA will issue an annual delivery order 

(DO) for the purpose of providing funding for the applicable period of performance. The contractor will 

invoice monthly against the DO in equal 12-month increments. The amount will reflect the sum of the Material, 

Management, and Transition sub-CLINs. The Material sub-CLIN will be calculated based on the offered unit 

prices adjusted by applicable EPA index for Commercially Sourced Items as well as DLA Standard Unit Prices 

for DLA Sourced Items multiplied by the Estimated Annual Demand (EAD) for the item. Performance based 

payments and the funding associated with the annual billing schedule will be delineated on the respective 

delivery order and/or modification. NOTE: For the initial six months of the base performance period, monthly 

invoices will reflect Transition and Management costs, but estimated material costs will only be added as site 

locations are activated. This will result in unequal incremental payments in the transition period. See 

Attachment 13 for sample calculation. It is anticipated that transitioned sites will have 30-days of AF owned 

material on-hand / in the bins. If additional AF owned material is identified prior to or during transition that is 

available for the contractor to utilize to fill bins in lieu of purchasing material from commercial sources or 

DLA, this material may also be deducted from the annual estimated billing amount for the material sub-CLIN.

DO funded amounts do not reflect adjustments based on the Demand Variation Reconciliation provisions for 

the Material sub-CLIN. Additionally, annual payments do not reflect cost adjustments based on performance 

incentives and disincentives. Changes to the funded values may be necessitated by demand adjustments, 

incentive / disincentive calculations, etc. Any change to the funded values shall be implemented via 

modification.

The Material sub-CLIN shall be reconciled as often as necessary at the discretion of the Contracting Officer 

based on actual item usage. The reconciliation is anticipated to occur at 4-month intervals during each annual 

performance period after completion of the transition period, but shall occur no less often than annually within 

sixty (60) days of the conclusion of an annual period. The initial annual performance period will be inclusive of 

the 6-month transition period. The calculations and requirements to process the reconciliation are prescribed 

below:

Within 60 days after the end of the annual performance period, actual usage for Material sub-CLIN parts during 

the performance period will be reconciled to the annual contract baseline value. The annual adjustment will be 

calculated as follows:

ADO = Actual Demand Output value for material (Quantity by part x Unit part price), where Quantity is 

the number of units delivered to the ALC by the Contractor and Unit part price is the unit price 

including any applicable EPA factor. For items on which only a partial quantity of the unit of 

issue has been placed in the bin, only the value of the material placed in the bin will be 

incorporated into the ADO. For instance, if the contractor adds 50 items from a unit of issue HD 

item that costs $10.00 to a bin and stores the other 50 for a future fill, the value attributable to the 

ADO would be the unit price of $10.00 multiplied by the % of the bag issued to the bin 
Page 46 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

((50/100)*100%=50%) for a total of $5.00. Any appropriate incentive or disincentive based on 

performance metrics shall also be applied.

ACB = Annual Contract Baseline amount established at start of performance period as value for material 

(Estimated annual demand quantity by part x Unit part price), where Quantity is the estimated 

usage of units and Unit part price is the unit price including any applicable EPA factor.

ACA = Annual Contract Adjustment, ADO – ACB

When the Annual Contract Adjustment for parts is a positive amount for the performance period, an adjustment 

shall be paid to the Contractor within 60 days after the end of the negotiation for reconciliation. When the 

Annual Contract Adjustment for parts is a negative amount for the performance period, an adjustment shall be 

subtracted from the contract payment within 60 days after the end of the negotiation for reconciliation. 

Following the final year of performance, any Annual Contract Adjustment amount due to DLA shall be paid in 

a lump sum to DLA by the contractor.

With the exception of the initial 6 months of performance, the Contractor will submit equal monthly invoices 

based on the ACB for the annual performance period. At the end of each annual performance period, the 

demand variation reconciliation processes will be utilized to update the total cost for the next annual 

performance period. Metric performance and associated incentives and disincentives shall be calculated within 

30 days of completion of this cost update. The resulting incentives or disincentives percentage will be applied 

to the updated cost and paid or offset in the contract payments. 

Demand reconciliation calculations will be completed within 60 days from the end of the annual performance 

period, amounts due to the Contractor shall be paid within 30 days following reconciliation. Demand 

reconciliation amounts due to DLA shall be applied, and subtracted accordingly from the contract payment in 

the period following the reconciliation. Following the final year of performance, a Demand reconciliation 

amount due to DLA shall be paid in a lump sum to DLA by the contractor.

If the Contractor fails to submit requested reconciliation data within the requested time period, the Contracting 

Officer may suspend payments under this contract until the data has been furnished. If it is later determined that 

the Government has overpaid the Contractor, the Contractor shall repay the excess to the Government 

immediately. Unless repaid within the period specified by the Contracting Officer after the end of the data 

submittal period, the amount of the excess shall bear interest, computed from the date the data was due to the 

date of repayment, at the rate established in accordance with the Interest clause.

Worldwide Demand Orders: Worldwide Demand Orders will be processed and payment will occur outside 

the Level of Support CLIN. Delivery orders will be sent electronically in accordance with Clause Order 

Limitations FAR 52.216-19. Delivery times will be negotiated by line item at the time contract award as well 

as activation of any items that become eligible for Worldwide Demand Orders. Inspection/Acceptance 

requirements will be noted on each delivery order. Inspection/acceptance of items will be designated as either 

destination or source inspection and acceptance. 

Destination: Delivery shall be directly to a customer or to a DLA (DDC) distribution location DoDAAC within 

the Contiguous United States and the District of Columbia, excluding Alaska and Hawaii. Acquisition Advice 

Code (AAC) H NSNs will be excluded from Worldwide Demand Orders. All deliveries will be packaged, 

marked and bar coded in accordance with the specifications of the solicitation. Packaging requirements will be 
Page 47 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

identified on each individual delivery order. The applicable Warranty provisions are provided at FAR 52.212-4 

Contract Terms and Conditions – Commercial Items.

H-901 TRANSITION METRIC

During the initial six-month transition period to ensure a smooth changeover from current contract to new 

contract, a transition incentive / disincentive will apply and will be paid under the Level of Support CLIN. The 

transition period will be measured over the first 6 months of the Gen III contract based on effective completion 

of the transition as determined by the DLA COR and Contracting Officer based on the criteria below and 

attainment of the Gen III metrics measured every 30 days after site activations within the transition period. The 

metrics measurements will be an aggregate of the transition performance and will determine metrics 

performance during the transition period.

Measurement of Transition including Site Activation / Inventory / Reports / Meetings: The following 

activities will be tracked monthly by the contractor, DLA COR, and DLA Contracting Officer along with FPA 

and MWT to ensure successful transition and determine application of the incentive / disincentive.

The phasing of activation of various site/shops shall occur at one site every 30 days beginning 90 days after 

contract award. A brown out period, where items cannot be added to the contract or BSL’s re configured, shall 

occur during the transition of each site until 30 days thereafter in which the material included in the SOI and the 

locations of the bins at the ALC shall not change. Total accountability for the operational and material 

requirements for the program shall not exceed 180 days from contract effective date. The contractor shall 

utilize the data provided throughout the transition period as well as data it collects during transition of each site 

to provide a gap analysis to DLA and the AF of potential shortfalls in the supply chain that could impact 

production. The contractor shall ensure that they meet the current Gen III metrics upon each site activation. 

Metrics will be tracked for each activated site, with the first metrics reporting occurring 30 days after initial site 

activation.

In addition, the Contractor shall assume oversight of existing bench stock locations and bins and all remaining 

inventory on the shop floors. The Contractor is responsible for full material support regardless of material 

quantity in the bin at time of site activation. 

By the date of each site activation after award, the contractor will have completed the following actions:

- Provide staffing levels to support the site transition.

- Describe movement of Gen II contractor from the site and Gen III contractor on site including time of 

movement, anticipated impacts, etc.

- Conduct a gap analysis and identify any long lead time items that could potentially become unsupportable 

during the transition / site activation and coordinate actions including spot buys to ensure material is 

available. Provide the analysis as well as a monthly supply chain management report encompassing 

material in the pipeline, lead times, estimated outages, etc.

- Accomplish movement and accounting including reporting to the Government of all AF owned material 

managed and stored by the Gen II contractor that is included on the Gen III SOI to the successful 

awardee’s facilities through coordination with the Gen II contractor, AF, and DLA.

- Establish procedures for the transfer of bin management responsibility that will ensure the proper 

identification of parts; cleaned, organized, bar coded, and labeled designated material bin location and 

marking of the bins as required by the Air Force. 
Page 48 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

- Appropriately mark all bins containing precious metals with an annotation as approved by each ALC.

- Establish material distribution schedules and procedures to maintain a reliable flow of material to the 

bins.

- Develop adequate stock of commercially sourced items to fully support these items at time of site 

activation, completed identification and location of all BSLs / bins under this contract through 

coordination with the incumbent and AF, and designed a Quality Assurance Plan addressing ramp up time 

and normal performance time.

- Submit transition specific reports twice per week on personnel, access, order placement, distribution / 

warehousing, etc.; conduct rehearsal of Concept drills to identify gaps in the process; support AF and Gen 

II contractor efforts to have the optimal quantity of material in the bins, the optimal bin location setup, 

and eliminate unnecessary bins.

- Shadow the Gen II contractor to learn the location of BSLs and best practices; support Transition 

meetings with the Gen II contractor, AF, and DLA; set up a sign at each BSL identifying the emergency 

POC and number to call to report bin outages to the contractor.

- Provide lessons learned after each ALC rollout that can be utilized to improve the rollout of the next site, 

and demonstrate access to Government systems such that will be needed to ensure parts are procured to 

the latest revision.

a.

The following chart illustrates the incentive / disincentive for the Transition Metric in addition to any incentives 

/ disincentives accrued on FPA and MWT during the site activation (note: the incentives / disincentives for FPA 

and MWT will be included in the aggregate calculation at the end of the performance period, while the 

incentive / disincentive for the transition will be applied to the transition and management sub-CLINs during the 

6-month transition period only):

Transition Disincentive/Incentive

All actions completed in timeline 1.0%

Failure to complete all actions on timeline -1.0%

In accordance with FAR 52.237-03, CONTINUITY OF SERVICES, the Contractor shall support the transition 

to a successor, either Government or Contractor, upon contract expiration. The Transition CLIN only applies to 

the stand up of Gen III contract. 

H-902 FIRST PASS ACCEPTANCE (FPA) METRIC

Primary Metric: First Pass Acceptance

The Contractor shall achieve a 99.5% FPA rate for bench stock (bins and kits), defined as 99.5% of items 

available at the time of demand from the mechanic throughout the life of the contract. An FPA failure is defined 

as material not available to the mechanic at the time of demand; the bin or designated storage unit is empty, 

there is a limited amount of material left in a bin or designated storage unit to satisfy the mechanic’s current 

need for material; the bins containing replenishment parts contain only parts not meeting quality assurance 

standards; or for kitting, a kit is not on-hand, does not contain all items on the List of Materials (LOM) needed 

to complete the job at the time of kit demand by mechanic, or contains non-conforming items. In order for an 

incomplete kit to count as an FPA failure, the Production Support Chief (EPSC/WSSC), or designee, must 

conditionally accept a partial kit or reject the kit. If conditionally accepted or rejected, the kit will be recorded 

as an FPA failure, and the contractor will be required to provide all items needed to complete the kit to close the 
Page 49 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

FPA failure. Each FPA failure including kit failures will be reported by the Government in the contractor’s 

electronic reporting system described in the PWS section 4.1.1.

An incentive will apply for exceeding a 99.9% FPA , and a disincentive will apply for failure to meet 99.5% 

FPA. FPA metric failures will be measured by the aggregate number of government reported material outages 

within a monthly reporting period. The first FPA evaluation date will be one month after site activation and 

subsequent FPA evaluations will be monthly thereafter.

Measurement

FPA is the percentage of success in fulfilling material demands, measured on a per mechanic per bin basis or 

per kit basis. The FPA percentage is calculated as the number of unsuccessful attempts by all mechanics to 

obtain a part or kit divided by the sum of the total non-automated bins supported plus the number of instances in 

which a mechanic requests a part from the automated bins or automated systems during the month plus the 

number of kit delivery requests. For example, if the mechanics request parts from an automated bin / automated 

system 5,000 times during the month, the contractor is supporting 100,000 non-automated part bins, and the 

customer requests delivery of 3,000 kits, the denominator will be 108,000. FPA will be calculated separately 

for each ALC on a monthly basis. For kits, an FPA failure is defined as a kit that is not available at time of 

customer request, contains non-conforming parts, or is conditionally accepted or rejected by the Production 

Support Chief. Kitting requests will be derived from the number of kits delivered during the month plus all 

open kit FPA failures.

Performance measurement for FPA will begin at site activation and will be measured on a monthly basis for the 

ALC sites. FPA will be applied on an annual basis per site as the average of the monthly FPA % to determine 

the incentive / disincentive per site and will be calculated annually. The incentive / disincentive will be 

calculated against the Level of Support CLIN and added to / deducted from the Level of Support CLIN 

payment. The incentive / disincentive will be added or deducted from the monthly payment following 

completion of calculation of the incentive / disincentive to be applied at the conclusion of each annual 

performance period.

FPA will be calculated as follows, FPA = [{1 - (Number of FPA failures reported in a given month) / (sum of 

the total non-automated bins supported plus the number of instances in which a mechanic requests a part from 

the automated bins or automated systems during the month plus the number of kit delivery requests)}*100]. 

The annual FPA will be calculated as the mean of the cumulative monthly FPA averages. 

The following charts illustrate the incentives and disincentives for FPA metrics that will be calculated against the 

Level of Support CLIN and added to the Level of Support CLIN payment:

Performance Periods : (Completion of Transition Period thru contract completion)

FPA Incentive Percentage

99.95% - 100% 2%

99.9% - 99.94% 1%

99.5% - 99.89% 0%
Page 50 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

99.0% - 99.49% -1%

98.0% - 98.99% -2%

97.0% - 97.99% -3%

96.0% - 96.99% -4%

95.0% - 95.99% -5%

94.99% or less Default

Note: During transition, default will be 90% or less

First Pass Acceptance incentives and disincentives are reported monthly, calculated annually and applied to the 

payment of the Level of Support CLIN. The incentive and disincentive amount will be determined as the % of 

incentive or disincentive multiplied by the dollar value of the Level of Support CLIN after reconciliation of the 

CLIN value has occurred for the previous performance period. The resulting incentive / disincentive amount 

will be deducted in a lump sum from the Level of Support monthly payment following the 12-month 

performance period. The first annual performance period will consist of the 6-month transition period as well 

as the first 6-months of full performance. FPA performance metrics tracking will start upon activation of each 

site. Prior to the first formal metrics cycle, the parties shall conduct a “dry run” of the metric computing and 

reporting process to allow all parties (AF, DLA, contractor) to participate in the process and provide 

clarifications. 

Below is an EXAMPLE of a FPA calculation for one month at an ALC:

# of bin and kitting instances reported: 300

Sum of non-automated bins supported, requests for part from automated bins / systems, kit delivery requests: 

 70,000

FPA % Calculation: [{1 – (300 / 70,000))}*100] = 99.57%

Below is an EXAMPLE of how a disincentive would apply under the resulting contract:

Level of Support CLIN payment for the first annual performance period: $100,000,000.00

12-month average of monthly reported FPA %: 

(99.1+99.5+99.6+99.3+99.4+99.7+99.0+99.3+99.4+99.5+99.6+99.1)/12 = (1192.5/12) = 99.375%

Calculated disincentive earned for first annual period: ($100,000,000*1%) = $1,000,000.00

The clock starts when the Government notifies the Contractor POC via the electronic system established by the 

Contractor or via an automated bin / system. The Contractor-designated POC shall be available 24 hours/day, 7 

days/week. The COR will verify the failure and track the timeframe to correct the failure. The Contracting 

Officer will provide a monthly metric report to the Contractor within fourteen (14) days from the end of the 

preceding month. The Contractor will have fourteen (14) days to challenge the calculations in writing to the 

KO. The challenge shall include the rationale and any supporting evidence. The KO will make the final decision 

on the challenge request within 14 days after receipt. If the Contractor does not submit a timely challenge, then 

no adjustment will be made to the monthly metric.

Any incentive earned by the Contractor may be reduced at the discretion of the KO for excessive product 
Page 51 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

quality deficiencies for items delivered from the Contractor’s inventory defined as no more than 1 PQDR per 

quarter per ALC for a contractor sourced item. Penalties will not be assessed against the Contractor if the FPA 

failure was caused by a DLA-supplied quality deficiency and if the Contractor provides a remedial plan within 

48 hours of the failure. This remedial plan must be approved by the COR.

Exceptions

New items added to the SOI will be permitted one lead-time for supportability expectations, and will not be 

included in the FPA calculation until the agreed to lead-time has expired. DLA-mandatory sourced items 

such as Critical Safety Items (CSI) or items requiring First Article Testing will be included in the FPA 

calculation. 

Kits that are provided / accepted as incomplete due to missing or new items within the first lead-time are not 

included in the FPA metric calculation.

FPA failures caused by "frozen" DLA sourced material as referenced in the PWS 3.5.1 will not count against 

the contract metrics.

The contractor may challenge any instance of FPA failure resulting from unavailability of DLA-mandatory 

sourced items. The contractor shall provide evidence to the contracting officer that appropriate planning and 

supply chain management actions were taken to meet the 99.5% FPA requirement, including but not limited to 

submission of DDEs. The contracting officer will conduct an investigation and render a decision. The 

contractor must notify the contracting officer of any disputed FPA failures due to unavailability of DLAmandatory sourced items within 30 days of the end of the evaluation period. Failure to notify the contracting 

officer within that time will result in the FPA failure being deemed to be accurate and correct.

H-903 MECHANIC WAIT TIME (MWT) METRIC

Secondary Metric: Mechanic Wait Time (MWT) 

The number of hours it takes the Contractor to remedy an FPA failure is called Mechanic Wait Time (MWT). 

MWT is calculated as the time it takes the Contractor to fill a bin / kit once it has an FPA failure, measured as 

the difference between the time the first FPA failure for a bin / kit is reported to the Contractor and when all 

FPA failures for the bin / kit have been remedied by the Contractor as verified by the COR. The contractor 

shall remedy every instance of FPA failure within 24 hours throughout the entire contract period. Note: A 

separate 8-hour MWT metric will apply at Warner Robins for the bins identified in Attachment 24 only.

 

A tiered disincentive will be applied per bin / kit on which an FPA failure occurs that exceeds the 8 or 24 hour 

metric. An additional disincentive will apply for every 30 days in which an MWT bin / kit instance remains 

open. The MWT evaluation will begin upon site activation and subsequent MWT evaluations will be monthly 

thereafter.

The following charts illustrate the incentives/disincentives for the 8-hour and 24-hour MWT metrics.
Page 52 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

Mechanic Wait Time (MWT)--24 hr Mechanic Wait Time (MWT)--8 hr

The MWT disincentive will be tracked monthly and calculated on an annual basis. A tiered disincentive will be 

calculated monthly and applied on all MWT instances that exceed 24 hours. An additional disincentive will 

apply at the max MWT per instance dollar value ($560) for every 30 days in which an MWT bin / kit instance 

remains open. For example, if an MWT instance remains open 95 days, the disincentive will be 

$560+$560+$560+$560 = $2,240. MWT will be measured per bin / kit. The MWT disincentive will be 

calculated annually as the value of all MWT failures exceeding the 8 and 24-hour MWT metrics multiplied by 

the appropriate tiered disincentive plus the additional disincentive applied to MWT instances open for greater 

than 30 days. The disincentive amount will be deducted from the Level of Support CLIN following the 12 

month performance period. MWT disincentives will commence with the activation of each site. The first 

annual performance period will consist of the 6-month transition period as well as the first 6-months of full 

performance. 

The clock starts when the Government notifies the Contractor POC via the Contractor’s electronic system or via 

an automated bin / system. The Contractor-designated POC shall be available 24 hours/day, 7 days/week. The 

COR will verify the failure and track the timeframe to correct the failure. The Contracting Officer will provide a 

monthly metric report to the Contractor within fourteen (14) days from the end of the preceding month. The 

Contractor will have fourteen (14) days to challenge the calculations in writing to the KO. The challenge shall 

include the rationale and any supporting evidence. The KO will make the final decision on the challenge request 

within 14 days after receipt. If the Contractor does not submit a timely challenge, then no adjustment will be 

made to the monthly metric.

Exceptions

Items excluded from the FPA metric are excluded from the MWT disincentive. 

NSNs added after contract award will be granted a full Production Lead Time (PLT) based on PLT agreed at 

time of addition prior to being subject to the FPA and MWT metrics.

The Contracting Officer will provide a monthly metric report to the contractor within fourteen (14) calendar 

days from the end of the preceding month. The Contractor will have fourteen (14) calendar days to challenge 

individual delivery orders or the calculations for the metrics in writing to the Contracting Officer. The

challenge shall include the rationale and any supporting evidence. The Contracting Officer will

approve/disapprove the challenge request within 14 calendar days after receipt. If the contractor does not 

submit a timely challenge, then no adjustment will be made to the monthly metric.

H-904 BIN FILL MEASUREMENT

The contractor will be provided a maximum bin fill level for each item in each bin location. If the COR 

discovers overfilling of the bin, which is defined as a bin filled above the specified max bin level, the material 

Performance Periods

MWT Disincentive

>8--24 hours $280 per instance

>24--48 hours $420 per instance

Greater than 48 hours $560 per instance

Performance Periods

MWT Disincentive

>24--48 hours $280 per instance

>48--72 hours $420 per instance

Greater than 72 hours $560 per instance
Page 53 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

that constitutes the overfilling will be documented and presented to the contractor as an overfilling. The 

material may remain in the ownership of the AF or be returned to the Contractor. Additionally, a credit may be 

processed against the monthly payment of the contractor at time of reconciliation for the value of all material 

returned as overfilled throughout the annual performance period at the discretion of the Contracting Officer.

H-905 BIN MANAGEMENT 

The Government will notify the contractor at the time an item is contemplated to be added to or deleted from 

this contract. If the item being added will be commercially sourced, the contractor will be requested to provide 

pricing for the item. The material cost will be evaluated for reasonableness and negotiated if necessary. The 

negotiated price will be in effect for the remaining life of the contract and will be included in all future EPA 

adjustments. If the Government increases or decreases NIINs on contract beyond the initial +/- 10% of items 

included on the Schedule of Items, the contractor or Government may request an adjustment to the Bin 

Management portion of the Management sub-CLIN in accordance with FAR 52.243-1 ALT II and/or DFARS 

252.243-7002 as a change in level of effort. If the level of effort decreases below the specified level above, the 

Government expects a reduction in the Bin Management portion of the contract. 

The contractor will provide the labor categories and all labor rates associated with each of those categories at 

time of proposal for the length of the period of performance of this effort. In addition, the contractor shall 

provide any information requested by the Contracting Officer to justify requested adjustments and/or to set a 

baseline at time of award of contract by which to evaluate all future requested adjustments by either the 

contractor or Government. To establish the baseline, the Government will request information including, but 

not limited to category of labor and number of personnel required for bin management, and utilize the level of 

effort requested in the solicitation as well as the proposed bin management price to evaluate any future request 

to increase or decrease the level of effort. The adjusted Bin Management portion of the Management sub-CLIN 

will be applicable to the adjusted Schedule of Items +/- 10%. 

In addition, this sub-CLIN includes task order labor as described in the PWS section 2.6. Task Order Labor is a 

contractual provision that is used for temporary increased level of efforts in the IPV program at the three ALCs. 

Temporary is defined as an increased level of effort not to last longer than twelve months in duration. Task 

Order Labor shall not be requested, or issued, on a consecutive or recurring basis for the same level of effort in 

an attempt to circumvent the temporary nature of Task Order Labor. Task Order Labor shall be within the scope 

of the contract, issued for a defined period of performance, and be within the maximum dollar value of the 

contract. The Government will utilize the labor categories and rates provided at time of proposal by the 

contractor to establish and substantiate proposals provided by the contractor for task order labor.

The request for Task Order Labor shall be initiated by the Air Force to the DLA COR to be provided to the 

Contracting Officer. All requests for Task Order Labor shall provide a detailed description of the work to be 

performed, location of the work to be performed, and the period of performance of the work to be performed. 

The Contracting Officer shall request a formal proposal from the contractor and execute a formal contract 

modification for every instance of Task Order Labor. Upon receipt of a request for proposal for Task Order 

Labor, the contractor shall submit a formal proposal to the Contracting Officer detailing the proposed rate(s), 

job code(s), job description(s), rate validity dates, estimated hours per week, estimated weeks, the number of 

contractor personnel required for the period of performance, overtime hours (if necessary), and the proposal 

value.
Page 54 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

The contractor shall ensure that Task Order Labor employees enter their hours worked daily and submit their 

time card by close of business on every Friday. The time cards must be accessible in hard copy and/or 

electronic format to the Government and must contain at a minimum, date worked, title/shift, description of 

work, hours, regular/overtime, job number, weapon system, location, task order number, employee name, AF or 

contractor supervisor overseeing the work. The contractor must receive a sign-in/sign-out sheet from the 

applicable weapon system Air Force Supervisor responsible for their assigned employee no later than noon on 

Monday, or for task order labor projects to be performed in the contractor facility, a supervisor will be 

responsible for the sign-in/sign-out sheets in lieu of an Air Force supervisor. Every Monday afternoon a screen 

print of the recorded labor or timesheet, will be validated against the sign-in/sign-out sheet, signed by the 

contractor, and validation provided to the DLA COR for review and verification. The verified screen print will 

be provided by the COR back to the contractor and to the Contracting Officer.

H-906 KITTING

Kitting is to be priced as a price for labor for kit assembly. The offeror will provide a price for the initial level 

of kitting support +/- a 10% change in level of effort, which represents the number of kit builds per month 

evaluated as a 12-month average. Each time the Government increases or decreases the level of effort beyond 

the initial +/- 10% level of kitting effort included in the solicitation, the contractor or Government may request 

an adjustment to the Bin Management portion of the Management sub-CLIN in accordance with FAR 52.243-1 

ALT II and/or DFARS 252.243-7002 as a change in level of effort. If the level of effort decreases below the 

specified level above, the Government expects a reduction in the Bin Management portion of the contract. 

The contractor will provide the labor categories and all labor rates associated with each of those categories at

time of proposal for the length of the period of performance of this effort. In addition, the contractor shall 

provide any information requested by the Contracting Officer to justify requested adjustments and/or to set a 

baseline at time of award of contract by which to evaluate all future requested adjustments by either the 

contractor or Government. To establish the baseline, the Government will request information including, but 

not limited to category of labor and number of personnel required for kitting, and utilize the level of effort 

requested in the solicitation as well as the proposed kitting price to evaluate any future request to increase or 

decrease the level of effort. The adjusted Kitting Support portion of the Management sub-CLIN will be 

applicable to the adjusted level of effort +/- 10%.

H-907 DLA BACKUP / SPOT BUY PROCESS

For DLA-sourced consumables, the Contractor shall have several major and related responsibilities. Primarily, 

the Contractor has a responsibility to monitor DLA’s consumables pipeline and ALC demand rates to fill in 

identified gaps in the supply chain at each of the ALCs by utilizing its commercial supply chain. The contractor 

will utilize its forecasting expertise along with forecasting data provided by DLA to fill these gaps and provide 

overall support at the 3 ALCs. 

The Contractor may recommend that DLA increase or decrease recommended allowances or existing buy 

quantities, generate new purchase requests (PRs), or expedite deliveries of current contracts. Initially, the 

Contractor shall submit these recommended adjustments via Microsoft Excel spreadsheet to DLA’s 

Administering Contracting Officer (ACO) on a monthly basis. The reporting requirement shall focus only on 

items with recommended pipeline changes and the analysis generating and justifying the recommendations. 

DLA is under no obligation to take any action as a result of the recommended adjustments submitted by the 

contract. 
Page 55 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

The Contractor shall utilize engineering management intelligence to inform DLA’s demand forecast for the 

DLA-sourced consumables intended for the ALCs, monitor DLA’s acquisition pipeline to identify and satisfy 

any gaps that could impact requirements, and maintain responsibility to mitigate “gaps” in DLA supply in the 

event that DLA’s inventory is insufficient to fulfill demand for DLA-sourced parts by utilizing its commercial 

supply chain to obtain and provide parts. The Contractor is only responsible to support DLA-sourced 

consumables intended for demands from the 3 ALCs IPV activities. DLA shall provide the Contractor with 

access to DLA Systems or flat files in support of this function. 

The Contractor shall implement an obsolescence and DMSMS monitoring program with the intent to identify 

and notify DLA of current and future obsolescence issues for DLA-sourced consumables. The Contractor shall 

provide the Government with obsolescence status briefs for both Contractor and DLA-sourced consumables 

during the regular PRBs. 

Leveraging the Contractor’s end-to-end supply chain and engineering insight, the Contractor shall take 

proactive actions and responsibility to ensure supply is available to fulfill DLA-sourced parts requirements in 

the event that DLA’s existing inventory and pipeline are insufficient or inadequate to fulfill demand within 

established service levels. Representative Contractor actions may include additional parts engineering and 

reclamation, accelerated rework, alternative sourcing practices, and preemptive inventory shipping and 

positioning. Additionally, the Contractor may proactively purchase and/or stock inventory to rectify potential 

gaps in DLA-sourced supply. However, the material will not be sold to the Government until placed in the bin, 

and the contractor must follow the prescribed sourcing order of priority.

DLA Back-up performance will be measured via the FPA and MWT metrics for support at the 3 ALCs and is 

included in the overall metric calculation for performance and incentive / disincentive calculations. DLA 

Backup will be applicable to all items in the Schedule of Items with a Sourcing Status Code “B”, “D”, or “F” in 

Attachment 2 (DLA Sourced Items). 

The material value for backup / spot buys is included in the material sub-CLIN estimate as part of the EADs 

listed. The backup / spot buy material usage will be reconciled during the annual performance period 

reconciliations and adjustments will be made as necessary to take into account any additional spend attributable 

to backup. The contractor must provide items that conform to the technical requirements and all applicable 

drawings. The item must be from an approved source, if applicable. Any offers of surplus, material produced 

as an “acceptable alternative,” from a source that is not designated as approved by the Government, or an offer 

that is not in line in any way with technical requirements of the item must be sent to the Contracting Officer or 

Contracting Officer designee for review and approval before placement of spot buy. Approval of spot buys 

reviewed prior to placement by the Contracting Officer or Contracting Officer designee will be via written 

communication. The contractor will maintain technical records throughout the life of the contract and for 3 

years following contract expiration.

The Contracting Officer will utilize the following methodologies to make a fair and reasonable determination of 

spot buys conducted for backup support. The methodologies below are categorized based on dollar value of the 

total spot buy order (unit price*total quantity of order). In accordance with DLAD clause 52.217-9017, the 

contractor will maintain all documentation referenced below to allow the Contracting Officer to make price 

reasonableness determination post transaction. If the Contracting Officer does not feel that adequate 

documentation exists to the support the spot buy offered price as fair and reasonable, the Contracting Officer 

may unilaterally reduce the price to match DLA SUP in accordance with clause 52.217-9017(d). The contractor 
Page 56 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

shall maintain price records to substantiate a fair and reasonable determination through the life of the contract 

and for 3 years following contract expiration.

In addition, if the DLA Contracting Officer is not provided adequate supply chain documentation of spot buy 

need, the Contracting Officer reserves the right to return the material for a full refund. A spot buy shall not be 

conducted without prior written approval of the Contracting Officer if DLA has stock on hand greater than or 

equal to the full historical production lead time based on projected usage calculated as Stock on Hand minus 

Protected Stock (both values contained on Demand Details A report in Attachment 16) divided by the Estimated 

Annual Demand for the item for the applicable annual performance period.

• CATEGORY I: For spot buys with an extended value of less than or equal to $3,000, a representative 

statistical sampling of lines sufficient to provide a 90% confidence level shall be reviewed on a postaward basis no later than 60 calendar days after award. The Government reserves the right to review 

any and all spot buys that exceed SUP. The contractor shall maintain a record available to the 

Government by request of competitive quotes received to substantiate the price as well as any other 

relevant cost details including but not limited to commercial invoices, cost breakdowns, etc. as deemed 

appropriate by the Contracting Officer.

• CATEGORY II: For spot buys with an extended value above $3,000 to $10,000, a representative 

statistical sampling of lines sufficient to provide a 95% confidence level shall be reviewed on a postaward basis no later than 60 calendar days after award. The Government reserves the right to review 

any and all spot buys that exceed SUP. The contractor shall maintain a record available to the 

Government by request of competitive quotes received to substantiate the price as well as any other 

relevant cost details including but not limited to commercial invoices, cost breakdowns, etc. as deemed 

appropriate by the Contracting Officer.

• CATEGORY III: For spot buys with an extended value greater than $10,000 to $150,000, a 

representative statistical sampling of lines sufficient to provide a 99% confidence level shall be reviewed 

on a post-award basis no later than 60 calendar days after award. The Government reserves the right to 

review any and all spot buys that exceed SUP. The contractor shall maintain a record available to the 

Government by request of competitive quotes received to substantiate the price as well as any other 

relevant cost details including but not limited to commercial invoices, cost breakdowns, etc. as deemed 

appropriate by the Contracting Officer.

• CATEGORY IV: For spot buys with an extended value greater than $150,000, 100% of the lines shall 

be reviewed prior to any order being processed. The contractor shall maintain a record available to the 

Government by request of competitive quotes received to substantiate the price as well as any other 

relevant cost details including but not limited to commercial invoices, cost breakdowns, etc. as deemed 

appropriate by the Contracting Officer.

NOTE: The above thresholds are guidelines and are subject to change based on the needs of DLA to ensure 

Fair and Reasonable prices. Adjustment to the review levels will be done via modification within the scope of 

the changes clause contained herein.

52.217-9017 Tailored Logistics Support Purchasing Reviews.

As prescribed in 17.9508(a), insert the provision/clause in solicitations/contracts.

TAILORED LOGISTICS SUPPORT PURCHASING REVIEWS (NOV 2011) 
Page 57 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

(a) From the commencement of performance of this contract until 3 years after the final contract payment, the 

Contractor shall allow the Contracting Officer, Administrative Contracting Officer, Defense Contract 

Management Agency (DCMA), Defense Contract Audit Agency (DCAA), and any other duly authorized 

representative of the Contracting Officer access to all records and information pertaining to those items or 

services for which the Government is relying on the Contractor’s purchasing system to determine that 

competition was obtained or to justify that prices are fair and reasonable. The Contractor shall maintain records 

subject to this clause for not less than 3 years after the contract final payment. 

(b) The Contracting Officer may conduct reviews of purchased items or services provided under this contract 

regardless of dollar value that meet the criteria in paragraph 1 of this clause to ascertain whether the Contractor 

has obtained the best value. The Contractor shall seek competition to the maximum extent practicable for all 

purchases. Contractor purchases of any supplies or services shall solicit a competitive quotation from at least 

two independently-competing firms. For other than sole source items, the request for quotations shall, to the 

extent practical, solicit offers from different manufacturers or producers. If the Contractor is unable to obtain 

quotes for competing items from two or more such independently-competing firms, the Contractor shall retain 

supporting documentation for its rationale for selection of the suppliers solicited and chosen to supply the items, 

and for its determination that the price was fair and reasonable. The Contractor is responsible for maintaining 

this same documentation for all sole source/non-competitive actions. The following price reasonableness and 

documentation requirements are applicable to all purchases, regardless of dollar value:

(1) A price is reasonable if, in its nature and amount, it does not exceed that which would be incurred by a 

prudent person in the conduct of competitive business. The Contracting Officer will examine the prices with 

particular care in connection with buys that may not be subject to effective competition restraints. The 

Contractor’s price will not be presumed to be reasonable. If an initial review of the facts results in a challenge 

of a specific price by the Contracting Officer or the Contracting Officer’s representative, the burden of proof 

shall be upon the Contractor to establish that the price is reasonable under the standards in Federal Acquisition 

Regulation (FAR) Subpart 15.4 and FAR 31.201-3.

(2) The Contractor shall keep the documentation to a minimum, but shall retain data supporting the purchases 

either by paper or electronically. At a minimum, price quotations and invoices shall be retained. Should the 

Contractor receive an oral price quotation, the Contractor shall document who the supplier or subcontractor is 

by complete name, address, telephone number, price, terms and other conditions quoted by each vendor. Price 

quotes for supplies shall be broken down by individual items, shipping costs, and any other included expenses. 

Price quotes for incidental services which are not pre-priced in the contract shall include labor hours and costs 

or prices, as applicable, including the total price of the job, individual pricing for the portions of the work if 

applicable, materials, and all other elements of cost, overhead, and profit. This price breakdown documentation 

shall be made for each subcontractor performing work on this contract.

(c) When the Contractor is purchasing from subcontractors or other sources and receives a discount or rebates, 

the Contractor shall immediately pass these savings to the Government in the contract price and invoice for 

payment. The Contractor is required to use diligence in the selection of the most economical method of delivery 

of the product or services by selecting a best value method of delivery based on the urgency and nature of the 

work or product required. When labor hours are involved in the work to be accomplished and the Contractor has 

not already pre-priced the effort to use its own labor force, the Contractor shall provide the labor at rates 

required by the contract (for example, Service Contract Act or Davis-Bacon Act rates) or at rates based on 

competition if mandatory rates are not required by the contract.
Page 58 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

(d) If the Contracting Officer determines that the purchased product or service is unreasonably priced, the 

Contractor shall refund to the Government the amount the Contracting Officer determines is in excess of a 

reasonable price. The Contracting Officer shall notify the Contractor in writing in accordance with FAR 32.610, 

giving the basis for the determination and the amount to be refunded. The Contractor shall make the refund 

payment in accordance with directions from the Contracting Officer, and shall provide proof of the refund 

payment to the Contracting Officer. The Contracting Officer may collect the amount due using all available 

means in accordance with FAR Subpart 32.6. FAR 52.232-17, Interest, is applicable to payments not made 

within 30 days of the demand for payment. Any disputes arising under this provision shall be handled in 

accordance with the “Disputes” clause of this contract.

(e) At the midpoint of each performance period if the period is a year or less long or annually if the performance 

period is more than a year, upon receipt of notification from the Contracting Officer of the intent to exercise an 

option, or if otherwise requested, the Contractor shall provide the Contracting Officer an affirmation in the 

following form, signed by an authorized representative of the Contractor:

“To the best of my knowledge and belief, during the period beginning ____________ (insert date) and 

ending_______________(insert date), _______________(insert Contractor’s name) furnished all supplies or 

services called for by Contract number _____________ in accordance with all applicable requirements. I further 

affirm that the supplies or services are of the quality specified and conform in all respects with the contract 

requirements, including specifications, drawings, preservation, packaging, packing, marking requirements, and 

item identification, and are in the quantity required. The items and services were competed or prices are 

justified as fair and reasonable in accordance with the requirements of ______________(name/number of the 

clause).” 

(End of Clause)

H-908 SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION & SUBCONTRACTING PLAN

The Contractor’s Small Business Participation and Subcontracting Plan will be incorporated into the subject 

contract and applies to commercially sourced material only. At a minimum, the Contractor shall maintain 

support of small businesses by seeking to achieve the small business subcontracting goals approved by the 

Contracting Officer at time of award. The Contractor is additionally challenged to increase small business 

participation and subcontracting with improved goals throughout the contract term.

As a part of the Contractor’s efforts to increase small business participation and subcontracting under the 

contract, the Contractor is encouraged to conduct and expand small business outreach efforts. The objective of 

these outreach efforts is for the Contractor to qualify additional small businesses for the Contractor to utilize for 

subcontracting under the contract. Examples of outreach efforts may include: Industry Days, Small Business 

Mentoring Programs, and the use of SubNet and the Dynamic Small Business Search database in the System for 

Award Management (SAM) to identify potential small business sources for qualification and future 

subcontracting.

The Contractor shall issue a status report of achievement to goals no later than 60 days after the end of the 

performance period as well as identifying results of small business outreach efforts.
Page 59 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

H-909 INSPECTION OF ITEMS REQUIRING SOURCE INSPECTION

There are severalcontractclauses,aswellasstatementsin thePWS thattheContractormustfurnishaniteminstrict

accordancewiththetechnical requirementsspecifiedintheContractTechnical DataFile(CTDF)foreachspecific 

NSN in the Procurement Item Description (PID).

When the PID or Quality Matrix indicates source inspection PIC “C” and the item will be delivered to a bin at 

one of the ALCs, the contractor shall have available a copy of the Certificate of Conformance (CoC) if 

requested by the COR / TA on-site at time of material delivery in accordance with FAR clause 52.246-15, and 

maintain the CoC and all relevant technical certifications for the material to be available upon Government 

request.

For Worldwide Demand Orders, the cognizant DCMA office will be included on each order, and the contractor 

will be required to provide all data required by DCMA to support the order.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
Page 60 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

Instructions to Offerors

1. Instruction to Offerors:

A. Preparation and Submittal: The following instructions cover the preparation and submittal of the offeror’s 

proposal for this solicitation. To assure timely and equitable evaluation of proposals, offerors must follow the 

instructions contained herein. Offerors are cautioned that any noncompliance with the terms and conditions of 

the RFP may cause their proposal to be determined to be unacceptable and therefore not eligible for award. If a

joint venture arrangement exists for this acquisition, the offeror shall provide a copy of the joint venture 

agreement that is signed and dated by all joint venture members as part of the proposal submission. Proposals 

shall be submitted to the Government in six (6) separate volumes as set forth below: 

PAGE NUMBER

VOLUME LIMITS OF COPIES DESCRIPTION

 1 N/A 3 Completed RFP 

 2 30 4 Written Technical Proposal

 3 60 4 Written Management Proposal

 4 N/A 4 Past Performance

 5 N/A 4 Small Business Participation Plan

 6 N/A 2* Price Proposal

Scenario N/A 4 Scenario Based Responses (Provided to offeror’s at 

the time of proposal receipt by the Government. 

Responses will be due within 3 days.)

 

*Price proposal information shall be submitted in written form (2 copies) and CD-R or DVD-R (write once/read 

only) (1 copy) that is “closed” so that no further writes can be made to the media. CD-R/W or DVD-R/W media 

types are not acceptable. Media must be virus scanned by the offeror prior to submitting to the Government. 

In addition to the page limitations set forth above, proposals should comply with the following format: 

(1) The sealed package used to submit the proposal package must show the time and date specified for 

receipt. Each volume shall be marked with the RFP number and the offeror’s name and address, and the 

number of the Volume. (i.e. 1, 2, 3, etc.) Proposals shall be in the English language and all monies shall be 

proposed in United States dollars. Print should be no smaller than a font size of 12 and should be on 8 1/2 x 11 

inch paper. Charts, graphs or spreadsheets may be on fold-out pages, but must fold within the page size 

specified and will count as one page. Each volume within the proposal notebook shall be separately tabbed and 

identified. Margins shall be no smaller than 1 inch and each page shall be numbered consecutively. Elaborate 

formats, bindings, or color presentations are not desired or required.

(2) The page limitation for Volume 2 and 3 are 30 and 60 pages each respectively. The page limitation 

includes any drawings, diagrams supporting illustrations, or spreadsheets, etc. but excludes any table of contents 

or list of acronyms (if utilized). Offerors are cautioned that any pages that exceed the page limitation shall not 

be read but shall be removed and either retained in the contract file without being considered in the evaluation 

or sent back to the offeror.

(3) Each page containing proprietary information should be so marked.

(4) The following must be stamped, at the bottom, or in the footer of each page:
Page 61 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

SOURCE SELECTION INFORMATION--SEE FAR 2.101 and 3.104

(5) Proposals received are subject to the requirements specified in FAR 52.212-1, unless otherwise 

tailored in the Addendum to the solicitation. Proposals must be received no later than 3:00 PM, Eastern 

Daylight Savings Time. However, offerors are requested to submit Volume 4, Past Performance Information, 

so that it is received ten (10) calendar days prior to the required due date for proposals. Failure to submit 

Volume 4 by the earlier date will not result in offeror disqualification. 

Hard copy proposals via courier to:

DLA Aviation

Attn: DSCR-ARCJ/Robert J. Napolitano II/33H-67

8000 Jefferson Davis Hwy

Richmond, Virginia 23297

Hard copy proposals via mail to:

DLA Aviation

Attn: Bid Custodian

8000 Jefferson Davis Highway

Richmond, VA 23297

All proposals must be identified with the Solicitation Number, Closing Date and Time on all outside 

envelopes/boxes, and be received by the closing date and time: 

RFP Number - SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CLOSING DATE & TIME: April 11, 2016, 3pm Eastern Standard Time 

NOTE: Facsimile proposals will NOT be accepted.

(6) Page limitations may be placed on responses to Evaluation Notices (ENs), if issued. The specified 

limits for EN responses will be identified in the correspondence forwarding the ENs to offerors or on the EN 

form itself. ENs will be issued for clarification / communication purposes. 

B. Communications:

Exchanges of source selection information between Government and offerors will be controlled by the 

Contracting Officer. Email may be used to transmit such information only if the email can be sent encrypted, 

and must include “Source Selection Information – See FAR 2.101 and 3.104” in the subject line of the email. 

Otherwise, source selection information will be transmitted via direct mailing or courier. In order to facilitate 

the sending and receiving of encrypted emails, offerors must use Microsoft (MS) Outlook email configured to 

support encryption or a different email product that is S/MIME compatible and configured to support 

encryption. If you intend to submit your source selection information via encrypted email, you will need to 

contact the Buyer/Contracting Officer indicated on the face page of the solicitation prior to that first submittal in 

order to exchange certificates used for encryption. To ensure the process is working correctly, send a test 

encrypted message first (without including any source selection information). 
Page 62 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

When you are ready to send an encrypted email, ensure encryption is selected and include “Source Selection 

Information – See FAR 2.101 and 3.104” in the subject line of the email.

The Government intends to award without discussions, but reserves the right to conduct discussions if 

determined necessary. Any discussions will be conducted in accordance with FAR 15.306. 

C. Volume 1, Completed RFP

This volume will consist of the completed and signed RFP with a cover letter delineating any exceptions taken 

to the RFP terms and conditions with accompanying rationale. However, offerors are cautioned that any 

noncompliance with the terms and conditions of the RFP may be considered nonresponsive and categorized as 

unacceptable and therefore not eligible for award. Offerors shall ensure that all clauses and provisions that 

require “fill-in” information are appropriately completed, including the proposed prices associated with 

the contract line items in the Schedule of the RFP. 

The offeror shall fill out the cross reference matrix (Attachment 8) indicating where in its proposal the 

information can be found as it relates to the RFP. The cross reference matrix will be utilized as a tool to show 

critical interrelationships and dependencies among the performance work statement (PWS), Instructions to 

Offerors, and Evaluation Basis for Award. The cross reference matrix will help an offeror ensure it has 

responded to all the evaluation criteria and proposal submittal requirements identified in the solicitation. If the 

matrix conflicts with any other requirement, direction, or provision of this solicitation, the other reference shall 

take precedence over the matrix. Additionally, to the extent the matrix discloses details as to the manner by 

which the Government intends to evaluate the offeror’s proposals for award, Evaluation Basis for Award 

references in the matrix are for informational purposes only, and the Government shall be obligated to evaluate 

proposals solely in conformance with Evaluation Basis for Award of the solicitation. 

Each Large Business Offeror shall also provide a separate Small Business Subcontracting Plan meeting the 

requirement of FAR 52.219-9 and DFARS 252.219-7003 (or DFARS 252.219-7004 if the Offeror has a 

comprehensive subcontracting plan). This plan shall be submitted separately from the Small Business 

Participation Proposal, which applies to both large and small businesses. The Small Business Subcontracting 

Plan is not a requirement for evaluation in source selection, but rather a requirement for award to a Large 

Business and will be incorporated into any resultant contract. Subcontracting plans shall reflect and be 

consistent with the commitments offered in the Small Business Participation Proposal. The Small Business 

Subcontracting Plan will be assessed in accordance with FAR Part 19.704, and must be deemed acceptable prior 

to award. Note: Any exchanges with the Contracting Officer regarding the Small Business Subcontracting Plan 

shall neither be considered discussions, nor as a re-opening of negotiations closed by a Final Proposal Revision.

2. Factors and Subfactors:

A. Volume 2, Written Technical and Volume 3, Management Proposals 

(1) Proposals shall be clear, concise, and include all the information required by this provision in 

sufficient detail for effective evaluation. The proposal should not simply rephrase or restate the 

Government’s requirements, but rather shall provide convincing rationale to address how the 

offeror intends to meet these requirements. Offerors shall assume the Government has no prior 

knowledge of their capabilities, work processes, facilities, and experience and will base its 
Page 63 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

evaluation soley on the information presented in the offeror’s technical and management 

proposals. 

(2) The following information shall be provided and will be evaluated to assess the proposed 

technical approach and associated technical risk in accordance with the Evaluation Basis for 

Award. The technical and management proposals shall address each of the subfactors listed in 

sections B and C of this document, describing the offeror’s proposed approach to performing the 

requirements set forth in the PWS and applicable Product Item Descriptions (PIDs). For each 

subfactor, the offeror shall identify any risks, associated with the proposed approach and actions 

the offeror will take to mitigate the identified risks. If no risks/mitigations are identified in the 

offeror’s proposal, it indicates the offeror does not consider there to be any risk associated with 

their proposed approach.

(3) Scenario Based Questions: Upon submittal of the Official proposal, each offer will be provided 

with five additional scenario type evaluations which will be used in conjunction with the 

required proposals submitted. Each question must be answered in no more than 1 page with the 

same margin and font guidelines as expressed in Section 1 A (1) within this Instruction to 

Offerors. Each offeror will have three days in which to complete and return the responses to the 

scenario evaluations. Responses will be evaluated under the following subfactors: Quality 

Control, Product Management, Supply Chain Management, Transition Plan and Process 

Management. 

(4) The total range of hours for the support personnel is estimated to be between 300,000 to 330,000 

hours for a 12 month performance period. Note: The hours are only an approximation. 

Contractors are not restricted to this specific quantity in their proposals. It is the Contractor’s 

responsibility to determine the appropriate labor mix to insure successful performance. 

B. Factor 1: Volume 2: Technical

(1) Subfactor 1: Quality Control The offeror’s approach to Quality Control will demonstrate that 

the offeror has the quality assurance systems necessary to meet the performance standards while 

ensuring the quality and conformance of the items supplied. The proposal shall describe in 

detail:

• The methodology for maintaining shelf life / stock rotation plans or testing plans to ensure 

compliance with product quality and control standards established in the PWS.

• The offeror’s quality control and assurance systems

• How the offeror will ensure product conformance as well as ensuring criteria standards for 

testing, inspection and marking are met.

• Preventative measures to avoid quality and conformance problems, detailing how a 

corrective action plan will be implemented and monitored if necessary. 

• Inspections for product, packagine, and marking for all items received. 

• Specific compliances to required ISO 9001 or equivalent will be verified by providing 

certification or appropriate documents demonstrating compliance with required standards for 

the offeror and all affected subcontractors. 
Page 64 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

Scenario Based Response: Your response to the Scenario Based Question #1 will be evaluated as part of 

this subfactor and rated as part of the evaluation of this subfactor. 

(2) Subfactor 2: Product Management shall demonstrate the offeror’s ability to support the 

Government’s technical requirements in the PIDs. The offeror must demonstrate a capability to:

• Identify additional or new sources of supply for the initial SOI

• Conduct quality testing and reporting of technical documentation to the government in 

support of proposed product changes

• Explain the process for preparing products for shipment and the compliance with the 

applicable federal, state and local requirements

• The system for obtaining, handling, and supplying Original Equipment Manufacture (OEM) 

certified parts, parts requiring Qualified Product List (QPLs), Qualified Manufacture List 

(QMLs) and Qualified Suppliers List (QSLs), or in accordance with government drawings 

and specifications, plus proper handling of Critical Safety Item (CSI) items, items requiring 

First Article Testing (FAT), Production Lot Testing (PLT), DNA marking or other special 

requirements.

• Identify the plan and actions that will be taken to address product deficiencies and 

discrepancies

• Provide adequate commercial warranty for all items. CONUS items will be warranted for a 

minimum of 90 days from receipt. 

Scenario Based Response: Your response to the Scenario Based Question #2 will be evaluated as part of 

this subfactor and rated as part of the evaluation of this subfactor.

C. Factor 2: Volume 3: Management

(3) Subfactor 1: Supply Chain Management shall address the offeror’s ability to integrate 

manpower and facilities necessary to establish and maintain a supply chain capable of supporting 

a program of this nature and scope. The offeror’s proposal must demonstrate the following:

• Clearly define a management plan to successfully accomplish hiring actions and forming 

an infrastructure for logistics support, and interfacing with their supplier base with no 

lapse in coverage.

• Ability to establish long term agreements with the supplier base to maintain material 

support. 

• Provide detail regarding subcontractor and vendor management that encompasses the 

core list of items (market basket) and schedule of items (Attachment 1 & 2)

• Define the extent to which information technology or alternate methods will be utilized to 

manage a supplier network capable of 99.5% FPA and 24 hr MWT while striving for 

100% FPA. Note that up to 10% of the Bench Stock Location (BSLs) identified by the 

AF may require 8 hr MWT. 

• Identifying and describing the initial warehouse operations, stocking levels by item, and 

how the offeror will optimize and/or change the locations and level of stock over time.

• Meeting performance requirements for maintenance/production line demands and worldwide deliveries addressing for each the entire integrated supply chain.

• The metrics, procedures and frequency by which the offeror will measure and 

continuously improve performance under the contract.
Page 65 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

• Process for expeditiously responding to and meeting both planned and unplanned 

variability in customer demand

• Expeditiously meeting production variability and unplanned disruption in sourcing, 

manufacture and delivery capacity/capability including diminishing manufacturing 

sources

• Continually assessing and evaluating the impact on the supply chain for compliance with 

the Environmental Protection Act (EPA), National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA), 

Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA), laws and regulations, DoD standards, and 

state and local laws

• Methodologies to support emergency spare parts requests

• Arrangements with manufacturers, the Government, and other parts suppliers that enable 

on-demand support

• Personnel allocation to perform the tasks associated with a program of this nature and 

scope including personnel structure chart at each location identifying the number of 

personnel allocated to each position type and an estimated aggregate range of hours for 

these personnel in a 12-month period.

• Describe in detail a process for managing DLA backup, that describes the suppliers 

capabilities to identify gaps in the supply chain, and to develop a robust supply chain to 

provide parts when not available from DLA.

 Scenario Based Response: Your response to the Scenario Based Question #3 will be evaluated as part of 

this subfactor and rated as part of the evaluation of this subfactor.

(4) Subfactor 2: Transition Plan shall provide all elements of transition from contract award 

through Initial Operational Capability (IOC) to Full Operational Capability (FOC) IAW Section 

11 of the PWS by the time of each site activation. The offeror’s proposal must demonstrate the 

following:

• Dated milestones must be identified for each step of the plan within the specified six (6) 

month transition timeframe. 

o Timeline for the 180-day ramp-up period that delineates how and when the offeror 

will put in place the infrastructure, material, and systems necessary to meet the 

Government’s performance requirements. This should provide the chronological 

sequence of events that will be accomplished during implementation starting with 

contract award and ending with taking over bench stock replenishment and order 

fulfillment requirements at the start of full execution.

• Any actions or risks that could cause a delay and impact the successful FOC must be clearly 

identified along with associated mitigation plans. 

• Plans to verify and validate the supply chain management approach and operation, ensuring a 

near seamless transition from the current operation to the proposed support approach.

• Offeror-furnished warehouse facilities and the facilities’ capability to accommodate 

operations and environmental and storage requirements. The offeror should plan to make its 

warehouses available for inspection and address any corrective actions required to ensure a 

proper storage environment within 60 days of contract award.

• The process for establishment of EDI and any other required system capabilities.

o Description of the offeror’s ability to accept and process Electronic Delivery Orders 

and provide an adequate description of the offeror’s ability and capacity for meeting 

those requireemnts. A clearly described process for the in-house processing of 
Page 66 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

electronic orders and an executable plan for conveying demands to subcontractors. 

Outline execution times for each step in the process and clearly describe how the 

process will accommodate large numbers of orders without impact to the delivery of 

items under the contract. 

• Identify all aspects of the proposal that are dependent upon Government action and/or 

information for the offeror to successfully perform its transition to full implementation.

• Describe the phased implementation approach accounting for the depletion of Government 

inventories and the offeror taking over the deliveries of supplies on an item by item basis. 

The description shall include the following aspects: 

o The offeror’s dates during the 180-day implementation period of each site 

implementation beginning at day 90 in which the offeror is fully able to meet all 

requirements of the contract.

o The offeror’s timeline for the 180-day ramp-up period and the infrastructure, 

material, and systems necessary to meet the Government’s performance requirements. 

o The chronological sequence of events that will be accomplished during 

implementation starting with contract award and ending with taking over bench stock 

replenishment and order fulfillment requirements at the start of full execution of each 

site.

• Describe the additional personnel requirements for transition versus steady state the offeror 

foresees as necessary to ensure no impact to customer support during transition.

 Scenario Based Response: Your response to the Scenario Based Question #4 will be evaluated as part of 

this subfactor and rated as part of the evaluation of this subfactor.

(5) Subfactor 3: Risk / Process Management shall address a comprehensive approach to the total 

program addressing all aspects of customer support from providing material obtained from their 

suppliers to handling customer service requests. Additionally, an approach to collaboration and 

communication with the Air Force customer should be described in detail.The offeror’s proposal 

must demonstrate the following: 

• Utilization of Autocrib functions to insure seamless transition from open BSLs to Autocrib 

machines while maintaining FPA and MWT metrics 

• Identify and address specific risks that may impact this program, including implementation 

and long-term management, as well as solutions to mitigage each of these risks. 

• Ability to manage and address all risks associated with subcontractor and vendor 

management as it relates to the core list of items (market baseket) and supplemental schedule 

of items (Attachments 1&2)

• Demonstrate the ability to identify specific quantitative and qualitative risks and effective 

mitigation strategies that demonstrate the clear ability to ensure uninterrupted performance at 

the required level of support. 

• Identification of key positions (those essential to the successful management and oversight of 

this effort), including subcontractor positions and associated responsibilities

• Organizational procedures which reflect local Site Management’s capability to coordinate 

work staff on multiple projects, the means to meet required timeliness and quality standards 

as defined throughout the Performance Work Statement, and the ability to maintain 

organizational stability in the area of labor relations 

• Provide a work breakdown structure of the staffing to be utilized at each site to complete the 

tasks associated with the IPV Process
Page 67 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

• Management controls and procedures to ensure seamless integration of subcontracted work 

and the rationale for distribution of in-house and subcontracted work.

• Establishment or existence of a Management Information System (MIS) as defined in section 

6 of the PWS

• Implementing data/information sharing. 

• Accomplish tasks to include acquiring supplies, replenishing bins, and managing stockage 

levels to achieve 99.5% FPA and 24 hr MWT while striving for 100% FPA. Note that up to 

10% of the Bench Stock Location (BSLs) identified by the AF may require 8 hr MWT. 

• Ability to track, store and utilize material in partial quantities resulting from bins that can not 

accomidate an entire unit of issue.

• Customer Service Support to include:

o Responsibilities of the offeror’s Customer Service Representative(s)

o How the offeror will monitor customer support and customer satisfaction at the 

maintenance/production lines and at the ordering activity level

o Response and resolution procedures and policies regarding customer problems and 

returns. 

o Plan for providing technical support to customers, including the titles and 

qualification for the representative(s) that will be providing this support. The 

offeror should indicate how frequently its Customer Service Representative(s) 

would visit customers at the maintenance/production lines and ordering activities. 

 Scenario Based Response: Your response to the Scenario Based Question #5 will be evaluated as part 

of this subfactor and rated as part of the evaluation of this subfactor.

D. Factor 3, Volume 4: Past Performance 

(1) The offeror shall submit present and past performance information for itself and any proposed 

critical subcontractor in accordance with the format contained in the Fact Sheet (Attachment 9) 

and the following paragraphs. For this acquisition, a critical subcontractor(s) is defined as an 

entity (subcontractor and/or teaming contractor), other than the offeror itself that will provide 

support for technical compliance which represents a significant out-sourced capability such as: 

source of packaging / repackaging, or warehouse or storage facilities, or personnel services. 

Material sources of supply are not considered critical subcontractors. 

(2) The requested past performance information shall be provided in a separate volume labeled 

"Volume 4 – Past Performance". A summary page shall be provided describing the proposed 

role of the offeror, critical subcontractor (nature of work and percentage of overall work). 

Summary page information must clearly communicate that proposed critical subcontractor(s) 

meet the definition of a critical subcontractor established above. Efforts submitted for proposed 

critical subcontractors not meeting the established definition may not be evaluated. Each 

offeror/critical subcontractor shall complete a separate Fact Sheet for each active or completed 

contract. Each Fact sheet should contain at least one year of performance history from the 

proposal submission, in the past three (3) years that the offeror/critical subcontractor considers 

relevant in demonstrating its ability to perform the proposed effort. Past performance for the 

offeror and the critical subcontractors should be submitted as follows:
Page 68 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

• Offeror: No more than four (2) contracts should be submitted for consideration. Any 

more will not be evaluated. Contracts listed may include those with the Federal 

Government, state and local governments or their agencies, and commercial customers. 

• Critical Subcontractor: No more than two (2) contracts (for each identified critical 

subcontractor) should be submitted for consideration. Any more will not be evaluated. 

Contracts listed may include those with the Federal Government, state and local 

governments or their agencies, and commercial customers. 

(3) Basic ordering contracts will not be evaluated as stand-alone contracts without quantification and 

clarification of the scope and the magnitude of the contract. If an ordering contract is being 

submitted for evaluation, which has numerous delivery orders (which cannot be evaluated 

individually), you must provide an executive summary of the magnitude of the work performed 

on the contract, including numbers of orders issued, performance metrics, dollar values, delivery 

standards, and other information that shall allow an overall past performance evaluation. 

Information submitted in this format shall be considered collectively one contract. If the 

individual order is of such a magnitude that it supports one contract for past performance the 

submitted order shall be considered a separate effort. 

(4) The performance on efforts identified shall be restricted to those completed or ongoing during 

the past three (3) years prior to the closing date of this RFP. The offeror's/ critical 

subcontractor’s past performance information may include data on efforts performed by other 

predecessor companies, affiliates, other divisions or corporate management, if provided for 

evaluation and the offeror’s past performance volume demonstrates the company, affiliate, or 

division will provide the offeror with resources for this effort. These efforts can include the 

following: workforce, management, facilities, or other capabilities demonstrating direct and 

meaningful involvement in the performance of the instant proposed effort. The Fact Sheets shall 

clearly indicate the division or corporate organization that performed or is presently performing 

the contract. Contracts listed may include those with the Federal Government, state and local 

governments or their agencies, and commercial customers. 

(5) Offerors or critical subcontractors that are newly formed entities (in existence less than three (3) 

years from the issuance date of this solicitation) who have no prior contracts or do not possess 

relevant corporate past performance, but have key personnel with relevant past performance 

while employed by another company, may demonstrate the performance of such key personnel 

by submitting Fact Sheets for two (2) of the most recent and relevant contracts under which such 

key personnel performed the same role currently being proposed for this acquisition. 

Performance shall have occurred as cited in Para. 4 above. The quality of the key personnel’s 

performance under the submitted contract must be able to be verified by the Past Performance 

Team in order to be considered in the assessment of confidence. Key personnel must already be 

employed by the offeror / critical subcontractor. The offeror must also submit a consent letter 

executed by each of its proposed critical subcontractors authorizing release of adverse past 

performance information to the prime offeror to allow the prime offeror an opportunity to 

respond. A sample Subcontractor/Teaming Partner Consent Form (Attachment 10) is attached. 

The consent form should be completed by the critical subcontractors identified in your proposal. 

The completed consent forms should be submitted as part of your Past Performance Volume. 
Page 69 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

(6) The offeror/critical subcontractor, if applicable, shall focus its Fact Sheet responses on clearly 

correlating past performance with the requirements of this RFP. The Fact Sheet responses must 

clearly describe the relevance of the effort to the work proposed. The answering space on the 

Fact Sheet may be expanded so that the filled-in Fact Sheet for each relevant contract covers no 

more than both sides of three (3) 8 1⁄2 x 11 inch pages. Provide the most current information for 

the Points of Contact (POCs) identified on the Fact Sheets.

(7) If problems were encountered during the performance of the identified contracts, provide 

evidence of the ability to isolate the root causes of problems and include in the Fact Sheet a 

description of programs or actions taken to resolve those causes. Problems not addressed in the 

Fact Sheet, but found by the Government during the evaluation of the information in this 

volume, will be assumed to still exist. Note: In the case of Contractor Performance Assessment 

Report System (CPARS), if your input has already been provided and the 

rationale/circumstances have not changed, do not repeat them here. 

(8) In the event that commercial contracts are presented as present/past performance sources of 

information, a client authorization letter shall be issued to those commercial POCs 

requesting/authorizing them to complete a Present/Past Performance Questionnaire. A sample 

client authorization letter is attached to this RFP (see RFP Attachment 11). The offeror is 

required to send the client authorization letter(s) with the Present/Past Performance 

Questionnaire(s) to each POC on commercial contracts. A separate copy of client authorization 

letter(s) for each commercial contract shall be included in the offeror’s Present/Past Performance 

submission for the Government’s use in case additional questionnaires need to be sent by the 

Government after RFP closing.

(9) The Government may conduct follow-up discussions with any of the people identified in the Fact 

Sheets or in the offeror’s Present/Past Performance Volume. The Government may obtain other 

information by sending out additional questionnaires and/or through other sources.

(10) RFP Attachment 9 (Fact Sheet) must include the following legend at the top and bottom of the 

page:

SOURCE SELECTION INFORMATION - See FAR 2.101 and 3.104

E. Factor 4, Volume 5: Small Business Participation Plan

All Offerors (both large and small businesses) are required to provide a Small Business Participation Plan. 

Offerors shall propose the level of participation of small businesses (as a small business prime and/or first tier 

small business subcontractor) in the performance of the acquisition. The Small Business Participation Plan does 

not apply to the DLA Sourced Material. Check the applicable size and categories for the PRIME offeror only --

Check all applicable boxes:

{ } Large Prime

or

{ } Small Business Prime; also categorized as a

{ } Small Disadvantaged Business (SDB)

{ } Woman-Owned Small Business (WOSB)

{ } Historically Underutilized Zone (HUB Zone) Small Business
Page 70 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

{ } Veteran Owned Small Business (VOSB)

{ } Service Disabled Veteran Owned Small Business (SDVOSB)

The Offeror shall submit the following information for this evaluation factor:

(1) The extent to which such firms are specifically identified in proposals.

• Provide a listing of proposed subcontractors with their specific names, Commercial and 

Government Entity (CAGE) code, and respective socio economic categories to the extent 

they are known.

(2) Address the extent of commitment to use such firms.

• Describe the extent of commitment to use small businesses. Provide a listing of all small 

business subcontractors and types of commitments if any are in place for this specific 

acquisition, such as, written contract, purchase order, exclusivity arrangements, joint

venture and mentor-protégé.

• Provide a description of the efforts your company will make to assure that small business 

concerns and socio-economic categories - veteran-owned small business; service-disabled 

veteran-owned small business; HUBZone small business; small disadvantaged business; 

or a women-owned small business concern will have equal opportunity to compete for 

subcontracts under any resulting contract.

• Provide the name and title of the individual principally responsible for ensuring company 

support to such firms.

(3) Identify the complexity and variety of the work small firms are to perform;

• Describe your current and planned proposed range of services, supplies, and any other 

support that will be provided to you by small business and socio-economic categories. 

• Provide a Listing of principle supplies/services to be performed by Small Businesses. Be 

as specific as possible, reference to PWS paragraphs as applicable to identify the variety 

and complexity of work small businesses are to perform. 

(4) Address the realism of the proposal;

• All Offerors shall submit a detailed plan to meet the goals proposed, along with the 

supporting business case rationale. Provide adequate justification for lack of small 

business participation and for any proposed percentages below the Government target 

Small Business goals.

• Justifications must include sufficient discussion of how efficient contracting 

performance, nature of supplies, availability of small business subcontractors, cost, 

delivery, any actions taken to increase unmet goals, and/or any other relevant information 

supports a sound business case. 

• Describe any future plans your company has for developing additional subcontracting 

opportunities for small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business concerns 

during the contract performance. 

• Specify what type of performance data you will accumulate and provide to the 

Contracting Officer regarding your support of small business and socio-economic 

categories during the period of contract performance.
Page 71 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

(5) Address Past performance of the offerors in complying with requirements of the clauses at FAR 

52.219-8, Utilization of Small Business Concerns, and 52.219-9, Small Business Subcontracting Plan.

• When subcontracting possibilities existed on the contracts submitted by the offeror in the 

Past Performance Volume 5, address whether or not the offeror awarded subcontracts to 

small business concerns, veteran-owned small business concerns, service-disabled 

veteran-owned small business concerns, HUBZone small business concerns, small 

disadvantaged business concerns, and women-owned small business concerns to the 

fullest extent consistent with efficient contract performance. If utilizing small businesses 

in current or prior contracts was not practicable, the Offeror shall explain why. Provide 

any information substantiating the Offerors track record of utilizing small business on 

past contracts in detail. Include at a minimum, the two (2) most recent Summary 

Subcontract Reports (SSR). 

(6) Identify the extent of participation of such firms in terms of the value of the total acquisition. Specify 

what proportion of your proposal, as a percentage of dollars, will be subcontracted to small 

business and socio-economic categories. 

• Provide the total combined percentage of work to be performed by both large and small 

businesses (include the percentage of work to be performed both by Prime and 

Subcontractors):

Total Contract Value (TCV) : $____________________

Dollar Value of your Participation as a Prime Contractor: $_____________

Total Percentage planned for Large Business(es) % = $ __________ 

Total Percentage planned for Small Business(es) _% = $ _________ 

100%

NOTE: When combined, Large and Small Business totals must equal 100%.

Identify the percentage of work performed by Small Businesses that qualify in multiple socio economic 

categories may be counted in each category. The sum of all percentages need not to equal 100%. All 

percentages shall use Total Contract Value as a baseline. 

Provided adequate rationale if socio-economic entity goals are not met. Offerors are cautioned against only 

acknowledging a goal is not met, if applicable. Adequate rationale includes specific reasons why a goal is 

unmet and any actions being taken to increase any unmet goals. 

Example: Victory Prop Mgt (WOSB and SDVOSB) performing 2%; and Williams Group (SDB, HubZ and

WOSB) performing 3%. Results equate to: SDB 3%; HubZone 3%; WOSB 5%; SDVOSB 2%; VOSB 2%;).

SDVOSBs are also VOSBs automatically; however VOSBs are not automatically SDVOSBs.

 Percentage of TCV Dollar Value

Small Disadvantaged Business % $__________ 

HUB Zone Small Business % $__________ 

Woman Owned Small Business % $__________ 

Service Disabled Veteran Owned SB % $__________ 

Veteran Owned Small Business % $__________ 

HBCU/MI % 
Page 72 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

* Separate from Small Business Participation Plan, other than U.S. Small Business Offerors is required to 

submit a subcontracting plan meeting the requirements of FAR 52.219-9 and DFARS 252.219-7003 (or DFARS 

252.219-7004 if the Offeror has a Comprehensive subcontracting plan). Other than U.S. Small Businesses 

must submit acceptable subcontracting plans to be eligible for award. 

F. Factor 5, Volume 6: Price:

Volume 6 shall be clearly marked as “Volume 6 – Price Proposal” and all information relating to price must be 

included in this section. Each offeror must submit two hard copies and one copy via digital media as stated in 

section A of this L Provision document. REMINDER: DO NOT DELETE LINES IN ATTACHMENTS 1, 12 

OR 13.

(1) Level of Support CLIN: Pricing will be calculated based on the proposal for the sub CLINs identified 

below. Payment will be based on the annual total for Material Management plus the estimated annual 

total for both commercially sourced and DLA sourced material. Payment will be made based in equal 

monthly increments, reconciled monthly and subject to no less than an annual adjustment. 

a. Material sub CLIN: DLA sourced material will be purchased at the DLA Standard Unit 

Price (SUP) and therefore not evaluated. Commercial priced material prices are established 

and are subject to an Economic Price Adjustment (EPA) on an annual basis pursuant to 

DLAD 52.216-9030. 

• All NIINs shall be priced for this action utilizing the Market Basket items as found at 

Attachment 1.

• Attachments 12 and 13 will calculate prices that are to be incorporated into page 9 of the 

RFP. 

b. Material Management sub CLIN: Single fixed pricing is established for the level of 

performance to support demands over a 10-year ordering period, to include a 5-year base 

ordering period, one 3-year option period, and one 2-year option period. Material 

Management is inclusive of all incidental services including, but not limited to: 

• Bin Management (Attachment 12):

o A fixed dollar amount to include the period through successful FOC of the 

contract to cover charges associated with purchasing inventory from DLA prior to 

placement in bins (POS).

o A fixed dollar amount based on the number of items to include the period 

through successful FOC of the contract to cover: management and handling of 

items, fixed service fee, autocrib transition, and implementation costs. 

o A fixed dollar amount to include the period through successful FOC of the 

contract to cover: reporting, MIS, meetings, travel, program management and 

PMRs. 

o A fixed dollar amount to cover any associated costs your company forsees with 

the transition to Autocribs. It is assumed that most BSLs will be transitioned to 

Autocribs and phased in throughout the 5 year base period. 
Page 73 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

o Contractors are advised to provide their initial response on the assumption that 

point of sale will remain at bin placement as described in the performance work 

statement at section 4.1.1. 

• Kitting Support (Attachment 12):

o A fixed dollar amount to cover any associated labor costs to assemble and deliver 

kits.

c. Transition sub CLIN (Attachment 12): Fixed Pricing is established for the level of 

performance to support demands during the first 6 month period to cover transition, 

inventory build-up, and implementation costs. These costs should include (but are not 

limited to): staffing, inventory, site activation. Payment for this CLIN will be included in 

the monthly Level of Support CLIN payment as milestones are reached IAW the proposed 

Transition milestone submitted by the offeror.

NOTE: The following attachments are provided for informational purposes only to assist the Contractor in estimating costs for their 

proposal:

• Attachment 13: Payment Calculation Example

• Attachment 14: Bin demand breakdown by ALC

• Attachment15: Current GEN II SOI

• Attachment 16: DLA stock position

• Attachment 17: Spot buy history

• Attachment 18: Autocrib Example

• Attachment 19: Bin Level detail data

• Attachment 20: ALC Site Maps

• Attachment 21: Kit LOMs

• Attachment 22: Kitting items

• Attachment 23: Full Spot Buy History

• Attachment 24: WR current 8HR Bines

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
Page 74 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

Evaluation of Offers

1. Evaluation Basis for Award

A.Basis for Contract Award

This acquisition will utilize the Tradeoff source selection procedures in accordance with FAR 15.101-1 as 

supplemented by the DoD Source Selection Procedures referenced in DFARS 215.300. to make an integrated 

assessment for a best value award decision. The Government intends to award one contract as a result of this 

solicitation. In using the best value approach, the Government seeks to award to the offeror who gives the 

Government the greatest confidence that it will best meet the requirements affordably in a way that will be 

advantageous to the Government. This may result in an award to a higher rated, higher priced offeror where the 

decision is consistent with the evaluation factors and the Source Selection Authority (SSA) reasonably 

determines that the technical superiority and/or overall business approach and/or superior past and present 

performance and/or small business participation of the higher priced offeror outweighs the price difference. To 

arrive at a best value decision, the SSA will integrate the source selection team’s evaluations of the factors and 

subfactors described in this provision. The tradeoff process, by its nature, is subjective; therefore, professional 

judgment is implicit throughout the selection process. Award will be made to the responsible offeror whose 

proposal conforms to all solicitation requirements, such as terms and conditions, representations and 

certifications, technical requirements, and also provides the best value to the Government based on the results of 

the evaluation described in paragraph 2 below. Contract terms and conditions consistent with customary 

commercial practices are specified in the solicitation/contract, with otherwise tailored terms and conditions 

specified in the solicitation.

The Government reserves the right to conduct discussion if determined necessary. Any discussions will be 

conducted in accordance with FAR 15.306. 

2. Factors and Subfactors and Relative Importance.

A. A detailed and complete analysis of each offeror’s proposal will be performed. The Government’s 

evaluation will be based on the following factors and subfactors:

Factor 1: Technical

Subfactor 1: Quality Control

Subfactor 2: Product Management

Factor 2: Management

Subfactor 1: Supply Chain Management 

Subfactor 2: Transition Plan

Subfactor 3: Risk / Process Management

Factor 3: Past Performance

 

Factor 4: Small Business Participation Plan
Page 75 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

Factor 5: Price

Scenario Based Responses – will be evaluated under Quality Control, Product Management, Supply Chain 

Management, Transition Plan and Process Management.

Relative Importance of Each Factor and Subfactor. The evaluation factors in the tradeoff decision are 

technical, management, past performance, Small Business Participation Plan, and price. Technical, 

Management, Past Performance, and Small Business Participation Plan when combined, are significantly more 

important than price factors. Of the non-price factors, Technical, Management, and Past Performance are 

weighted equally and are each more important than the Small Business Participation Plan.

Proposal Evaluation. 

The evaluation process will be accomplished as follows: Each offeror’s proposal shall be evaluated based on 

the factors/subfactors below, to determine if the offeror provides a sound, compliant approach that meets the 

requirements of the PWS, and demonstrates a thorough knowledge and understanding of those requirements and 

their associated risks. The technical and management proposals must address each of the following subfactors in 

sufficient detail. For each subfactor, the offeror identifies risks, if any, associated with the proposed approach 

and actions the offeror will take to mitigate the identified risks. If no risks/mitigations are identified in the 

offeror’s proposal, it indicates the offeror does not consider there to be any risk associated with their proposed 

approach. If any subfactor is rated as unacceptable, the overall factor will be rated as unacceptable. 

B. Technical Evaluation:

Subfactor 1: Quality Control:

The offeror’s approach to Quality Control will be evaluated for its adequacy in ensuring solicitation 

compliance. The proposal will be evaluated based on the approach to Quality Control that demonstrates that the 

offeror has the quality assurance systems necessary to meet the performance standards while ensuring the 

quality and conformance of the items supplied. The following elements will be considered when evaluating the 

proposal submission for Quality Control: 

• The offeror’s plan/process/procedures for a methodology for maintaining shelf life / stock 

rotation plans or testing plans to ensure compliance with product quality and control standards 

established in the PWS.

• The offeror’s plan/process/procedures for quality control and assurance systems.

• The offeror’s plan/process/procedures to ensure product conformance as well as ensuring criteria 

standards for testing, inspection and marking are met. 

• The offeror’s plan/process/procedures for preventative measures to avoid quality and 

conformance problems, detailing how a corrective action plan will be implemented and 

monitored if necessary. 

• The offeror’s plan/process/procedures used for product, packaging, and marking inspections for 

all items received. 

• Ther offeror’s certifications showing compliances to required ISO 9001 or equivalent or 

appropriate documents demonstrating compliance with required standards for the offeror and all 

affected subcontractors. 

Scenario Based Response: Your response to the Scenario Based Question #1 will be evaluated as part of this 

subfactor and rated as part of the evaluation of this subfactor. 
Page 76 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

Subfactor 2: Product Management: 

The offeror’s approach to Product Management will be evaluated for its adequacy in ensuring solicitation 

compliance. The proposal will be evaluated based on the approach to Product Management that demonstrates 

that the offeror has the systems necessary to meet the performance standards while supporting the technical 

requirements of the items on contract. The following elements are to be considered when evaluating the 

proposal submission for Product Management: 

• Offeror’s plan/process/procedures to identify additional or new sources of supply for the initial 

SOI

• Offeror’s plan/process/procedures to conduct quality testing and report technical documentation 

to the government in support of proposed product changes

• Offeror’s plan/process/procedures for preparing products for shipment and the compliance with 

the applicable federal, state, and local requirements

• Effectiveness of offeror’s plan/process/procedures for obtaining, handling, and supplying OEM 

certified parts, parts with a Qualified Products List (QPL), Qualified Manufacturers List (QML) 

or Qualified Supplier List (QSL) requirement, or parts in accordance with government drawings 

and specifications, or Critical Safety Items (CSI). 

• Offeror’s plan/process/procedures that will be taken to identify and address product deficiencies 

and discrepancies

• Offeror’s commercial warranty for all items, with a requirement for all CONUS items to be 

warranted for a minimum of 90 days: 

Scenario Based Response: Your response to the Scenario Based Question #2 will be evaluated as part of this 

subfactor and rated as part of the evaluation of this subfactor.

C. Management

Subfactor 1: Supply Chain Management: 

The offeror’s Supply Chain Management proposal will be evaluated for its adequacy in maintaining a supply 

chain capable of supporting a program of this magnitude solicitation compliance. The offeror’s proposed 

process should demonstrates that the offeror will perform the necessary operations and responsibilities in order 

to meet all performance requirements during contract execution. The following elements will be considered 

when evaluating the proposal submission for Supply Chain Management:

• The offeror’s management plan that defines the plan/process/procedures to successfully provide 

staffing and form an infrastructure for logistics support and interfaces with their supplier base 

that will support the contract with no lapse in coverage. 

• The offeror’s plan/process/procedures to establish long term agreements with the supplier base to 

maintain material support. 

• The offeror’s plan/process/procedures to manage subcontractors and vendors to support the core 

list of items (market basket) and schedule of items (attachments 1 & 2). 

• The offeror’s plan/process/procedures to utilize information technology or alternate methods to 

manage a supplier network capable of 99.5% FPA and 24 hr MWT while striving for 100% FPA, 

and to support and track Bench Stock Locations identified by the AF the require 8 hr MWT.

• The offeror’s plan/process/procedures for identifying and describing the initial warehouse 

operations, stocking levels by item, and how the offeror will optimize and/or change the 

locations and level of stock over time
Page 77 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

• The offeror’s plan/process/procedures to meet performance requirements for 

maintenance/production line demands and world-wide deliveries addressing for each the entire 

integrated supply chain

• The offeror’s plan/process/procedures by which the offeror demonstrates the metrics, procedures 

and frequency by which the offeror will measure and continuously improve performance under 

the contract. 

• The offeror’s plan/process/procedures for expeditiously responding to and meeting both planned 

and unplanned variability in customer demand.

• The offeror’s plan/process/procedures to expeditiously meet production variability and 

unplanned disruption in sourcing, manufacture and delivery capacity/capability including 

diminishing manufacturing sources.

• The offeror’s plan/process/procedures to continually assess and evaluate the impact on the 

supply chain for compliance with the Environmental Protection Act (EPA), National 

Environmental Policy Act (NEPA), Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA), laws and 

regulations, DoD standards, and state and local laws.

• The offeror’s plan/process/procedures to support emergency spare parts requests.

• The offeror’s plan/process/procedures to manage arrangements with manufactures, the 

Government, and other parts suppliers that enable on-demand support.

• The offeror’s personnel allocation and personnel structure chart at each location and the 

personnel identified and allocated to each position type as well as the estimated aggregate range 

of hours for these personnel in a 12-month period. 

• The offeror’s plan/process procedures for managing DLA backup by describing the suppliers 

capabilities to identify gaps in the supply chain, and develop a robust supply chain to provide 

parts when none are available from DLA.

Scenario Based Response: Your response to the Scenario Based Question #3 will be evaluated as part of this 

subfactor and rated as part of the evaluation of this subfactor. 

Subfactor 2: Transition plan: 

The offeror’s approach to Transition will be evaluated for its adequacy in ensuring solicitation compliance. The 

proposal will be evaluated based on the approach to Transition that demonstrates that the offeror will perform 

the necessary operations and responsibilities in order to be in position to meet all performance requirements at 

the start of full execution. The following elements are to be considered when evaluating the proposal 

submission for Transition:

• The offeror’s dated milestones identified for each step of the plan within the specified six (6) 

month transition timeframe. 

o Timeline for the 180-day ramp-up period that delineates how and when the offeror will 

put in place the infrastructure, material, and systems necessary to meet the Government’s 

performance requirements. This should provide the chronological sequence of events 

that will be accomplished during implementation starting with contract award and ending 

with taking over bench stock replenishment and order fulfillment requirements at the start 

of full execution.

• The offerors plan/process/procedures to identify any actions or risks that could cause a delay and 

impact the successful FOC and associated mitigation plans. 

• The offerors plan/process/procedures to verify and validate the supply chain management 
Page 78 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

approach and operation, ensuring a near seamless transition from the current operation to the 

proposed support approach.

• The offerors plan/process/procedures to identify warehouse facilities and the facilities’ capability 

to accommodate operations and environmental and storage requirements. Does the offeror have

a realistic plan to make its warehouses available for inspection and a process to address any 

corrective actions required to ensure a proper storage environment within 60 days of contract 

award.

• The offerors plan/process/procedures to establish a process for EDI and any other required 

system capabilities.

o A clear understanding of the PWS requirement for accepting and processing Electronic 

Delivery Orders is demonstrated and an adequate description is provided of the offeror’s 

ability and capacity for meeting those requireemnts. A process is clearly described for the 

in-house processing of electronic orders and an executable plan is outlined for conveying 

demands to subcontractors. Execution times for each step in the process are outlined and 

the offeror clearly describes how the process will accommodate large numbers of orders 

without impact to the delivery of items under the contract. 

• Aspects of the proposal that are dependent upon Government action and/or information for the 

offeror to successfully perform its transition to full implementation.

o The requested action and/or information will be evaluated to see if it is reasonably related 

to performance and appropriate for the Government to provide. 

• The offerors plan/process/procedures for phased implementation approach accounting for the 

depletion of Government inventories and the offeror taking over the deliveries of supplies on an 

item by item basis. 

o The offeror’s dates during the 180-day implementation period of each site 

implementation beginning at day 90 in which the offeror is fully able to meet all 

requirements of the contract.

o The offeror’s timeline for the 180-day ramp-up period and the plan/process/procedure to 

put in place the infrastructure, material, and systems necessary to meet the Government’s 

performance requirements. 

o The chronological sequence of events that will be accomplished during implementation 

starting with contract award and ending with taking over bench stock replenishment and 

order fulfillment requirements at the start of full execution of each site.

• The offeror’s additional personnel requirements for transition versus steady state as necessary to 

ensure no impact to customer support during transition. 

Scenario Based Response: Your response to the Scenario Based Question #4 will be evaluated as part of this 

subfactor and rated as part of the evaluation of this subfactor. 

Subfactor 3: Risk / Process Management: 

The offeror’s approach to Risk / Process Management will be evaluated for its adequacy in ensuring solicitation 

compliance. The proposal will be evaluated based on the approach to Risk / Process Management that 

demonstrates that the offeror addresses a comprehensive approach to the total program and all aspects of 

customer support, describing the necessary operations and responsibilities in order to provide material, handle 

customer service requests, and meet all performance requirement during contract execution. Additionally, the 

approach to collaboration and communication with the Air Force customer will be evaluated. 

The proposal’s risk will be evaluated by independently judging a given approach on its probability of success, 

impact if it fails, and proposed risk mitigation solutions, and documenting those assessments with narrative 
Page 79 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

findings. The narrative findings will identify strengths, weaknesses, deficiencies, and risks associated with each 

sub-factor as measured against the solicitation requirements and evaluation criteria. After the a rating has been 

developed for each sub-factor (as applicable) an overall rating will be developed for each factor. This rating will 

not be an “average” of the sub-factor ratings, but rather a rating of the Risk / Process Management factor as a 

whole. The following elements are to be considered when evaluating the proposal submission for Risk / Process 

Management: 

• The offeror’s plan/process/procedures to utilize Autocrib functions to insure seamless transition 

from open BSLs to Autocrib machines while maintaining FPA and MWT metrics 

• The offeror’s plan/process/procedures to identify and adequately address specific risks that may 

impact this program, including implementation and long-term management, as well as solutions 

to mitigate each of these risks. 

• The offeror’s plan/process/procedures to manage and address all risks associated with 

subcontractor and vendor management as it relates to the core list of items (market baseket) 

and supplemental schedule of items (Attachments 1&2)

• The offeror’s plan/process/procedures to identify specific quantitative and qualitative risks and 

effective mitigation strategies to ensure uninterrupted performance at the required level of 

support.

• The offeror’s plan/process/procedures to identify and fill key positions (those essential to the 

successful management and oversight of this effort), including subcontractor positions and 

associated responsibilities.

• The offeror’s organizational plan/process/procedures which reflects local Site Management’s 

capability to coordinate work staff on multiple projects and the means to meet required 

timeliness and quality standards as defined throughout the Performance Work Statement.

• The offeror’s work breakdown structure of the staffing to be utilized at each site to complete the 

tasks associated with the IPV Process.

• The offeror’s plan/process/procedures to ensure seamless integration of subcontracted work and 

the rationale for distribution of in-house and subcontracted work.

• The offeror’s plan/process/procedures to establish a Management Information System (MIS) as 

defined in section 6 of the PWS. 

• The offeror’s plan/process/procedures to implement data/information sharing. 

• The offeror’s plan/process/procedures to accomplish tasks to include acquiring supplies, 

replenishing bins, and managing stockage levels to achieve 99.5% FPA and MWT metrics while 

striving for 100% FPA. 

• The offeror’s plan/process/procedure to track, store and utilize material in partial quantities 

which maby result from bins that can not accomidate an entire unit of issue.

• The offeror’s plan/process/procedure to provide Customer Service Support to include:

o Clear identification of the responsibilities of the offeror’s Customer Service 

Representative(s). 

o A clear description of how the offeror will monitor customer support and customer 

satisfaction at the maintenance/production lines and at the ordering activity level.

o Defined response and resolution procedures and policies regarding customer problems 

and returns. 

o A clear, detailed, and realistic plan/process/procedures for providing technical support to 

customers, including the titles and qualification for the representative(s) that will be 

providing this support. The offeror should indicate how frequently its Customer Service 
Page 80 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

Representative(s) would visit customers at the maintenance/production lines and ordering 

activities. 

Scenario Based Response: Your response to the Scenario Based Question #5 will be evaluated as part of this 

subfactor and rated as part of the evaluation of this subfactor. 

Combined Ratings:

• Technical / Risk: The offeror’s technical solutions will be rated concurrently with the risk 

associated with its approach. A color and an adjectival rating will be assigned in accordance 

with DoD Source Selection Procedures paragraph 3.1.2.1, Table 1, to reflect the quality of the 

offeror’s technical solution for meeting the minimum performance or capability requirements 

(factor or subfactors, when established) through an assessment of the strengths, weaknesses, and 

deficiencies of the technical proposal. For any weakness identified, the evaluation shall address 

the offeror’s proposed mitigation (if available) and document why that approach is or is not 

acceptable. Whenever strength is identified as part of the rating, an assessment of whether it 

would likely cause an impact to schedule, cost or performance will be included. The Combined 

Technical/Risk Rating shall utilize the color ratings listed below. If any subfactor is determined 

to be unacceptable, the overall factor rating will be unacceptable. 

TABLE 1 – COMBINED TECHNICAL/RISK RATINGS

Color Rating Description

Blue Outstanding Proposal meets requirements and indicates an exceptional 

approach and understanding of the requirements. Strengths

far outweigh any weaknesses. Risk of unsuccessful 

performance is very low.

Purple Good Proposal meets requirements and indicates a thorough 

approach and understanding of the requirements. Proposal 

contains strengths which outweigh any weaknesses. Risk of 

unsuccessful performance is low.

Green Acceptable Proposal meets requirements and indicates an adequate 

approach and understanding of the requirements. Strengths 

and weaknesses are offsetting or will have little or no impact on 

contract performance. Risk of unsuccessful performance is no 

worse than moderate. 

Yellow Marginal Proposal does not clearly meet requirements and has not 

demonstrated an adequate approach and understanding of the 

requirements. The proposal has one or more weaknesses 

which are not offset by strengths. Risk of unsuccessful 

performance is high.

Red Unacceptable Proposal does not meet requirements and contains one or more 

deficiencies. Proposal is unawardable. 
Page 81 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

• Management / Risk: The Management evaluation will be rated based on the offeror’s written 

proposal. The evaluation team will pay particular attention the organizational capability of the 

offeror in performing the requirements, the transition plan in performing the requirements, and 

the mitigation of risk in performing the requirements. The offeror’s management solutions will 

be rated in accordance with rating scales below. 

D. Factor 3: Past Performance. The past performance assessment will assess the confidence in the offeror’s 

/ critical subcontractors’ to successfully accomplish the proposed effort based on the offeror’s demonstrated 

present and past work record. Information will be obtained from the FACTS sheets (Attachment 9) provided

with the offerors proposal. A critical subcontractor is defined as any subcontractor providing support for 

technical compliance which represents a significant out-sourced capability such as source of packaging / 

repackaging, or warehouse or storage facilities, or personnel services. Material sources of supply are not 

considered critical subcontractors. 

The Government will evaluate the offeror’s/ the critical subcontractors’ demonstrated record of contract 

performance in supplying products and services that meet users’ needs, including price and schedule. The 

recency and relevancy of the information, the source of the information, context of the data and general trends 

in the contractor’s performance will be considered. More recent and more relevant performance usually has a 

TABLE 1 – COMBINED MANAGEMENT/RISK RATINGS

Color Rating Description

Blue Outstanding Proposal meets requirements and indicates an exceptional 

approach and understanding of the requirements. Strengths

far outweigh any weaknesses. Risk of unsuccessful 

performance is very low.

Purple Good Proposal meets requirements and indicates a thorough 

approach and understanding of the requirements. Proposal 

contains strengths which outweigh any weaknesses. Risk of 

unsuccessful performance is low.

Green Acceptable Proposal meets requirements and indicates an adequate 

approach and understanding of the requirements. Strengths 

and weaknesses are offsetting or will have little or no impact on 

contract performance. Risk of unsuccessful performance is no 

worse than moderate. 

Yellow Marginal Proposal does not clearly meet requirements and has not 

demonstrated an adequate approach and understanding of the 

requirements. The proposal has one or more weaknesses 

which are not offset by strengths. Risk of unsuccessful 

performance is high.

Red Unacceptable Proposal does not meet requirements and contains one or more 

deficiencies. Proposal is unawardable. 
Page 82 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

greater impact in the confidence assessment than less recent and less relevant performance. For purposes of this 

evaluation, recency is defined as active or completed efforts performed within the past three (3) years from the 

closing date of this solicitation. The Government will perform an independent determination of relevancy of 

the data provided or obtained. A relevancy determination will be made for each of the recent two (2) submitted 

contracts for the offeror and two (2) submitted contracts for each identified critical subcontractor. For the 

Offeror, no more than two (2) contracts should be submitted for consideration. For each identified critical 

subcontractor, no more than two (2) contracts should be submitted for consideration. In both cases, any more 

will not be evaluated. The Government is not bound by the offeror’s opinion of relevancy. The following 

relevancy criteria apply and will be assigned to each effort identified in the offeror’s Volume 4 of its proposal:

Very Relevant – Has performed commercial or government logistics or supply chain management contracts 

that have supported bench stock hardware in open bin environments in excess of 5,000 NSNs / items and over 

10,000 bins; packaging or repackaging requirements; support multiple transportation modes to include bin 

placement and worldwide support; has experience in handling / supporting at least 20 of the FSCs included in 

this contract; experience managing and maintaining a diverse vendor base exceeding 250 sources.

Relevant – Has performed commercial or government logistics or supply chain management contracts that 

have supported bench stock hardware in open bin environments in excess of 1,000 NSNs / items and over 2,000 

bins; packaging or repackaging requirements; support multiple transportation modes to include bin placement 

and worldwide support; has experience in handling / supporting at least 10 of the FSCs included in this contract; 

experience managing and maintaining a diverse vendor base exceeding 150 sources.

Somewhat Relevant - Has performed commercial or government logistics or supply chain management 

contracts that have supported bench stock hardware in open bin environments in excess of 250 NSNs / items 

and over 500 bins; packaging or repackaging requirements; support multiple transportation modes to include bin 

placement and worldwide support; has experience in handling / supporting at least 5 of the FSCs included in 

this contract; experience managing and maintaining a diverse vendor base exceeding 50 sources.

Not Relevant - Present/past performance effort involved little or none of the scope and magnitude of effort and 

complexities this solicitation requires.

NOTE: Scope and magnitude of effort and complexities in the above definitions not only includes the technical 

features and characteristics identified for each effort, but also the logistical and programmatic considerations 

including but not limited to quantity produced, length of effort, dollar values, contract type, type and complexity 

of products supported. When assigning a relevancy rating to a contract effort, the Government will consider the 

PAST PERFORMANCE RELEVANCY RATINGS

Rating Definition

Very Relevant Present/past performance effort involved essentially the same

scope and magnitude of effort and complexities this solicitation 

requires.

Relevant Present/past performance effort involved similar scope and

magnitude of effort and complexities this solicitation requires.

Somewhat Relevant Present/past performance effort involved some of the scope and 

magnitude of effort and complexities this solicitation requires.

Not Relevant Present/past performance effort involved little or none of the scope 

and magnitude of effort and complexities this solicitation requires.
Page 83 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

technical complexities, and the programmatic/logistical scope and magnitude of effort as separate aspects. If 

both of these aspects are not reflected in the submitted contract effort, the overall relevancy rating assigned to 

that contract will be affected. For example, if the submitted contract meets essentially the same technical 

complexities, but involves only some of the programmatic/logistical scope and magnitude of effort, a lesser 

relevancy rating may be assigned.

In assessing past performance, the Government will employ several approaches, including, but not limited to:

(1) The Past Performance Team evaluation is not limited to review of the information provided in the 

offeror’s Present/Past Performance volume. Present/Past performance information shall be obtained from the 

Government’s Federal Awardee Performance and Integrity Information System (FAPIIS) and the Past 

Performance Information Retrieval System (PPIRS). The Government reserves the right to use performance 

information from other sources such as Defense Contract Management Agency (DCMA), Fee Determining 

Officials, or commercial sources. Data from previous source selections may be used if the data is recent and 

relevant.

(2) Offerors/critical subcontractors shall be given an opportunity to address adverse past performance 

information if the offeror, or critical subcontractor has not had a previous opportunity to respond to the 

information. Recent contracts will be examined to ensure that corrective measures have been implemented. 

The confidence assessment will consider issues including but not limited to the number and severity of the 

problems, the appropriateness and/or effectiveness of any corrective actions taken (not just planned or 

promised), and the overall work record. Prompt corrective action in isolated instances may not outweigh 

overall negative trends.

(3) For offerors/critical subcontractors that are newly formed entities (in existence less than three (3) 

years from the issuance date of this solicitation) who either have no prior contracts or do not possess relevant 

corporate past performance, but have key personnel with relevant past performance while employed by another 

company, the quality of such key personnel’s performance as verified by the Past Performance Team will be 

considered if the submitted contract involves the key personnel performing the same role currently being 

proposed on the instant acquisition and this performance occurred during the past three (3) years from the 

issuance date of this solicitation. The Government will take into account past performance information 

regarding predecessor companies, affiliates, other divisions, or corporate management if such was provided for 

evaluation and if the offeror’s past performance volume demonstrates the company, affiliate, or division will 

provide the offeror with resources for the instant proposed effort, such as workforce, management, facilities, or 

other capabilities demonstrating direct and meaningful involvement in the performance of the proposed instant 

effort.

(4) The Government shall consider an offeror’s/ critical subcontractor’s contracts in the aggregate 

should the present and past performance lend itself to this approach. That is, an offeror’s two (2) contracts may 

by definition represent only a rating less than very relevant when each contract is considered as a stand-alone 

effort. However, when these contracts are performed concurrently (in part or in whole) and are assessed in the 

aggregate, the work may reflect greater magnitude of complexities and/or magnitude of effort and such may be 

reflected in the confidence assessment. A critical subcontractor’s two (2) contracts may by definition represent 

only a rating less than very relevant when each contract is considered as a stand-alone effort. However, when 

these contracts are performed concurrently (in part or in whole) and are assessed in the aggregate, the work may 

reflect greater magnitude of complexities and/or magnitude of effort and such may be reflected in the 

confidence assessment. The Government may consider a critical subcontractor’s submitted contracts in the 
Page 84 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

aggregate in this same manner if their submitted efforts were performed concurrently (in part or in whole). 

Then considering the offeror’s /critical subcontractor’s respective role and their work in aggregate as well as the 

critical subcontractor(s) role and their work in aggregate, a confidence assessment rating will be assigned for 

the team as a whole.

As a result of the recency, relevancy, and quality assessments of the contracts evaluated, one confidence 

assessment rating as described in the DoD Source Selection Procedures will be assigned to the Past 

Performance factor. The performance confidence assessment ratings are excerpted below.

Offerors without a record of past performance, or for whom information is so sparse that no confidence 

assessment rating can be reasonably assigned, will not be evaluated favorably or unfavorably on past 

performance and, as a result, will receive an “Unknown Confidence” rating. A strong record of relevant past 

performance may be considered more advantageous to the Government than an “Unknown Confidence” rating.

E. Factor 4: Small Business Participation Plan Evaluation Approach:

All Offerors (both small and large businesses) will be evaluated on the level of proposed participation of U.S 

small businesses in the performance of the acquisition (as Small Business prime Offerors or small business 

subcontractors). The work to be performed directly by a Small Business Prime offeror will be evaluated as 

Small Business Participation. The Small Business Participation Plan does not apply to the DLA Sourced 

material. The Government will rate the offeror’s Small Business Participation Factor proposal as acceptable or 

unacceptable. Acceptable proposals shall address evaluation factors 1-6 shown in “Section E, Factor 4, Volume 

PERFORMANCE CONFIDENCE ASSESSMENTS

Rating Description

Substantial Confidence Based on the offeror’s recent/relevant performance record, the 

Government has a high expectation that the offeror will 

successfully perform the required effort.

Satisfactory Confidence Based on the offeror’s recent/relevant performance record, the 

Government has a reasonable expectation that the offeror will 

successfully perform the required effort. 

Limited Confidence Based on the offeror’s recent/relevant performance record, the 

Government has a low expectation that the offeror will 

successfully perform the required effort.

No Confidence Based on the offeror’s recent/relevant performance record, the 

Government has no expectation that the offeror will be able to 

successfully perform the required effort. 

Unknown 

Confidence/Neutral

No recent/relevant performance record is available or the offeror’s 

performance record is so sparse that no meaningful confidence 

assessment rating can be reasonably assigned. 
Page 85 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

5: Small Business Participation Plan” in the Instructions to offers. 

In addition, acceptable proposals should describe the offeror’s plan to meet the below level of total small 

business participation percentage in the sourcing of commercially sourced items:

Total Small Business: 36.0%

Proposals failing to achieve this level must adequately address the realism of the proposal as described in evaluation 

factors 4 shown in “Section E, Factor 4, Volume 5: Small Business Participation Plan” in the Instructions to 

offers. 

Once the final Small Business Participation Plan is negotiated and accepted by the government it will be 

incorporated into the contract as the Offeror requirement for this acquisition. 

F. Factor 5: Price. The offeror’s Price proposal will be evaluated for Reasonableness, Balance, and Total 

Evaluated Price (TEP). 

i. Reasonableness. Adequate price competition is expected to support the determination of 

reasonableness. Price analysis techniques may be utilized to further validate price 

reasonableness. If adequate price competition is not obtained or if price reasonableness cannot 

be determined using price analysis of Government obtained information, additional cost data 

IAW FAR 15.4 will be required to support the proposed price.

ii. Balance. Unbalanced pricing is discussed in FAR 15.404-1(g). Unbalanced pricing exists 

when, despite an acceptable total evaluated price, the price of one or more contract line items is 

significantly overstated or underestimated as indicated by the application of analysis techniques. 

The Government shall analyze offers to determine whether unbalanced separately priced line 

items exist. Offers that are determined to be unbalanced may be rejected if the lack of balance 

poses an unacceptable risk to the Government.

iii. Total Evaluated Price. A TEP will be calculated for evaluation purposes only and used to 

assist in determining the best value to the Government. Proposals shall be evaluated, for award 

purposes, based upon the total price proposed for items identified for pricing which are 

applicable to the basic requirements and other price-related issues. The TEP shall include all 

prices associated with providing the final items to the Government. The TEP will be calculated 

as the sum of the following: 

• All items to be priced in Attachment 1 of the RFP, at the quantities stated. 

• The total material price will be calculated by multiplying proposed price times estimated 

annual demand times 10. The years will be totaled to arrive at a 10-year material contract 

value. 

• Management Fee for the three performance periods will be totaled for evaluation. 

• Transition fee—The 6 month transition fee will be included in the TEP. 

• Offerors are advised that the evaluation of item prices shall not obligate the Government to 

award each item.
Page 86 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

PERFORMANCE WORK STATEMEMT (PWS)

AIR FORCE 

INDUSTRIAL PRODUCT-SUPPORT VENDOR PROGRAM
Page 87 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

Contents

1 OVERVIEW........................................................................................................................ 92

1.1 Definitions............................................................................................................................ 92

1.2 Background ......................................................................................................................... 94

1.3 Scope of Work ..................................................................................................................... 94

1.4 Expected Outcomes............................................................................................................. 95

2 GENERAL INFORMATION............................................................................................ 97

2.1 Safety, Security, Environmental........................................................................................ 97

2.2 Communication................................................................................................................... 97

2.2.1 Program Management Reviews.................................................................................... 98

2.2.2 Production Planning...................................................................................................... 98

2.2.3 Other Meetings as Needed/Required ............................................................................ 98

2.3 IPV Transition..................................................................................................................... 98

2.4 Material Procured During Life of Contract..................................................................... 99

2.5 Disposal of Non Material Related Items........................................................................... 99

2.6 Task Order Labor (TOL)................................................................................................... 99

2.7 Items of Supply.................................................................................................................. 100

2.8 Schedule of Items (SOI).................................................................................................... 100

2.9 Deliver Material On-Site to the ALCs ............................................................................ 100

2.10 Deliver Material to DLA (Worldwide Demand Orders)........................................... 101

2.11 Packaging Requirements.............................................................................................. 102

2.12 Receipt and Receiving Responsibilities....................................................................... 102

2.13 Office and Storage Space.............................................................................................. 102

3 MATERIAL SOURCING................................................................................................ 103

3.1 Covered Items of Supply .................................................................................................. 103

3.2 Item Additions/Deletions.................................................................................................. 103

3.2.1 Addition of Items........................................................................................................ 104
Page 88 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

3.2.2 Deletion of Items......................................................................................................... 104

3.3 Sourcing of Covered Items of Supply.............................................................................. 104

3.3.1 Sourcing Order of Priority .......................................................................................... 104

3.3.2 DLA Backup Material................................................................................................. 105

3.4 Technical Specifications and Quality Control Requirements....................................... 105

3.4.1 DLA Mandatory-Sourced Items ................................................................................. 106

3.4.2 Shelf-Life Management .............................................................................................. 107

3.4.3 Procedures the Contractor shall follow for Source Inspection ................................... 107

3.5 Nonconforming Items and Returns................................................................................. 107

3.5.1 DLA-Sourced Nonconforming Items ......................................................................... 107

3.5.2 Contractor Sourced Nonconforming Items................................................................. 108

3.5.3 Tracking/Reporting of Nonconforming Items............................................................ 108

3.5.4 Returns........................................................................................................................ 108

3.6 Bin-to-Bin Transfers......................................................................................................... 108

3.7 Bin Minimum and Maximum Levels.............................................................................. 108

3.8 Demand Analysis and Planning Requirements.............................................................. 108

3.9 Audit Rights....................................................................................................................... 109

4 INVENTORY MANAGEMENT..................................................................................... 109

4.1 Point-of-Sale (POS)........................................................................................................... 109

4.1.1 Bench Stock Location at Contract Start-Up................................................................ 109

4.1.2 Bench Stock Location In Option Periods.................................................................... 110

4.2 Kitting ................................................................................................................................ 110

4.2.1 Kitting Function.......................................................................................................... 112

4.2.2 Current Kitting Information........................................................................................ 112

4.3 Bins/Bench Stock Storage Units ...................................................................................... 113

4.3.1 Bin Management......................................................................................................... 113

5 PERFORMANCE METRICS ......................................................................................... 113

5.1 Primary Metric: First Pass Acceptance.......................................................................... 113

5.1.1 Measurement............................................................................................................... 114

5.1.2 Exceptions................................................................................................................... 114

5.2 Secondary Metric: Mechanic Wait Time (MWT).......................................................... 114

5.2.1 Exceptions................................................................................................................... 115

6 MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM (MIS)................................................... 115
Page 89 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

6.1 Demand Data Exchange (DDE) and Web Based Customer Collaboration (CC) ....... 116

6.2 Supportability Analysis.................................................................................................... 117

6.2.1 Objectives ................................................................................................................... 117

6.2.2 Scope........................................................................................................................... 117

6.3 Live Test Demonstration .................................................................................................. 118

6.4 Data .................................................................................................................................... 119

6.4.1 Government Provided Information and Data.............................................................. 119

6.4.2 Rights in Software....................................................................................................... 119

6.4.3 Limited Rights Technical Data ................................................................................... 119

7 AUTOCRIB VENDING MACHINES............................................................................ 119

7.1 Overview ............................................................................................................................ 119

7.2 AutoCrib Vending and Inventory Management............................................................ 120

7.3 Virtual Cribs...................................................................................................................... 120

7.4 AutoCrib Reports.............................................................................................................. 121

7.5 AutoCrib Changes ............................................................................................................ 121

7.6 AutoCrib Performance Metrics....................................................................................... 121

7.7 Weekly Cycle Count ......................................................................................................... 121

7.8 Restock Inventory ............................................................................................................. 121

7.9 Bin-to-Bin Transfer Process............................................................................................. 122

7.10 Returns........................................................................................................................... 122

8 CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS.............................................................................. 122

8.1 Personnel Administration ................................................................................................ 122

8.2 Quality Assurance............................................................................................................. 123

8.3 Contractor Response Time............................................................................................... 123

8.4 Program Management...................................................................................................... 123

8.4.1 Personnel Requirements.............................................................................................. 123

8.4.2 Contractor’s Preliminary Personnel Assessment........................................................ 124

8.4.3 Driving Personally Owned Vehicles (POV)............................................................... 124

8.4.4 Compliance with Security Requirements.................................................................... 124

8.4.5 Emergency Procedures................................................................................................ 124
Page 90 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

8.4.6 Location and Hours of Work ...................................................................................... 124

8.4.7 Recognized Federal Holidays..................................................................................... 124

8.5 Training ............................................................................................................................. 124

8.5.1 Flight Line Training.................................................................................................... 124

8.5.2 AutoCrib Training....................................................................................................... 125

8.6 Housekeeping/Foreign Object Damage........................................................................... 125

8.6.1 Certificate for Foreign Object Damage (FOD) and Dropped Object Prevention (DOP) Certificate

125

8.7 DLA Common Access Card (CAC) Holders.................................................................. 125

8.7.1 Contractor Badge ........................................................................................................ 125

8.7.2 Secured Area Badge.................................................................................................... 125

8.7.3 Ramp Badge/Flight Line License ............................................................................... 125

8.7.4 CAC/Badge Return ..................................................................................................... 126

9 READINESS...................................................................................................................... 126

9.1 Surge Pricing ..................................................................................................................... 126

10 DELIVERABLES (REPORTS AND DATA RECEIVED VIA ELECTRONIC MEANS

FORMATTED FOR MS EXCEL).......................................................................................... 126

10.1 Report Requirements.................................................................................................... 126

10.2 Daily Reports................................................................................................................. 126

10.3 Weekly Reports............................................................................................................. 127

10.4 Monthly Reports ........................................................................................................... 127

10.5 Quarterly Reports......................................................................................................... 128

10.6 Semi-Annual Reports.................................................................................................... 128

10.7 Miscellaneous Reports.................................................................................................. 128

11 IPV TRANSITION ........................................................................................................... 128

11.1 Phase-In Requirements ................................................................................................ 128

11.1.1 Data to be Provided to Gen III Awardee ................................................................ 129

11.1.2 Data to be Provided by the Gen III awardee to DLA and the AF........................... 129

11.2 Preparation and Staging............................................................................................... 129

11.3 Scheduled Meetings ...................................................................................................... 130
Page 91 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

11.4 Site(s) Activation ........................................................................................................... 130

11.5 Transition to Automated Bin....................................................................................... 130

11.6 Contract Closeout and Transition to Gen IV............................................................. 131

11.6.1 Contract Closeout.................................................................................................... 131

11.6.2 Transition from Gen III to Gen IV.......................................................................... 131

12 ON-SITE SECURITY ...................................................................................................... 132

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
Page 92 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

1 Overview

1.1 Definitions

1. ALC (Air Logistic Complex) - Located at Tinker AFB, Hill AFB, and Robins AFB; provides 

worldwide logistics support for a variety of weapon systems.

2. Bin – general term used to describe the item where material is stored for mechanic’s use. Includes 

VIDMARs, units, drawers, and eventually AutoCribs.

3. CAR (Corrective Action Report) - The procedure used in response to a defect.

4. Consumable Part – Parts that are consumed during the maintenance process and become part of the 

item undergoing repair.

5. COR (Contracting officer Representative) - The individual authorized to represent the Contracting 

officer, but does not have authority to commit Government to funds or change the contract. COR is the 

primary POC for the Contractor and Government. Under no circumstance can the COR add, delete, 

change, or modify the contract. The COR does not hold a warrant and cannot commit to contract 

changes.

6. CPARS (Contractor Performance Assessment Reporting System) - Ensures that accurate data on 

Contractor performance is current and available for use in source selections.

7. CSI (Critical Safety Items) - A part, assembly, or support equipment whose failure could cause loss of 

life, permanent disability or major injury, loss of a system, or significant equipment damage

8. CTDF (Contract Technical Data File) - The information located in Field “C”, (Technical Guidance 

Information), Field “D”, (Technical History/Weapons Systems Data), Filed “M”, (Contracting 

Guidelines), and Field “N”, (Quality Guidance Data), of the CTDF are business sensitive, and will not 

be disseminated to any person, firm, or entity outside the Contractor’s own entity.

9. DDE (Demand Data Exchange) - Forecast/collaboration data for future requirements

10. Demand - any active (non-cancelled) Sales Order or DHA to include CLSSA FMS but not non-CLSSA. 

11. DLA (Defense Logistics Agency) - Provides supplies to the military services and supports their 

acquisition of weapons, repair parts, and other material.

12. Eaches - Items as counted individually, does not necessarily equate to the unit of issue. 

13. FPA (First Pass Acceptance) - Percentage of serviceable condition items (right part, right quantity) 

available at the time of demand from the mechanic. The primary metric for this contractual effort.

14. GFE (Government Furnished Equipment) - It is equipment that is owned by the government and 

delivered to, or made available to a Contractor.

15. GFM (Government Furnished Material) – Government material that may be consumed or expended 

during the performance of a contract, component parts of a higher assembly, or items that lose their 

individual identity through incorporation into an end-item. Material does not include equipment, special 

tooling and special test equipment.

16. IPExSP (Integrated Planning Execution Sustainment Process) - Collaborative planning and execution 

process that will be used at maintenance sites at Hill Air Force Base, Utah, as well as at Robins AFB, 

Ga. and Tinker AFB, Okla.

17. Kitting - Package or make available a set of materials or parts from which something can be assembled 

18. Lead time - Time it takes to procure an item from a supplier

19. LOM (List of Materials) - Specific list of items and associated quantities contained in a kit.

20. MWT (Mechanic Wait Time) - Measured as the number of hours it takes the Contractor to remedy a 

FPA failure. 

21. Min/Max Levels - The range of stock, identified by ‘each’ (EA) that shall be retained within identified 

bin locations.
Page 93 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

22. MIS (Management Information System) - Hardware and software systems within an enterprise that 

provide the information that management needs to run an enterprise.

23. MRA (Material Receipt Acknowledgment) – Government acknowledgment of receipt of material 

delivered to DLA 

24. Overhaul - The complete disassembly, cleaning, inspection, repair or replacement of component parts 

as required, reassembly, and testing of an end item and acceptance test procedures, or other procedures 

as agreed to by Vendor and the government. All software (i.e. seals, packing, etc.) and certain hardware 

(bearings, face seals, etc.) are replaced. Excessively worn components are replaced. 

25. PAR (Performance Action Report) - It describes new initiatives that improve the quality of their 

services and highlights metrics that meaningfully gauge their progress against goals.

26. PMR (Program Management Reviews) - A structured program review that is conducted by the Program 

Manager (PM) with all key Stakeholders.

27. Point of Sale (POS) - The point at which the Government makes a payment to the Contractor in 

exchange for goods or after provision of a service.

28. POP (Period of Performance) - Deliverables and timeline a vendor must execute in performance of 

specified work for a client.

29. POT (Purchase Order Text) - A text describing the material in more detail

30. PQDR (Product Quality Deficiency Report) - The SF 368 form or format used to record and transmit 

product quality deficiency data.

31. QASP (Quality Assurance Surveillance Plan) - Government developed and applied document used to 

make sure the systematic quality assurance methods are used in the administration of the Performance 

Based Service Contract (PBSC) standards included in this contract and in subsequent task orders.

32. QML (Qualified Manufacturers List) - A list of manufacturers whose production lines have been 

certified and qualified by the Defense Logistics Agency for the production of devices used in military or 

space applications.

33. QPL (Qualified Products List) - contains qualification information regarding products and 

manufacturers as compiled and maintained by the individual Qualifying Activities (QA)

34. QSL (Qualified Suppliers List) – A list of pre-qualified sources for certain electronic components that 

are purchased and managed by the Defense Logistics Agency.

35. Repair - Testing and inspections of the End Item to determine overall condition, disassembly of the End

Item to the extent necessary to correct deficiencies, and final testing of the End Item. In accordance with 

acceptance test procedures, or other procedures as agreed to by Vendor and the government. All 

disturbed software (i.e. seals, packing, etc.) will be replaced. Replaced component parts will be new, 

meet new part tolerances and limits. 

36. SOI (Schedule of Items) - The specific set of items supported by the IPV program at any given time. See 

Attachment 2 for the initial SOI. (note: SOI is subject to growth over the course of the contract) 

37. SL (Shelf-life) - The total period of time beginning with the date of manufacture, date of cure (for 

elastomeric and rubber products only), date of assembly, or date of pack (subsistence only), and 

terminated by the date by which an item must be used (expiration date) or subjected to inspection, test, 

restoration, or disposal action; or after inspection/laboratory test/restorative action that an item may 

remain in the combined wholesale (including manufacture's) and retail storage systems and still be 

suitable for issue or use by the end user. Shelf-life is not to be confused with service-life 

38. SLC (Shelf-Life Code) - A one-position code assigned to identify the period of time beginning with the 

date of manufacture, cure, assembly, or pack and terminated by the date by which an item must be used 

(expiration date) or subjected to inspection, test, restoration, or disposal action. (DoD 4140.1-R). The 

Quality Matrix (Attachment 4) provides a complete listing of shelf-life codes cross-referencing to the 

period of allowed storage time expressed in months/quarters and years
Page 94 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

39. SOS (Source of Supply) - Any Federal Government organization (DoD or non-DoD) exercising control 

of materiel and to which requisitions are directed

40. TA (Technical Assistant) – Assistant to COR that will conduct and/or participate in bin audits, review 

Contractor invoices, and process MRAs

41. U/I (Unit of Issue) - Denotes the means by which DoD buys and issues materiel to end-users and/or 

customers

42. Work station - the specific location where a mechanic task is being performed.

1.2 Background

The Industrial Product - Support Vendor (IPV) Contractor shall manage a comprehensive program for support 

of consumable spare parts (bench stock) required for programmed depot maintenance at the three Air Logistics 

Complexes (ALCs) located at Hill AFB, Ogden, UT; Tinker AFB, Oklahoma City, OK; and Robins AFB, 

Warner Robins GA. Additionally, this acquisition provides for support of DLA worldwide demand 

requirements for items designated as commercially sourced.

The consumable spare parts are generally Class IX repair parts and are required for maintenance of military 

weapons systems and equipment at the designated ALC sites. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining

material from individual vendors or the Government to provide all the materials identified in the Schedule of 

Items (SOI). 

The initial schedule of items for the Generation III Air Force IPV contract will encompass approximately 

45,000 hardware National Stock Numbers (NSNs). There are approximately 860 bench stock locations (BSLs) 

in approximately 121 buildings, with approximately 252,000 bins across all three ALCs. Attachment 2 provides 

a listing of the current SOI that requires support at the onset of this contract. Additions and deletions may be 

made to the SOI, month-to-month, after award based on changes in workload at each ALC. Attachment 15 

reflects the current Gen II SOI. The Air Force will continue to review those items for additional candidates that 

meet the Gen III criteria. 

1.3 Scope of Work

Under this PWS, the Contractor will be responsible for cradle to grave bench stock support solutions, must plan 

for sufficient inventory to support demand, and provide uninterrupted support. The IPV Contractor will be 

required to use best commercial business practices, coupled with sourcing of supplies from designated 

commercial or Government sourcing channels to furnish cost efficient, integrated supply chain management of 

consumable spare parts required by the Air Force for maintenance, overhaul and repair of various weapons 

systems and other military equipment. The broad range of supply chain management and integration tasks for 

consumable spare parts required by this contract includes:

• Material Sourcing – Section 3

o Acquisition, receiving, inventory control, and delivery of items to the end user including 

QSL/QML material (designated items) 

o Supporting DLA stock buys as needed 

o Capturing and loading Demand History Adjustments (DHA) into the DLA system so that DLA 

may record the DLA Backup activity

• Inventory Management – Section 4

o Supply chain and material management including bench stock location management and material 

shelf life management
Page 95 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

o Kitting 

o Supporting AF right-sizing efforts and elimination of bins as necessary

• Performance Metrics and Reporting – Section 5

o Planning and supportability analysis; providing supportability information and all reporting 

functions and monthly reports as specified in Section 9

• Management Information Systems – Section 6

o Implementing a management information system to support all transactions and provide 

management data reports, contract data, and invoice/billing requirements to DLA and the AF as 

specified

o Systems and process integration with the AF automated vending solution along with adapting bin 

filling practices to fit the automated vending solution as the AF will transition from Vidmar type 

open bins to automated bins through the life of the contract.

• Integration with AutoCrib—Section 7

• Specific Contractor Requirements – Section 8

o Dedicated customer service

o Implement a Quality Control Plan addressing ramp up time and normal performance time that 

ensures parts meet specifications

o Submitting contract closeout specific reports at end of contract to make sure key areas are 

maintained, including, but not limited to: personnel, order placement & receipt from DLA & 

Suppliers, distribution assessment / warehouse organization, etc.

The scope of this effort requires the Contractor to provide uninterrupted support despite changes in the Air 

Force’s requirements for consumable spare parts, production line configurations, or bench stock locations 

change.

1.4 Expected Outcomes

This PWS and contract are designed to support the key objectives of the IPV Program, which include the 

following:

• The Contractor will provide supply support to Air Force industrial operations through a contractorowned and managed inventory, up to placement in the bin. 

• The Contractor will be responsible for cradle to grave bench stock support solutions, must plan for 

sufficient inventory to support demand, and provide uninterrupted support. 

o The Contractor is responsible for maintaining appropriate bench stock inventories.

o The Contractor will be responsible for acknowledging production requirements and making 

adjustments to support these plans and adjust to real-time situational changes to meet variable 

demand. Material may be added to and removed from the SOI on a monthly basis based on 

established criteria, Air Force requirements, and Contracting Officer authorization.

o It will be the Contractor’s responsibility to obtain from the Air Force the production and supply 

planning factors and maintain the proper bench stock levels to support the First Pass Acceptance 

(FPA) objective, as defined in the Performance Metrics section of this PWS.

o The Contractor will perform to a 99.5% FPA with the ability to maintain a Mechanic Wait Time 

(MWT) of 24 hours, with up to 10% of the overall bench stock locations requiring an 8 hour 

MWT. (Example 860 Total BSLs X 10% = 86 BSLs).
Page 96 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

• The Contractor will utilize both the Government and the Contractor’s supply chains to achieve 

maximum efficiency in day-to-day supply support for specific ALC site(s). The Schedule of Items 

(SOI) will identify items that are to be normally sourced via Government or Contractor supply channels. 

The Contractor will buy, and own (until bin placement), both DLA and commercial material.

• In the event the Government is unable to acquire material through its normal supply channels, the 

Contractor will fill a backup role (DLA Backup) by using its supplier network to acquire approved 

material in a timely manner to meet mission requirements at the ALC sites. Some items are strictly DLA 

sourced as identified in Section 3.4. 

• The requirement is derived, in part, through bench stock specific locations and the Contractor’s solution 

cannot impede Production’s ability to perform (e.g. will not take the mechanic away from the work 

station). Any change in bench stock location, at each ALC, will be initiated by the Air Force and 

coordinated with the Contracting Officer. Bins may not be roped off or segregated where such action 

impedes production.

• The Contractor shall accept returns in situations where material is quality deficient. 

• The Contractor will develop an accurate accountability of material in the bins at the beginning of the 

Gen III contract.

• For the transition from the Generation II contract to the Generation III contract, the Contractor shall be 

responsible for providing a transition plan in accordance with Section 11. The order of ALC transition 

will be WR-ALC first, OC-ALC second, and OO-ALC last.

• A collaborative relationship is paramount. As such, the Contractor will have flexibility in 

recommending changes to bin levels. Ultimately, the Air Force will have final determination for the 

levels set in bins but final determination will be done in a collaborative environment that considers both 

the Government and the Contractor business drivers. Contractor recommendations to changes in the 

bins should be approached from a business case perspective that shows the trade-off and potential 

program benefit to bin level changes. All bin changes shall be coordinated with the Air Force. The 

levels established within the bins will allow for uninterrupted support to the mechanic during the 

transition period. This includes the initial transition period and the transition to automated bins.

• The Contractor shall reduce the inventory investment by the customer and DLA through the elimination 

of excess inventory and maintaining only that inventory necessary to meet the contract first pass 

acceptance metric and carry out the mission of the customer.

• Through sound commercial supply chain management practices, the Contractor shall enable the 

customer to reduce the time required to accomplish their maintenance, repair and overhaul of weapons 

systems and related missions. 

• The Contractor shall establish the capability to take timely actions in response to the customer’s requests 

for material as set forth in this contract. The Contractor will use DLA Backup procedures as necessary; 

see para 3.3.2.
Page 97 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

• The Contractor will establish integration with the Air Force/AutoCrib web services as defined in 

sections 6 and 7.

• The Contractor shall provide real time supply data/status, provide management data reports, and process 

Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) transactions. All usage, consumption, and metric data produced by 

the Contractor shall be provided to the Government (DLA/AF), and the data and the system that records 

/ produces the data shall be accessible to the Government. This data provided to the Government shall 

not be considered proprietary and shall be considered a deliverable to the Government under this 

contract. Internal cost or process information is proprietary to the Contractor.

• Contractor shall be responsible for managing inventory if the bin will not accommodate entire unit of 

issue. (i.e. “sublocated” or “excess” inventory locations). 

• The Contractor is responsible to provide staffing sufficient to manage the transition requirements from 

Gen II to Gen III along with appropriate staffing levels to manage the expected outcomes of the 

program.

• The Contractor shall support all meetings and telecoms, provide briefings as requested, and answerer 

applicable questions as required by the DLA COR, the contracting officer, and the customer. Meetings 

may include, but not be limited to, Depot Repair Enhancement Program (DREP) meetings, weekly 

production meetings, and other supportability meetings, as appropriate to gather data concerning realtime parts demand fluctuations and production inputs due to parts supportability issues.

2 General Information

2.1 Safety, Security, Environmental

The Contractor shall be knowledgeable of and comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws, 

regulations, instructions and requirements regarding environmental protection and occupational safety and 

health. As applicable, the Contractor shall comply with any laws, instructions or regulation changes during the 

term of this contract.

2.2 Communication

Ongoing open communication is the key to the successful performance of the contract. Throughout the term of 

the contract, the Contractor shall maintain regular communication with the Air Force, the Contracting Officer, 

the Contracting Officer’s Representative (COR), and DLA. The COR at each site is the primary Government 

channel for information flowing from the Air Force, but the communication avenues will include Air Force 

production personnel, complex IPV representatives, and MXSG Point of Use section. The Contractor will be 

required to participate in the production planning process. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to provide 

required, detailed information to the Air Force and DLA contracting officer regarding support issues, propose 

remedies and estimated completion dates for each issue. This shall be an ongoing process until each issue is 

resolved. All contract changes shall be made effective only by the Contracting Officer or COR.

Timely communication is critical to the success of the Industrial Product Support Vendor Program. If 

circumstances prevent an immediate response to a written request from either party and where a specific 

response time is not mentioned within this document, each party is required to acknowledge the request within 1 

business day from initial notification and answer within 3 business days from initial notification.
Page 98 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

2.2.1 Program Management Reviews

The Contractor shall host Program Management Reviews (PMR) in coordination with DLA and the Air Force. 

The objective of the PMR is to discuss Contractor performance, obtain performance feedback from the 

Government, and to provide the Contractor an additional opportunity for continuous process improvement 

through proactive efforts of all parties. The initial PMR will be convened within 45 days after the effective date 

of the contract. Subsequent PMRs will be held within ninety (90) days of the preceding PMR or more 

frequently at the request of the Contracting Officer. At a minimum, PMR’s will provide a review of the 

minutes from the last PMR, review the to-date program metrics, and address problems or issues with the 

program. For option periods following the base period, PMRs shall be held quarterly or more frequently at the 

request of the Contracting Officer. 

The location, date and time of each PMR will be mutually agreed upon by DLA, the Air Force, and the 

Contractor at least sixty (60) days prior to the PMR. PMRs will be located in the vicinity of Warner Robins, 

GA, Oklahoma City, OK, Ogden, UT, and/or a location near the Contractor. At a minimum, Contractor 

attendees at the PMRs shall include the Program Manager and the hosting Site Manager or their designated 

representatives. 

Meeting agendas shall be provided to all attendees 10 business days in advance of all scheduled meetings and 

minutes provided within 10 business days after each meeting. 

2.2.2 Production Planning

The Contractor shall be fully integrated into various AF production planning processes in order to demand plan 

appropriately and be synchronized with the customers work requirements. The Contractor will be required to 

attend production planning meetings and will be responsible for briefings at the Air Force or DLA request. See 

Attachment 5 for a list of detailed meeting requirements.

2.2.3 Other Meetings as Needed/Required

In the event the Contractor would like to participate in additional meetings that are not contractually required to 

better support and refine planning efforts, request to participate shall be coordinated with the Contracting 

Officer or Contracting Officer Representative. Additionally, there may be instances where Contractor 

participation in other meetings may be required. Examples may be a high priority unforeseen maintenance 

support requirement or for the Contractor to brief status. If the Contracting Officer or Contracting Officer 

Representative determines attendance meets the objectives of the contract, the Contractor shall be permitted to 

attend.

The Contractor may want to participate in other production type meetings to better support and refine their 

planning efforts. The Contractor will coordinate with the Contracting Officer or Contracting Officer 

Representative in order to participate in these meetings. Additionally, there may be instances where Contractor 

participation in other meetings may be required. Examples may be a high priority unforeseen maintenance 

support requirement or for the Contractor to brief status. If it is determined to be in the Contractor’s best 

interest to participate, the Contracting Officer or Contracting Officer Representative will coordinate with the 

Contractor. 

2.3 IPV Transition 

Within fifteen (15) days after date of contract award, at a time and place convenient to the Contractor and DLA, 

a meeting shall be convened to review the Contract Implementation Plan and to finalize an agenda for the 

formal Contract Implementation Plan meetings at the ALC site(s). Following this preliminary implementation 
Page 99 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

meeting, but no later than thirty (30) days after date of contract award, a formal Contract Implementation Plan 

meeting shall be held at WR-ALC with participation by the Contractor, DLA, and the Air Force, to confirm all 

aspects of the final Implementation Plan. Subsequent Site meetings held at OC-ALC and OO-ALC 

(respectively) within every fifteen (15) days thereafter. All outstanding issues resulting from the Site Activation 

Meetings shall be resolved within thirty days of the formal Contract Implementation Plan meeting at each site 

and any changes to the Implementation Plan(s) shall be formalized and incorporated into the contract by 

modification.

2.4 Material Procured During Life of Contract

In the event that the Contractor procures and charges the Air Force for supplies/vehicles/equipment, etc., to 

perform contractual requirements for the Air Force via a contract modification, or any other means with 

authorization from the DLA Contracting Officer; the supplies/vehicles/equipment, etc., transition to 

Government owned Government Furnished Equipment (GFE). All GFE is subject to the terms and conditions of 

this PWS, contract, and applicable clauses. The Contractor’s liability for Loss, Theft, Damage, or Destruction to 

GFE shall begin when the Contractor receives the GFE. The Contractor shall remain liable for this GFE until 

returned to the Government.

2.5 Disposal of Non Material Related Items 

In order to minimize any Foreign Object Damage (FOD) created by non-material related items, the Contractor 

shall dispose of non-material items such as cartons, boxes, packaging ancillary to bench stock items in proper 

Government refuse containers or recycling containers as required by the Maintenance organization.

2.6 Task Order Labor (TOL)

Task Order Labor is a contractual provision that is used for temporary increased level of efforts in the IPV 

program at the three ALCs. Temporary is defined as an increased level of effort not to last longer than twelve 

months in duration. Task Order Labor shall not be requested, or issued, on a consecutive or recurring basis for 

the same level of effort in an attempt to circumvent the temporary nature of Task Order Labor. Task Order 

Labor shall be within the scope of the contract, issued for a defined period of performance, and be within the 

maximum dollar value of the contract. The Government will utilize the labor categories and rates provided at 

time of proposal by the contractor to establish and substantiate proposals provided by the contractor for task 

order labor.

The request for Task Order Labor shall be initiated by the Air Force to the DLA COR to be provided to the 

Contracting Officer. All requests for Task Order Labor shall provide a detailed description of the work to be 

performed, location of the work to be performed, and the period of performance of the work to be performed. 

The Contracting Officer shall request a formal proposal from the contractor and execute a formal contract 

modification for every instance of Task Order Labor. Upon receipt of a request for proposal for Task Order 

Labor, the contractor shall submit a formal proposal to the Contracting Officer detailing the proposed rate(s), 

job code(s), job description(s), rate validity dates, estimated hours per week, estimated weeks, the number of 

contractor personnel required for the period of performance, overtime hours (if necessary), and the proposal 

value.

The contractor shall ensure that Task Order Labor employees enter their hours worked daily and submit their 

time card by close of business on every Friday. The time cards must be accessible in hard copy and/or 

electronic format to the Government and must contain at a minimum, date worked, title/shift, description of 

work, hours, regular/overtime, job number, weapon system, location, task order number, employee name, AF or 

contractor supervisor overseeing the work. The contractor must receive a sign-in/sign-out sheet from the 
Page 100 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

applicable weapon system Air Force Supervisor responsible for their assigned employee no later than noon on 

Monday, or for task order labor projects to be performed in the contractor facility, a supervisor will be 

responsible for the sign-in/sign-out sheets in lieu of an Air Force supervisor. Every Monday afternoon a screen 

print of the recorded labor or timesheet, will be validated against the sign-in/sign-out sheet, signed by the 

contractor, and validation provided to the DLA COR for review and verification. The verified screen print will 

be provided by the COR back to the contractor and to the Contracting Officer. 

2.7 Items of Supply

Items of supply will be provided in two ways: (1) to customer sites and (2) directly to the customer or DLA 

Depots in support of worldwide requirements as indicated on the order. 

2.8 Schedule of Items (SOI)

The SOI is the list of replenishment parts and industrial hardware developed by the government and required for 

the support of the customers’ maintenance mission, overhaul, and repair of its weapons systems and related 

equipment. The required material to be provided by this contract can be identified by the National Stock 

Number (NSN), part-number and manufacturer’s code, drawing, or nomenclature. The SOI is segmented; 

approximately 70% of the SOI items are identified as DLA sourced and the remaining 30% are identified as 

commercially sourced items. Given the nature of the requirement, it is anticipated that additional items meeting 

the definition of bench stock/consumable material may fall within the scope of this contract in the future and be 

added to the SOI. The SOI is subdivided into the following categories:

1. DLA Sourced Items: Items that are required to be sourced via government source of supply. This includes 

categories such as CSI, FAT, etc. These items may be eligible for transition to commercial sourced if a 10% 

cost savings over the Standard Unit Price (SUP) is realized. 

2. Commercial Sourced Items: Items that are sourced by the IPV Contractor. A core list of items will be 

identified and priced as part of the solicitation. Commercial items may be eligible for world-wide support if the 

total of the 3 ALCs account for more than 50% of the demand.

To the extent that the Contractor is not required to use government sources of supply, the Contractor shall 

qualify its network of manufacturers under its source selection process, and such suppliers otherwise must meet 

all requirements for qualification as a source of supply under government contracts (such as Qualified Products 

List, qualified suppliers list or other quality control demonstration), and the suppliers are not cited on the list of 

parties excluded from Federal Procurement or Non- Procurement Programs (EPLS) website at 

https://www.sam.gov/portal/public/SAM/, within 24 hours prior to delivery of material.

2.9 Deliver Material On-Site to the ALCs

To achieve optimum performance at the customer site, for covered items that are commercial sourced, the 

Contractor shall employ customary methods of logistics support, including but not limited to, best commercial 

practices, analysis of customers' needs and planning, and the maintenance of information systems for 

purchasing, quality control, inventory control, and distribution. 

The Contractor shall establish a process ensuring a flow of replenishment parts and industrial hardware to the 

customer-site work area. As the Contractor assumes responsibility for support of specific replenishment parts 

and industrial hardware, the Contractor shall maintain the inventory at levels to ensure all materials are 

available to the mechanics or mechanics at or near the work center, when the mechanics require such 

replenishment parts or industrial hardware for the maintenance, overhaul or repair of military weapons systems 
Page 101 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

or other related military equipment. 

The Contractor shall maintain purchasing records as are necessary for the proper administration of provisions of 

the contract. 

The Contractor shall establish processes that will maintain levels to ensure the required number of parts will be 

available to the mechanic each time they attempt to draw parts from the bin. 

The Contractor shall be responsible for the inventory management of all parts needed for the bins including 

inventory, ordering, receipt, and replenishment. The Contractor support of bench stock bins shall include: 

recurring visual inspection of each bin to ensure appropriate levels of material are maintained as well as 

verifying that bin stock is not above the allowable bin quantity, identification and replenishment of low and 

empty bins, providing parts status, and coordination with DLA / AF personnel for adding and deleting items 

from the bench stock. 

The receiving function includes offloading of freight, including proper handling, inspection (kind, count, 

condition visual inspection) checking packaging, markings, and reporting discrepancies of all incoming material 

and routing that material to the end user. Proper identification and classification of material may require indepth research. The Contractor is responsible for maintaining shipping documentation, required certifications 

and ensuring required government source inspection was performed or waived by the government quality 

control personnel prior to delivery to the end user.

The IPV Contractor shall transport parts from the Contractor warehouse to bins in a manner consistent with best 

commercial practices, safeguarding the condition of the common hardware at the time of inspection and 

acceptance. 

The Government will perform random audits of the bins to validate material delivery as well as kind, count, and 

condition (KCC). 

The Contractor shall be responsible for labeling (bar-coding/identifying) all bins supported under the contract 

and ensuring what is in the bin matches the label. During the period where new items are being added to the 

Contractor’s “sourcing” list (newly priced commercial sourced items), the Contractor shall code the requisitions 

to the Government source of supply as “non-recurring”. 

The Contractor shall be responsible for managing inventory if the bin will not accommodate an entire unit of 

issue. Currently, under Gen II this material, called ‘sub-located’ or ‘excess’, is owned by the AF and is 

managed by the Gen II Contractor. Under the Gen III strategy, the Gen III Contractor will own and manage any 

material outside of the bin. This includes instances where the Contractor orders replenishment items and, based 

on the unit of issue, the replenishment stock will not fit in the bin. The expectation is for the Contractor to fill 

the bin to the required level (AF owned – in the bin) and the Contractor own and manage (Contractor owned –

outside the bin) the ‘overflow’ from replenishment that does not fit in the bin. Annual reconciliation of 

inventory will include any open packages that have not been fully utilized. 

2.10 Deliver Material to DLA (Worldwide Demand Orders)

For items designated in the schedule as worldwide demand items, the Contractor will deliver ordered items 

directly to a customer or to the DLA Supply Depot(s) or other DLA locations DoDAAC, within the continental 

United States, excluding Alaska and Hawaii, in strict accordance with the delivery orders issued. Acquisition 
Page 102 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

Advice Code (AAC) H NSNs will be excluded from Worldwide Demand Orders. Supplies covered by delivery 

orders (DO) shall be sourced through the Contractor's commercial supply chain. All delivery orders will be sent 

electronically. Delivery times will be negotiated by line item at the time of addition to the contract. 

Inspection/acceptance requirements will be noted on each delivery order. 

Inspection/acceptance of items will be designated as either destination or source inspection and acceptance. All 

inspection requirements will be included in the technical specifications and quality provisions data that will be 

provided by the government.

All deliveries will be packaged, marked and bar coded in accordance with the specifications of the DO. 

Commercial packaging must be adequate to ensure all supplies are delivered without damages and to withstand 

normal government storage without degradation of the items furnished. The applicable Warranty provisions are 

noted in the contract. 

a. Delivery Order/Modification Distribution: Vendors will receive notice of the awards via posting on 

the DLA Internet Bid Board System (DIBBS) at https://www.dibbs.bsm.dla.mil. Delivery orders 

will be available for viewing on the DIBBS Website.

b. Registration is required to receive a DIBBS logon account and password. If your company 

experiences difficulties while in DIBBS, contact DibbsBSM@dla.mil.

2.11 Packaging Requirements

The Contractor shall ensure that, throughout its supply chain, its parts vendors, suppliers, and sub-contractors 

preserve, package, and pack all items in a manner that will ensure their preservation and protection in 

accordance with best commercial practices. Packaging considerations shall include shelf-life, electrostatic 

discharge sensitivity, temperature sensitivity, and fragility of contents. 

Worldwide demand orders will be packaged in accordance with the packaging requirements (MIL-STD 2073 

and MIL-STD 130) per the technical data identified on each individual delivery order. 

2.12 Receipt and Receiving Responsibilities

The Contractor shall perform visual and physical examination, identification and receipt of a wide variety of 

material and parts. The Contractor shall conduct a kind, count, and condition (KCC) visual inspection to ensure 

no deficient product is received. 

Deliveries to the ALCs will occur once daily. Upon delivery of material the Contractor will provide the COR a 

hard copy and (via email) an excel file of the daily delivery report, which is a log that will contain the following 

data fields for each delivery: NSN, nomenclature, document number, quantity, bin number, unit of issue, unit 

price and source. These fields will be completed by the Contractor. The log will also contain the following 

column titles: selected, counted quantity, and problem to be completed by the government representative. The 

government representative will conduct a daily receipt sampling after which the Contractor may deliver the 

material to the customer’s bins. Note: Only deliveries to resolve MWT misses or avoid FPA failures may be 

delivered to the BSLs without waiting for the day’s sampling to be performed. The Contractor shall maintain, 

and/or provide copies of delivery documentation to the DLA contracting officer or representative upon request.

2.13 Office and Storage Space

Available on base office and storage space is listed in Attachment 6. The Contractor may choose to obtain offsite office and storage space, appropriately furnished and staffed to meet the performance requirements of the 

contract. All costs associated with off-site space shall be borne by the Contractor and be included in the price 
Page 103 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

proposal requirements of the contract.

3 Material Sourcing

3.1 Covered Items of Supply 

High volume, recurring use items with at least 4 demands per year and with a unit cost below $250 are the 

primary focus of the support required under this PWS. However, applications such as kitting may require low 

volume use items which are deemed essential to the successful accomplishment of the Air Force’s mission. 

These kits contain a number of designated consumable spare parts provided in a single container. The types of 

items the Contractor will be required to provide are consumable spare parts that are normally stored at or near 

the point of use where mechanics are employed in the maintenance, overhaul and repair of weapons systems 

and related military equipment. The Contractor will convert the items to ‘eaches’ to support the schedule of 

items, regardless of the DLA unit of issue. Items covered by this PWS are generally cataloged under, but are 

not limited to, the following Federal Supply Classes (FSCs): 1005, 1010, 1015, 1025, 1240, 1280, 1290, 1377, 

1560, 1620, 1630, 1650, 1660, 1670, 1680, 1730, 2090, 2510, 2520, 2530, 2540, 2590, 2610, 2640, 2805, 2815, 

2835, 2840, 2910, 2915, 2920, 2930, 2940, 2990, 3010, 3020, 3030, 3040, 3110, 3120, 3130, 3439, 3455, 3820, 

3830, 3940, 4010, 4020, 4030, 4130, 4140, 4210, 4240, 4310, 4320, 4330, 4540, 4710, 4720, 4730, 4810, 4820, 

4910, 4930, 5110, 5120, 5130, 4133, 5136, 5305, 5306, 5307, 5310, 5315, 5320, 5325, 5330, 5335, 5331, 5339, 

5340, 5344, 5345, 5350, 5355, 5360, 5364, 5365, 5420, 5640, 5805, 5905, 5906, 5910, 5920, 5925, 5930, 5935, 

5940, 5945, 5950, 5960, 5961, 5962, 5970, 5975, 5977, 5980, 5985, 5990, 5995, 5999, 6105, 6110, 6115, 6130, 

6135, 6140, 6145, 6150, 6160, 6210, 6220, 6230, 6240, 6250, 6260, 6310, 6350, 6365, 6510, 6515, 6530, 6545, 

6620, 6625, 6635, 6640, 6645, 6650, 6680, 6685, 6695, 6810, 6830, 6850, 6930, 7240, 7340, 7350, 7510, 7530, 

7690, 7920, 8010, 8030, 8115, 8125, 8140, 8305, 9150, 9160, 9320, 9330, 9340, 9390, 9505, 9510, 9515, 9520, 

9525, 9530, 9535, 9540, 9905

BLS Category WPU142 (Aircraft and aircraft equipment) mapped to the following FSCs: 1560, 1670, 1680, 

2030, 2810, 2835, 2840, 2915, 2925, 2935, 2945, 2950 

BLS Category WPU 1081-05 (Aircraft fasteners, except plastics including aerospace) mapped to the following 

FSCs: 5305, 5306, 5307, 5310, 5315, 5320, 5325, 5360.

3.2 Item Additions/Deletions

From time to time, items may be added to, or deleted from, this contract, as the requirements of the customer 

dictates. These items may be spare parts cataloged under the FSCs listed in this contract which were not 

identified at the date of contract, but since have been determined to be items having application to the 

maintenance mission of the DLA customer. Alternatively, these items may be new spare parts resulting from 

modifications and upgrades to specifications, or to the design of a particular weapons system. The Contractor 

shall incorporate added items by adjustments to its management information system along with any other 

requirements data for integration into the Contractor’s supplier management process. Conversely, items may be 

deleted from the contract because they no longer are required or they have otherwise become obsolete. With 

respect to any item added to this contract, the Contractor must furnish an item, which is in strict accordance 

with the technical requirements specified in the government technical data and quality provisions as designated 

by the specific National Stock Number (NSN). All additions, deletions, or changes for items using automated 

bin solutions shall be coordinated with MXSG Point of Use Section.

Material acquired by the Contractor, but later deleted from the SOI through no fault of the Contractor, shall be 

considered a partial termination for convenience and subject to a DLA buyback of material. Additionally, 
Page 104 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

material buyback also applies to excess inventory in the Contractor’s possession at the end of the contract. 

Material buyback will be limited to 3 months of demand averaged over last 12 months. Demand analysis will be 

determined utilizing the daily delivery reports as provided by the Contractor and validated by the COR. For 

DLA sourced material, the Contractor shall first return any unopened items in their original packaging to DLA 

for credit under applicable return processes for DLA customers. If a DLA sourced item is not eligible for return 

based on obsolescence or technical changes, the material will be subject to the buyback described above. 

Similarly, the Contractor will need to make reasonable effort to return commercial sourced items to their 

Supplier at no cost to the Government. The Contractor shall provide explanation of why commercial sourced 

items cannot be returned to the Supplier if unsuccessful. Buyback of commercial sourced items may be 

accomplished via issuance of a delivery order as described in section 2.10 of the PWS. DLA sourced or 

commercial sourced material not in its original packaging is not eligible for buyback. Material not subject to 

buyback for obsolescence or other reasons shall be disposed of by the Contractor at no additional cost to the 

Government. Additions of items shall be by supplemental agreement. Deletions shall be by unilateral 

modification. 

3.2.1 Addition of Items

Within ten (10) days after the Contractor’s receipt of the contracting officer’s instruction that an item be added 

to the contract, the Contractor shall commence replenishment to include: establish the item in the Contractor’s 

information system, obtain the storage bin from the Air Force, and initiate a material order. Unusually large

numbers of items being added at one time may require additional time to first purchase bins. The Contractor 

will initially source the item from DLA. Subsequently, the item may become a candidate for vendor sourcing. 

Items not available from DLA to meet the bin requirement are subject to the DLA backup process.

3.2.2 Deletion of Items

Within 5 days after notice from the Contracting Officer or Contracting Officer Representative to delete the bins, 

the Contractor will suspend replenishment and visibly identify the bins being deleted. The Contractor will 

cancel all due-in shipments. Any due-ins that cannot be cancelled will be received and should be processed for 

immediate return, as appropriate. No later than 10 business days after authorization of deletion by the 

Contracting Officer or Contracting Officer Representative, the Contractor will remove material from the bin 

location and deliver all material marked with NSN, P/N and nomenclature to a location designated by the COR 

for disposition by the government. Any items deleted are subject to the buyback conditions in Section 3.2. 

3.3 Sourcing of Covered Items of Supply 

Except as otherwise directed by the contract, or by the Contracting Officer, the Contractor will employ the 

designated sourcing channel (Contractor or DLA), its finances, and its supply chain management capability, to 

obtain items for support of planned and unplanned requirements under this contract. 

For DLA Sourced and DLA Managed items identified in the Schedule of Items, if DLA has the item(s) in stock, 

the Contractor is required to source the item(s) from DLA. If DLA does not have the item(s) in stock, the 

Contractor may source from its available vendors. The Contractor must report this DLA back-up activity 

utilizing DLA’s Demand History Adjustment (DHA) transaction and report on this per Section 10. Mandatory 

DLA items (CSI/FAT) must be sourced through DLA.

3.3.1 Sourcing Order of Priority
Page 105 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

Unless otherwise authorized or directed by the Contracting Officer, the Contractor shall apply the following 

order of priority in providing all parts to all ALC sites:

1) Attrition of ALC-site inventories

2) DLA Managed or Sourced items as designated in the SOI

3) Contractor commercially sourced

Levels for ALC-site inventories will be cited in the Final Implementation Plan. The Contractor will notify the 

DLA COR in writing or by electronic means to coordinate efforts in verifying if attrition is no longer required.

3.3.1.1 Exceptions to Sourcing Order of Priority 

In the event that adherence to the above sourcing order of priority will interfere with the Contractor’s 

compliance with the performance metrics set forth in the contract, the Contractor shall notify the contracting 

officer by written or electronic means of the nature and extent of the interference, and may request authority to 

deviate from the order of priority.

3.3.2 DLA Backup Material 

In the event of a DLA-sourced material outage, the Contractor is expected to purchase inventory to rectify gaps 

in DLA-sourced supply. The Contractor has gap buying authority in accordance with H-907. As with all 

material supplied to the AF under this contract, DLA Backup material must meet technical and quality 

requirements and be from approved sources. Material exceptions are DLA Mandatory-Sourced Items cited in 

section 3.4.1 .

Backup Reports: All DLA backup buys must be recorded in the Contractor’s information system and reported, 

per Section 10, to the government in the formats prescribed in the contract. Additionally, the Contractor is 

responsible for entering DHAs for all material provided as DLA Backup. 

3.4 Technical Specifications and Quality Control Requirements

The Contractor shall institute a corporate quality control program that ensures the spare parts received from its 

suppliers and provided to the government are in strict accordance with the technical specifications and quality 

control requirements as specified by the government for the item. Under all circumstances, regardless of the 

source of supply, all products shall conform to the most recent technical requirements as defined by DLA. In 

order for the Contractor to determine the technical requirements, required sources of material, and applicable 

quality standard for a given part, the contracting officer will provide a technical data file monthly. In the event 

of a conflict between the technical data file and the purchase order text (POT) the POT shall be deemed the 

most current, and shall be given precedence. Any changes in, or substitutions or replacements for items may be 

made only with the prior approval of the contracting officer. The Contractor may make recommendations for 

alternate, substitute, or replacement parts for a specific NSN in accordance with the specific provisions of the 

contract. However, no alternate, substitute or replacement part may be furnished unless and until the Contractor 

has been advised by the contracting officer of the acceptability of that alternate, substitute or replacement part. 

Further, unless otherwise provided by the contract or this PWS, or as otherwise authorized by the contracting 

officer, the Contractor shall:

1. Apply the highest standards practiced in the commercial marketplace.

2. Establish suppliers’ parts qualifications, accomplish supplier delivery and quality performance reviews, and 

evaluate processes to ensure 100% technical specification and quality compliance.

3. Ensure its parts vendors, suppliers and sub-contractors comply with all applicable Qualification Data Sheet 
Page 106 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

(QDS), Qualified Products List (QPL), Qualified Supplier List for Manufacturers (QSLM) and Qualified 

Suppliers List for Distributors (QSLD) requirements, as specified by DLA technical requirements for the 

spare parts and industrial hardware.

4. Ensure its parts vendors, suppliers and sub-contractors incorporate a system for obtaining, handling and 

supplying Original Equipment Manufacturers (OEM) certified parts, and such system is included in 

contractual instruments with vendors, sub-contractors and suppliers throughout the entire supply chain.

5. Ensure its parts vendors, sub-contractors and suppliers establish and maintain a system or processes 

providing clear traceability to the actual manufacturer of the parts.

6. Establish and maintain a process for inspection of incoming supplies for compliance with contract 

requirements. In addition to any physical inspections, the Contractor shall ensure all certifications and 

traceability documents will be available to DLA for review, as needed. Supplies found to be nonconforming 

shall be segregated from supplies to be delivered to the customer site bins or other designated storage 

locations, and in no event shall such nonconforming supplies be furnished under the contract. 

7. Conduct periodic audits or reviews of the quality control processes and procedures of its vendors, subcontractors and suppliers, and shall monitor its vendor qualification process on a continuous basis. 

Additionally, DLA reserves the right to review the Contractor’s quality processes.

8. Develop procedures to notify the government if the Contractor’s suppliers notify them of nonconforming 

material if it was not previously discovered by the Contractor or government. Subsequent steps may be 

required to be taken to isolate and recover nonconforming material. If the Contractor has already invoiced 

the government for non-conforming parts, the Contractor shall replace the material at no cost. 

3.4.1 DLA Mandatory-Sourced Items

Items under this program that are considered mandatory-sourced from DLA include Critical Safety Items (CSI), 

items requiring First Article Testing (FAT), and items requiring DNA marking (FSC 5962). The contracting 

officer may specify additional mandatory-sourced items at any time over the life of this contract and will notify 

the Contractor, as such. The Contractor may recommend items that should be DLA mandatory-sourced for 

review and concurrence by the Contracting Officer. Items previously bought and in possession of the Contractor 

at the time of conversion to CSI or requiring FAT are subject to the buyback clause in section 3.2.

The Contractor shall be responsible for entering DDEs as described in section 6.1 in a timely manner for DLA 

mandatory-sourced items. DDE submission history shall be provided in support of any FPA or MWT challenges 

related to unavailable DLA mandatory-sourced items. 

3.4.1.1 Critical Safety Items

CSI shall only be provided by DLA. The Contractor is not permitted to provide CSI material from any source 

other than the Government. The Contractor shall not provide CSIs from their commercial sources regardless of 

the date the item becomes CSI. As part of their ongoing material management and specifically as part of the 

receiving process, the Contractor is required to screen for any CSI on a continuous basis. CSI verification 

information can be obtained at 

https://www.aviation.dla.mil/UserWeb/AviationEngineering/EngineeringSupport/CSI.htm.

Any vendor-sourced items that become CSI shall not be delivered to the Government. If a vendor-sourced item 

becomes CSI, the Contractor must notify the Contracting Officer and provide the manufacturer and part number 

for the material in question for a determination by the Government on acceptability of that material. The 

Engineering Support Activity (ESA) will make final determination.

When placing CSI material into the bin, the Contractor will leave the material in the original package. If the 
Page 107 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

material will not fit in the bin, the configuration will be negotiated among the COR and the Air Force.

3.4.1.2 First Article Test (FAT)

In the event that FAT becomes a requirement for any vendor-sourced item on the SOI, the Contractor must 

notify the Contracting Officer and provide the manufacturer and Part Number for the material in question for a 

determination by the Government on acceptability of that material. The ESA will make final determination.

3.4.2 Shelf-Life Management 

The Contractor shall develop and manage a Shelf-Life Management Program. The Contractor shall perform a 

quarterly review of all bins that contain shelf-life coded (SLC) material. The date of the first quarterly audit will 

be determined during the activation meetings and subsequent audits will be every 90 days thereafter.

The Contractor, using current FEDLOG information disks available via Defense Logistics Information Services 

(DLIS), shall on quarterly basis use FEDLOG information to generate a list of all shelf-life material located in 

bins to audit. Each bin should have all parts removed from the bin to check that there is no expired shelf-life 

material in the bin. Each part will be reviewed and the material will only be placed back in the bin if the 

material is properly marked with an expiration or cure date and has a minimum of 90 days of shelf life 

remaining. For all bins containing shelf life material, the shelf-life code will be displayed on the bin labels. 

3.4.3 Procedures the Contractor shall follow for Source Inspection

When the Contract Technical Data File (CTDF) or the Purchase Order Text (POT) identifies a requirement for 

Source Inspection, the following applies:

• Provide a Certificate of Conformance for each NSN that has Source Inspection identified as a 

requirement in the CTDF or POT

• The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all Certificates of Conformance on file for the extent of the 

contract

3.5 Nonconforming Items and Returns

3.5.1 DLA-Sourced Nonconforming Items

If an item obtained from DLA is determined to be nonconforming to contract requirements, DLA shall accept 

return of the material and replace the nonconforming items with items that conform to contract requirements. 

In such instances, the Contractor will submit a Product Quality Discrepancy Report (PQDR) in accordance with 

DLA Regulation (DLAR) 4155.24 or a Supply Discrepancy Report (SDR) in accordance with the DLA 

Instruction (DLAI) 4140.55 through the DLA system (Product Deficiency Reporting and Evaluation System 

(PDREP) and/or Web SDR and will arrange for the return of the nonconforming material to the appropriate 

DLA facility. For product quality cases, the Air Force will provide a statement of discrepancy to the Contractor 

to be included in the record submitted into PDREP. For SDR cases, the Contractor will also perform any 

required follow-up actions for a particular SDR. The Contractor’s receiving management information systems 

and procedures shall prevent to the greatest extent practicable, delivery to an Air Force bin or invoicing of 

material which is nonconforming per a visual inspection.

The contractor may be required to "freeze" material if it is DLA sourced and DLA and the AF decide to freeze 

Government owned inventories. Refer to para 5.1 to understand applicability to the First Pass Acceptance 

metric.
Page 108 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

3.5.2 Contractor Sourced Nonconforming Items

The Contractor shall accept the return of any item which has been determined to be nonconforming to the 

requirements of the contract, and shall replace nonconforming items with items that conform to contract 

requirements.

3.5.3 Tracking/Reporting of Nonconforming Items

The Contractor will inform the COR of any non-conforming material delivered to the bins (DLA or vendorsourced) immediately upon discovery. Notification of a nonconforming item shall include the quantity and date 

the material was placed in the bin, what bins contained the item, and the amount of nonconforming material 

removed from the bin. The contactor shall maintain a system to track all issues and resolutions and provide a 

monthly listing of all nonconforming material identified to include the source of the material and actions taken 

to resolve.

3.5.4 Returns

The Air Force expectation is for the Contractor to record and process credit returns for material that is quality 

deficient. The mechanic will report the deficiency to their Production Superintendent who will, in turn, work 

with the DLA COR and Contractor to process the credit. The Contractor will immediately provide a 

replacement component of acceptable quality.

3.6 Bin-to-Bin Transfers

Bin-to-bin transfers are the movement of AF material from shop to shop. The need may arise to transfer 

material from one bin to another bin to meet mission needs, fill empty bins or improve inventory efficiency. All 

bin-to-bin transfers must be recorded in the Contractor’s information system and reported to the government, 

per Section 10, in the formats described in the contract. The Contractor shall track all gains and losses for 

applicable shops and make necessary supply adjustments to reflect the transfers of material. For specific binto-bin requirements for AutoCrib, see para 7.9.

3.7 Bin Minimum and Maximum Levels

Minimum and maximum bin levels will be initially set by the Air Force. The Contractor is responsible for 

capturing and reporting consumption data. This consumption data may be used to calculate the maximum 

inventory level baseline during the second year of performance. Usage will be calculated based on ((inventory 

in bin + inventory added) – (inventory remaining in bin)). 

At the end of the transition period, the Air Force will establish a maximum inventory level based on data 

submitted by the Contractor and verified by the Government. Minimum and maximum levels will be evaluated 

periodically. After the transition period, the Contractor may adjust min/max bin levels with Air Force approval.

In the event that Government inspections indicate the maximum inventory level has been exceeded, the 

Government shall only be financially liable for the stated maximum inventory value. 

3.8 Demand Analysis and Planning Requirements

To provide optimum support to the customer site, the Contractor shall employ best commercial practices to 

plan, obtain and distribute replenishment parts and industrial hardware, maintain a system of inventory control, 

storage and distribution to meet the customers’ estimated requirements. Specifically, the Contractor shall track 

consumption, perform demand analysis, and plan future demand on each item for which it has assigned bin 

replenishment support at a customer site during performance of this contract, regardless of supply source. The 

Contractor shall provide monthly consumption reports in support of its invoices for bin replenishment at the site 
Page 109 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

per Section 10. 

The Contractor shall also track consumption, and provide a recommendation with respect to items acquired 

repetitively under the backup provision. The extent to which backup was required because an item was not 

available from an approved government source of supply source shall be included in the recommendation and 

shall be specifically identified.

3.9 Audit Rights

The Contractor agrees to maintain accurate business records, books, and account information relating to the 

products purchased under this contract, including records relating to shipping, billing and payments, and to 

retain the same for the duration of the contract. All such records, books and account information, and any 

inventory of products produced and/or shipped exclusively for this contract may be audited or inspected by the 

DLA contracting officer or his/her authorized representatives upon reasonable notice at all reasonable times. 

The DLA contracting officer or his/her authorized representative may use audit software to access any such 

records, books, or account information maintained by the supplier in electronic form.

4 Inventory Management

The Contractor will obtain material, in accordance with the order priority established in this PWS and the 

contract SOI designated sourcing. The Contractor shall replenish the bench stock location based on established 

maximum levels. 

4.1 Point-of-Sale (POS)

4.1.1 Bench Stock Location at Contract Start-Up

For the purpose of this acquisition/program, Point-of-Sale (POS) is defined as bin placement. It is at this point 

that the ownership of material transitions from vendor-owned to Air Force owned and the “sale” is recorded. 

The Contractor’s proposal and implemented POS solution must not take the mechanic away from their work 

station and cannot create mechanic queue times. The POS solution at contract start-up must utilize the existing 

BSLs and bench stock storage units (bins, racks, etc.)

The Contractor shall capture and report the following data within their Management Information System:

• Bin and shop location for each bin replenishment

• Any FPA failure including date, start time, unique AF employee identifier, and whether the failure 

pertains to a bin or kit

• MWT for all reported outages

• Closure of each outage when mechanic demand is satisfied

• Kitting requests, kits delivered, and whether the kit was complete or incomplete upon delivery

The Contractor shall provide and maintain an electronic system for reporting FPA instances by the Government 

and tracking time from opening to closing the instance. The mechanic or Government representative will report 

FPA instances utilizing this electronic system. This electronic system will notify the DLA COR of all 

instances of FPA failure. Any reported outages shall only be reported and documented once per mechanic per 

bin. Only one instance per mechanic per bin can be counted against the metric. The Contractor will not be 

charged another FPA failure if the same mechanic places a demand upon the same bin until the bin has been 

filled and the original FPA failure closed. Only after the next fill/depletion cycle will the Contractor incur 
Page 110 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

another MWT failure on the same bin. Multiple failures can be reported against the same NSN if located in 

different bin locations.

The data collected from the Contractor shall be reported to the Government as specified in the Deliverables 

section of this PWS. In the event of a FPA or MWT failure, the Contractor shall record the wait time for 

resolution and provide a daily report to the Government of all instances of FPA and MWT failure. 

4.1.2 Bench Stock Location In Option Periods

The Air Force will begin to implement an automated vending machine solution over the course of the base 

period of this contract, which will electronically capture all elements of mechanic demand and material 

transactions. This automated solution will phase out the current non-automated open bins. See section 4.3, 

Bins/Bench Stock Storage Units, for more information.

4.2 Kitting

The Air Force Production Support Section (WSSC/EPSC) Chiefs or their designated representative has the 

responsibility for kit configurations within their organization along with the acceptance/rejection of kits for FPA 

purposes. The Air Force will provide a List of Materials (LOM) for each kit or provide access to current Air 

Force systems without modification in regards to kitting. The lists shall include the part number, national stock 

number, nomenclature, and quantity for each item in a kit. The Air Force shall notify the Contractor of any 

changes to the material lists and initiates a kit request for a new kit or change request for an existing. Kit LOMs 

shall be provided to the Contractor in MS Excel format and standardized across all 3 ALCs. The kit request 

includes a LOM or a revision to an existing LOM. Current Kit LOMs are provided as attachment 21 of the RFP. 

The contractor will only be required to supply the latest Kit LOM configuration which can be identified as the 

configuration with the most recent date in the kitting attachments.

For the purpose of kitting, the contractor shall establish a staging area for completed kits at their off-site kitting 

location. Some Government furnished space is available for kitting as reflected in attachment 6. Point-of-Sale 

(POS) for kits is defined as the placement of a completed kit in the designated staging area established by the 

contractor or in the Government kitting area. It is at this point that the ownership of the completed kit transitions 

from vendor-owned to Air Force owned and the “sale” is recorded. The Air Force will establish maximum 

levels for each completed kit in the designated staging area (see attachment 7). All completed kits in the 

designated staging area will be Government owned material. The Government will not be required to purchase 

any kits above the maximum level established by the Air Force. 

The Air Force will provide kit containers as Government Furnished Property as shown in 4.2.2 below; however, 

it is the Contractor’s responsibility to furnish any labeling materials or additional materials needed. The 

Contractor may recommend best practices and/or provide recommendations for kit containers. The Contractor 

will be responsible for owning and maintaining inventory control for kit components until the completed kit is 

placed in the kitting bin. 

Upon receipt of a kit order from the Air Force, the Contractor will deliver the kit from the staging area to the 

mechanic work center or Air Force designated location. Kits must be accepted by the Production Support 

Section (WSSC/EPSC) Chief or their designated representative. The Production Support Section 

(WSSC/EPSC) Chief or their designated representative has the following options:

1. Accept full kit—no FPA failure

2. Reject partial kit—FPA failure
Page 111 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

3. Conditionally accept partial kit—FPA failure and Contractor must provide missing material; MWT 

applies per Metrics section

4. Unconditionally accept kit with parts missing—no FPA failure

5. No full or partial kit available when requested – FPA failure

Upon kit consumption, the Contractor will then replenish the staging area as needed not to exceed the maximum 

levels reflected in attachment 22. The contractor will track status of all kits utilizing its MIS per the 

requirements of Section 6 of the PWS.

The Contractor will also pick up expended kits, inventory, inspect, and replenish, on a weekly basis or more 

frequently at the contractor’s discretion. The Contractor will be provided a maximum quantity for completed 

kits in the staging area and will have the authority thereafter to recommend adjustments to the maximum 

quantity levels with concurrence from the EPSC/WSSC Production Support Chief (or designated representative) 

and coordination with the COR. The Air Force may also adjust the maximum quantities for completed kits in 

the staging area. 

Requests for new kits or changes to kits must be acknowledged by the Contractor within one business day. 

Addition of items to a kit shall be allowed a full item lead time if the kit item(s) is a new addition to the 

Schedule of Items. In addition, new kits shall be allowed the lead time of the longest lead time item in the kit 

before the complete kit must be provided and included in metrics calculations if any item in the new kit is a new 

addition to the Schedule of Items. Completed kits shall be held to the same FPA and MWT metric as other IPV 

items and will be measured at the time of acceptance. Kitting components in the designated kitting areas are not 

subject to FPA and MWT and all component material contained within these areas will belong to the Contractor 

after attrition of Gen II Air Force owned kitting components. The Contractor will report kitting performance 

per Section 10 while performing in accordance with the Metrics described in Section 5. 

Designated kitting areas may be available at WR-ALC and OO-ALC as defined in paragraph 2.13 and reflected 

in Attachment 6. Kitting areas contain bins the Contractor may utilize to store material used to build the kits. 

The Contractor may utilize AF provided kitting areas to store kit material, compile kits, and store completed 

kits (i.e. kitting staging area). However, if the amount of available space provided by the Government is 

inadequate, the Contractor must provide their own space. Within each work center where kits are delivered, the 

Contractor will work with the Air Force to establish kit return locations for returns of used kits. 

The point of sale of completed kits will occur at the time that the Contractor places the kit in the designated 

kitting staging area. At this point, the contractor may bill based on the contractor provided items used to 

replenish the kits as reported in the deliverables listed in Section 10. As kits are returned, the Contractor will 

inventory the kits. Material returned with the kit should be inspected to confirm that it is identifiable and that 

the revision level has not been changed. Material that is identifiable and at current revision levels shall be 

reutilized for kit replenishment. This inventory will establish the next delivery cycle charge for that kit. (As an 

example: Contractor bills government $250 for initial delivery of items in a 100% filled kit; mechanic 

consumes 50% of the items in production; Contractor inventories kit upon return and value of consumed items 

equals $140; Contractor re-builds kit to 100%; Contractor charges government $140 material cost for next kit 

cycle rather than the full kit price of $250.) Cycle continues so the Air Force pays only for material that is 

consumed. 

The government will conduct periodic auditing of this process in accordance with the approved QASP and 

CMP.
Page 112 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

The Air Force’s goal is to expand kitting over the life of the contract. 

4.2.1 Kitting Function

The Contractor shall provide adequate kitting personnel to support kitting operations. Kitting personnel at the 

beginning of the contract, if properly aligned with true workload, shall be the baseline for future changes to 

kitting personnel. All kitting personnel shall be designated in writing (email is acceptable) to the Contracting 

Officer. The Contractor shall provide telephone numbers and e-mail addresses of the kitting personnel where 

these persons may be contacted. The Contractor’s kitting lead or designee shall be available via e-mail or 

telephone during normal business hours, and respond to requests within 2 hours of the request of the DLA COR 

or Air Force to discuss problem areas. 

Responsibilities within the kitting function are, but not limited to: program management, supervision, 

communication, oversight of kit production and inventory of returns, material handling, assembly, and delivery 

of kits to support customer demand.

The Contractor shall price the Kitting Function as part of the Management CLIN. 

4.2.2 Current Kitting Information

4.2.2.1 OO-ALC

 10% of kitting space on base

 90% of kitting space off base

 65% GFE tackle box

 0% Contractor furnished tackle box

 25% plastic bags (Contractor furnished) 

 10% other--Fixed Vidmar/Rolling Cabinets/Electrievers (GFE) 

 43,000+ deliveries per year 

 650 kit configurations

4.2.2.2 WR-ALC

 100% of kitting space on base 

 0% of kitting space off base 

 70% GFE tackle box

 0% Contractor furnished tackle box 

 10% plastic bags (Contractor furnished) 

 20% other--Fixed Vidmars/Rolling Cabinets (GFE) 

 8,664 kits deliveries per year

 539 kit configurations

4.2.2.3 OC-ALC

 0% of kitting space on base

 100% of kitting space off base 

 20% GFE tackle box

 0% Contractor furnished tackle box
Page 113 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

 80% plastic bags (Contractor furnished) 

 46,810 deliveries per year 

 1,916 kit configurations

4.3 Bins/Bench Stock Storage Units

4.3.1 Bin Management

Bins shall be provided and maintained by the Air Force. Unless otherwise provided by the contract, the 

Contractor shall use the bench stock storage units or bins currently in use at each site. In the event the bench 

stock storage unit does not adequately hold the material, the Contractor shall coordinate with the DLA COR to 

address the inadequate bench stock storage unit size. The Air Force will work with the Contractor to determine 

storage needs and location of bench stock storage units or bins.

A minimum of 24 hour notice shall be given to the Contractor by the DLA COR prior to any relocation, 

placement, or replacement of any bench stock storage unit. The customer and the Contractor shall be 

responsible jointly for the general upkeep of the bin or other storage locations in which the material covered by 

this contract are maintained. The Contractor shall keep the customer sites and the areas around the bin or other 

storage units, free from trash and/or debris caused by the supply of replenishment parts and industrial hardware.

Throughout the base period of the contract, the Air Force will be replacing open bins, cabinets, etc. with 

AutoCrib vending machines. The Contractor shall be responsible to restock the AutoCrib bins and integrate 

(See Section 7). The Air Force will provide a rollout plan.

Once the automated solution is fully implemented it may drive a Point-of-Sale change under the SOW from 

point of sale at bin placement to point of sale when removed from the bin (point of use). This is considered a 

change in the inventory holding costs for bin material, is within the scope of this acquisition, and does not 

impact any other performance metric. If the Government elects to change Point-of-Sale, revisions to the 

Contractor's level of effort or performance requirements as a result of the change will be fully coordinated with 

the Air Force, Contractor and Contracting Officer. Any such change may warrant an equitable adjustment in 

the Management sub-CLIN. 

5 Performance Metrics

Performance metrics tracking will start upon site activation at each ALC. Prior to the first formal metrics cycle, 

the parties shall conduct a “dry run” of the metric computing and reporting process to allow all parties (AF, 

DLA, Contractor) to participate in the process and provide clarifications. The Government will conduct audits 

and inspections in order to validate performance. The Contractor shall provide all data to the DLA COR for 

metrics calculation. Additionally, all Contractor data will be accessible for metrics analysis.

5.1 Primary Metric: First Pass Acceptance

The Contractor shall achieve a 99.5% FPA rate for bench stock (bins and kits), defined as 99.5% of items 

available at the time of demand from the mechanic throughout the life of the contract. An FPA failure is 

defined as material not available to the mechanic at the time of demand; the bin or designated storage unit is 

empty, there is a limited amount of material left in a bin or designated storage unit to satisfy the mechanic’s 

current need for material; the bins containing replenishment parts contain only parts not meeting quality 

assurance standards; or for kitting, a kit is not on-hand, is provided incomplete (does not contain all items on 

the List of Materials (LOM)) at the time of kit demand by mechanic, or contains non-conforming items. 
Page 114 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

In order for an incomplete kit to count as an FPA failure, the Production Support Chief (EPSC/WSSC), or 

designee, must conditionally accept a partial kit or reject the kit. Each FPA bin / kit failure will be reported 

by the Government in the contractor’s electronic reporting system described in the PWS section 4.1.1.

An incentive will apply for exceeding a 99.9% FPA, and a disincentive will apply for failure to meet 99.5% 

FPA. FPA metric failures will be measured by the aggregate number of government reported material outages 

within a monthly reporting period. The first FPA evaluation date will be one month after site activation and 

subsequent FPA evaluations will be monthly thereafter.

FPA failures caused by "frozen" DLA sourced material will not count against the contract metrics.

5.1.1 Measurement

FPA is the percentage of success in fulfilling material demands, measured on a per mechanic per bin basis or 

per kit basis. The FPA percentage is calculated as the number of unsuccessful attempts by all mechanics to 

obtain a part or kit divided by the sum of the total non-automated bins supported plus the number of instances 

in which a mechanic requests a part from the automated bins or automated systems during the month plus the 

number of kit delivery requests. For example, if the mechanics request parts from an automated bin / 

automated system 5,000 times during the month, the contractor is supporting 100,000 non-automated part 

bins, and the customer requests delivery of 3,000 kits, the denominator will be 108,000. FPA will be 

calculated separately for each ALC on a monthly basis. For kits, an FPA failure is defined as a kit that is not 

available at time of customer request, contains non-conforming parts, or is conditionally accepted by the 

Production Support Chief. Kitting requests will be derived from the number of kits delivered plus all kit FPA 

failures recorded during the month, which will also include any kit delivery failures open from previous 

months.

Performance measurement for FPA will begin at site activation and will be measured on a monthly basis for 

the ALC sites. FPA will be applied on an annual basis as the average of the monthly FPA % to determine the 

incentive / disincentive and will be calculated annually. The incentive / disincentive will be calculated against 

the Level of Support CLIN and added to / deducted from the Level of Support CLIN payment. The incentive / 

disincentive will be added or deducted from the monthly payment following completion of calculation of the 

incentive / disincentive to be applied at the conclusion of each annual performance period.

5.1.2 Exceptions

New items added to the SOI will be permitted one lead-time for supportability expectations, and will not be 

included in the FPA calculation until the agreed to lead-time has expired. DLA-mandatory sourced items 

such as Critical Safety Items (CSI) or items requiring First Article Testing will be included in the FPA 

calculation.

Kits that are accepted as incomplete due to missing or new items within the first lead-time are not included in 

the FPA metric calculation.

5.2 Secondary Metric: Mechanic Wait Time (MWT) 

The number of hours it takes the Contractor to remedy an FPA failure is called Mechanic Wait Time (MWT). 

MWT is calculated as the time it takes the Contractor to fill a bin / kit once it has an FPA failure, measured as 

the difference between the time the first FPA failure for a bin / kit is reported to the Contractor and when all 

FPA failures for the bin / kit have been remedied by the Contractor as verified by the COR. The contractor 
Page 115 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

shall remedy every instance of FPA failure within 24 hours throughout the entire contract period. Note: A 

separate 8-hour MWT metric will apply at Warner Robins for the bins identified in Attachment 24 only.

 

A tiered disincentive will be applied per bin / kit on which an FPA failure occurs that exceeds the 8 or 24 hour 

metric. An additional disincentive will apply for every 30 days in which an MWT bin / kit instance remains 

open. The MWT evaluation will begin upon site activation and subsequent MWT evaluations will be monthly 

thereafter.

5.2.1 Exceptions

Items excluded from the FPA metric are excluded from the MWT disincentive. 

NSNs added after contract award will be granted a full Production Lead Time (PLT) based on PLT agreed at 

time of addition prior to being subject to the FPA and MWT metrics.

6 Management Information System (MIS)

The Contractor shall use a MIS that is compatible and interfaces with, existing and emerging Department of 

Defense (DoD) systems employed by DLA, DAASC, and DLIS, and site specific data management systems, 

including Automated Order Tracking System (AOTS) at WR-ALC. The Contractor’s MIS must provide 

complete, accurate, up-to-date information to DLA and the Air Force and must provide for systemic reporting 

as required by the contract. At a minimum, the Contractor’s MIS will be required to perform demand analysis, 

appropriate inventory levels’ analysis/adjustments, and interface with existing Government material 

management and distribution systems to facilitate ordering/requisitioning, receipting of material, and processing 

material receipt acknowledgment transactions. Data will be owned by the Government.

The Contractor’s MIS must provide for electronic commerce (EC/EDI) and MILSTRIP transactions. The 

Contractor shall have the ability to submit periodic electronic invoices and purchase order acknowledgement. 

The Contractor shall maintain a continuous record of consumption data. The Contractor shall track consumption 

by bin/customer site and perform analysis of demand trends to support the achievement of the contract 

performance metrics. The Contractor’s MIS shall be flexible enough to provide standard ad hoc reports as 

required by both Contractor and Government personnel along with the following mandatory functionality:

• Maintain continuous record of consumption data

• Track consumption based on point-of-sale criteria 

• Perform analysis of demand trends to support achievement of performance metrics

• Implement a kitting asset visibility tracking IT system which has “real time” capability to:

o Show all kit LOMs

o View current kit inventory and location of kits

o Show supportability of all items within a kit

o Track kit consumption data at the item level

o Build or adjust a kit configuration based on item consumption 

o Allow for government access to view all data, run ad hoc reports based on queries that may 

include, but are not limited to, kit and NSN consumption at mechanic level; shop level; and ALC 

level

• Provide electronic invoicing, together with reports required to support payment

• Provide reports as needed or requested by DLA and/or the Air Force

• Have an integrated electronic order entry system
Page 116 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

• Prevent delivery to the Government of any vendor-sourced CSI, not previously authorized by the 

Contracting Officer, regardless of date the item was designated CSI by the Government

• Establish a web page accessible by designated Government personnel for ad-hoc queries to obtain 

pertinent data including, but not limited to, NIINs, bin locations, DLA requisition number, asset 

availability, records and ability to report outages on open bins that tracks time from notification of bin 

outage to satisfaction of mechanic requirements. 

• Track initiated and accepted returns for credit and process financial credit transaction

• Integrate with the Point of Use vending machines via AutoCrib Web Services

o Minimum IT requirements to integrate with the Point of Use vending machines via AutoCrib 

Web Services:

 Windows 7 Professional (32 or 64 bit) or window XP SP3 only. No other operating 

systems are supported. 

 .Net Framework 4.0 or higher

 Resolution 1028x768 

 Memory: 2GB of RAM

 Internet Explorer 11 is currently the tested browser, but earlier will work with minor 

display faults. No other browser is supported. 

 Crystal Activex (downloadable on the site) is required for reports.

 The Contractor will receive an electronic purchase order and send an electronic advance 

ship notice

 Two (2) Government furnished Standard Desktop Computers will be provided per ALC 

that will provide the Contractor an enhanced and tailorable historical search capability 

into the AutoCrib machine database 

o The Air Force shall grant authorization so the Contractor can receive specific and automated 

vending machine information directly from the AutoCrib Web Services. 

o The Contractor will provide a single organization email box in order to facilitate communication. 

o See Section 7 for further AutoCrib integration information.

6.1 Demand Data Exchange (DDE) and Web Based Customer Collaboration (CC)

The goal of the role of the IPV Contractor being involved in the Demand Data Exchange (DDE) and Customer 

Collaboration (CC) is to capture demands in Government systems to allow for enhanced support to the War 

Fighter by improving demand plan accuracy (DPA) via DDE and CC. This is a significant driver to 

simultaneously decreasing inventory levels while maintaining/increasing Customer Service. The Contractor is 

responsible for inputting DDE information.

The IPV Contractor shall:

• Identify, in writing, the POCs specifically assigned to collaborate with the respective DLA Aviation 

demand planner and provide the Contracting Officer with POC name, phone number, and e-mail address 

within two (2) days of contract start date

• Submit their DDE/CC requirements using the approved format via DoD EMALL Manual Order Entry 

System (MOES)

• Collaborate on planning prior to submission to ensure accurate DDE/CC
Page 117 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

• Submit DDE representing the intended order quantity for IPV ALC NSNs; i.e., the quantity that will be 

requisitioned from DLA Aviation in monthly buckets

• Review the DDE/CC data monthly with the respective DLA Aviation demand planner as required

• Utilize DoD EMALL SASOR to manage any supportability issues

• Collaborate in a manner that promotes stability in the DDE process. For example, prior to an NSN 

migrating in or out of the DDE/CC process, the IPV Contractor shall consult the DLA Aviation demand 

planner

• Request collaboration training through the COR as appropriate

6.2 Supportability Analysis

The supportability analysis section of this PWS addresses the process of comparing known demand (actual or 

planned) to inventory on hand and due-ins, and communicating deficiencies and projected stock out gaps over a 

time horizon. This process is integral to the Air Force Sustainment Center/DLA Integrated Planning Execution 

Sustainment Process (IPEx SP) and reporting during the AFSC Commander’s Aircraft, Propulsion, and 

Commodities Performance Reviews. The IPV Contractor shall provide “forward looking” material planning for 

the Air Force customer at OC-ALC, OO-ALC and WR-ALC, and align complex supportability processes with 

those of DLA and the USAF for IPV items. Supportability analysis metrics and issues may be reviewed as part 

of the quarterly PMR’s, see section 2.3.1.

6.2.1 Objectives

• Support to DLA IPEx SP activities to improve supportability

• Ensure 100% parts supportability of IPV items for established and future shop workloads

• May include special projects for specific customer targeted outcomes 

• Identify potential problem and/or stock-out NSNs/bins

• Mitigate potential stock-out supportability constraints

• Stratify potential problem and/or stock-out NSNs/bins into Red, Yellow, and Green categories over time 

horizons to aid in prioritization of mitigation activities

• Attend various AF and/or DLA meetings and brief supportability posture and mitigation actions taken 

on stock-out and/or potential stock-out IPV items 

• Work in partnership with DLA and the Air Force supportability team members. This includes but not 

limited to DLA Aviation Planning and Support (P&S) Division’s Sustainment Specialists (SS), 

Customer Support Managers (CSM), and Deep Look teams, AF/DLA members of the Depot Supply 

Chain Manager (DSCM) IPTs, USAF planners, and the CORs’ office to improve ALC parts 

supportability 

6.2.2 Scope

The Contractor shall provide resources and associated equipment, tools, materials, supervision, and nonpersonnel services necessary to perform “forward look” supportability analysis of IPV bench stock items over 

multiple time horizons (supportability outlook). 

• The IPV Contractor shall generate and distribute supportability assessment files and mitigation actions 

performed.

o The files shall be posted to an IPV SharePoint site accessible to all parties 

o A supportability assessment file for each ALC Maintenance Group will be produced monthly 

providing outlooks in the following stratifications:
Page 118 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

 Tactical/short term (30 days)

 Operational/mid-range (60, 90, and 180 days)

 Strategic/long-range (365 and 730 days). 

• The supportability analysis shall be color coded as Green, Yellow, and Red. It shall include the total 

number of IPV items with corresponding quantities, stock on hand, known requirements by month, 

shortage quantities, get well date, and mitigation actions pursued. Color coding business rules differ 

depending on the support outlook period of coverage. 

o Tactical/30-day support outlook:

 Red = current bins zero balance plus any additional projected bins zero balance open 

longer than 24 hours

 Yellow = stock on hand plus contracts due in that are insufficient to cover the specific 

weapon system, propulsion, or commodity for the forecasted demand to support the next 30 

days

 Green = stock on hand plus contracts due in are sufficient to cover the specific weapon 

system, propulsion, or commodity for the forecasted demand to support the next 30 days

o Operational and Strategic/60-730 day support outlook:

 Red = no stock on hand and contracts due in during the time horizon in question are 

insufficient to cover the specific weapon system, propulsion, or commodity for the

forecasted demand to support the time horizon (e.g. 60, 90, 180, 365,730 days)

 Yellow = stock on hand plus contracts due in during the time horizon in question are 

insufficient to cover the specific weapon system, propulsion, or commodity for the 

forecasted demand to support the time horizon (e.g. 60, 90, 180, 365,730 days)

 Green = stock on hand plus contracts due in during the time horizon in question are 

sufficient to cover the specific weapon system, propulsion, or commodity for the 

forecasted demand to support the time horizon (e.g. 60, 90, 180, 365,730 days)

• The IPV Contractor will work in partnership with DLA and USAF supportability team members to 

eliminate the number of IPV item outages and maximize support to the weapon system, propulsion, or 

commodity being evaluated to enhance supportability to the War Fighter.

o The IPV Contractor will provide a supportability request document (checklist) to DLA Aviation 

P&S Division Chief (or representative) and COR to facilitate resolution on any DLA supported 

IPV items with potential operational/strategic stock-out periods.

 Checklist to provide at a minimum: Maintenance group (e.g. AMXG, CMXG, etc.), bin 

location, weapon system/PDN, IPV NSN, noun, part number, unit per assembly, stock on 

hand, asset availability, monthly consumption quantity (MCQ), identify if DDE is 

necessary to support requirement, potential shortage quantity, IPV Contractor mitigation 

actions performed (e.g. contract expedite, gap buy, etc.), and DLA actions requested.

o The local DLA Aviation team will provide a formal response within 5 days to the IPV Contractor 

that indicates acceptance of the request, so the IPV Contractor is prepared to brief the status of 

the stock-out and/or potential stock-out IPV items. The local DLA team will provide status on 

actions taken within 21 calendar days of the initial request. 

6.3 Live Test Demonstration 

The Government reserves the rights to have the awardee provide a live test demonstration of their IPV IT 

solution within 60 days after contract award and at any time during contract performance as requested by the 

Contracting Officer. The purpose of the live test demonstration is to demonstrate system capabilities to achieve 

the objectives of the contract. Full and complete demonstrations of systems capabilities may be required.
Page 119 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

6.4 Data

The Government shall have access to and own all data and data files developed or generated under this contract 

including forecasts generated by proprietary systems. The Contractor’s IT solution must allow efficient access 

information and permit the downloading of data in Excel format throughout the life of the contract. 

6.4.1 Government Provided Information and Data

During the performance of this contract, the Government will provide information or data related to material 

requirements. Among the files the Contractor will be provided is the Technical Specifications and Quality 

Assurance Provisions Contract Technical Data File (“CTDF”). The parties agree that the information located in 

Field “C”, (Technical Guidance Information), Field “D”, (Technical History/Weapons Systems Data), Filed 

“M”, (Contracting Guidelines), and Field “N”, (Quality Guidance Data), of the CTDF are business sensitive, 

and will not be disseminated to any person, firm, or entity outside the Contractor’s own entity.

6.4.2 Rights in Software 

The government reserves the right to negotiate modifications for software development or to acquire rights in 

any software developed subject to a bi-lateral modification. The government also may require a live 

demonstration of the Contractor’s IT systems to ensure it is technically acceptable. The government is the 

owner of all the data developed for this program and this data will be provided to the Government in a method 

that does not require the use of the vendor’s proprietary software. Further, the data shall be provided in either a 

SQL database or .xls worksheet with clear and descriptive field heading that are human readable. 

6.4.3 Limited Rights Technical Data

The Contractor and the Contracting Officer acknowledge that some information to which the Contractor will be 

given access for and during the performance of this contract may be confidential business information, business 

sensitive information, and/or proprietary technical or other data which represents the intellectual property of 

another party. Any such information will be properly marked confidential and be covered under the previously 

executed non-disclosure agreements. 

7 AutoCrib Vending Machines

7.1 Overview 

Throughout the base period of the contract, the Air Force will replace open BSLs with Point of Use vending 

machines. It is anticipated all open BSLs will be replaced prior to the first option period. During the base 

period, as BSLs are converted to Point of Use vending machines, the Government will coordinate with the 

Contractor to identify the items and levels that should be included in the AutoCrib vending machine. The 

Contractor will work with the Government to collaboratively establish min/max quantities for every item to be 

contained in the AutoCrib vending machine. The min/max quantities may or may not equal the max bin quantity 

utilized for the item in the open bin environment. The Contractor will initially stock the machines to the 

identified levels. As mechanics remove material, the machine will track and report inventory levels. 

When the bin levels reach the “minimum”, a notification will be issued to the Contractor. The notification is 

termed a “purchase order” by the AutoCrib vending machine software and will be transmitted via an electronic 

file transfer that contains similar data as an EDI 850. The “purchase order” will not be a funded document and 

should only be considered a notification that the machine has reached the minimum level. Upon receipt of the 

notification (850), the Contractor will generate an “Advanced Ship Notice” EDI 856 which is also referred to as 

the “tag” in the Point of Use vending machine software. The tag generates information to allow for automated 

replenishment of the inventory in the vending machines. 
Page 120 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

The Contractor is required to incorporate AutoCrib data into their management information system in order to 

utilize the automated stocking features and to better facilitate supply planning/management. AutoCrib utilizes 

Web Services. Web Services is designed to support interoperable machine-to-machine interaction over a 

network or more commonly over the internet. AutoCrib Web Services allows a client company to access the 

many data elements in the AutoCrib system bi-directionally. The AF owns its own version AutoCrib.net 

software that links the vending machines running on AutoCrib client (local machine database) software 

together. The following is provided through Web Services: transactional data, stockouts, bin inventories, and 

system ‘puts’ and ‘gets’. In order for successful integration via Web Services, the Contractor may need to 

consult with AutoCrib. 

Web Services will be made through the use of a URL that is password protected. Additionally, the Contractor’s 

MIS server must be appropriately accredited in order to subscribe to the URL. Immediately upon award, the 

Contractor will work with the Air Force and DLA implementation team to establish server connectivity through 

AFNet and validate the server. This validation requires review and testing of the Contractor IP address, ports, 

and protocols, as well as establishing individual user access.

The Air Force will provide two Standard Desktop Configuration (SDC) compliant computers per ALC. These 

SDC compliant computers will allow access for the generation of historical reports. The Standard Desktop 

Configuration (SDC) compliant computers strictly provide the Contractor an enhanced and tailorable historical 

search capability into the AutoCrib machine database and are not integral to integration through AutoCrib Web 

Services.

The Air Force reserves the right to use the system’s ability to automatically change or optimize the minimum 

and maximum inventory levels using Demand Compression. Though this will not be a requirement at contract 

award it is anticipated at a future date. The contractor would be expected to operate the demand compression 

system which would dramatically reduce the amount of inventory on hand as well as the time spent managing it 

by the contractor. 

7.2 AutoCrib Vending and Inventory Management 

The Contractor shall check, inventory and replenish the AutoCrib vending machine bins. During the stocking 

process, the Contractor shall ensure bins and containers are neat, orderly, and do not contain intermingled parts. 

The Contractor shall ensure the items in the vending machines are available for use by the mechanics when 

required. 

7.3 Virtual Cribs

The Contractor will manage virtual cribs (VCs) at each ALC. The VCs will initially consist of an Air Force 

provided, controlled area utilizing a handheld scanner linked to the AutoCrib software/database. However, the 

VCs may be expanded to other areas to allow for enhanced inventory / kit tracking capabilities along with 

Autocrib. The virtual cribs will be used to store, manage, and issue any excess material and may be utilized to 

track material returns. VCs will be used during transition to track residual material from the Gen II contract and 

may be utilized in the return process. Material stored in the VCs must be incorporated into the Sourcing Order 

of Priority in para 3.3.1. Material in the VCs will be monitored by the Contractor and Government for usage. 

Any items removed from the SOI or determined to be in excess of realistic demands will be identified by the 

Contractor for review and possible disposition by the Air Force. In addition, the VCs may later be incorporated 

with kitting to allow for enhanced tracking capabilities of requests, deliveries, and FPA failures.
Page 121 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

7.4 AutoCrib Reports 

The Contractor shall be proficient in utilizing and analyzing the AutoCrib system which includes administration 

of the machines / bins, reports, and inventory management of the system (add, change, delete). The Contractor 

shall use the AutoCrib reports to supplement their Supply Chain Management. 

7.5 AutoCrib Changes

The Contractor will be able to suggest changes to the min/max levels to the Government. The Contractor may 

propose changes to the AutoCrib machine system to the Government for approval via e-mail on the last

business day of the week by site. The Air Force will acknowledge the request within one business day and 

notify the Contractor of its decision to approve or reject the change with 4 business days after 

acknowledgement. If the change is approved, the Air Force will make the change within 5 business days of 

notification of acceptance.

Possible changes to the AutoCrib vending system include min/max level changes, reports, and conversion 

factors. The Contractor shall not add any item to the vending machines without prior approval from the COR or 

Contracting Officer. In establishing min/max quantities, considerations include, but are not limited to: 

• Item size and packaging

• Point of Use vending machine being installed

• Bin size available in the Point of Use vending machine

• Unit of issue

• Estimated demands

• Previous max bin level 

7.6 AutoCrib Performance Metrics 

FPA and MWT metrics shall remain unchanged after Point of Use vending machine rollout. Contractor shall 

use AutoCrib reports to prevent FPA and MWT failures as described in the PWS. As vending machines are 

rolled out, AutoCrib reports will be tailored to accurately measure and report mechanic wait time and first pass 

acceptance as defined in the PWS. The Government will rely on these reports to calculate MWT and FPA 

incentives and disincentives. 

7.7 Weekly Cycle Count 

The Contractor shall conduct a weekly cycle count inventory on two percent (2%) of all AutoCrib machines. 

The Contractor shall pick two percent (2%) of the items to inventory and identify all discrepancies between the 

AutoCrib’s stated count and the actual inventory count. The Contractor shall cycle count inventory of a 

different set of two percent (2%) items each week so within a one (1) year time frame all automated items have 

been inventoried. Contractor shall properly utilize the “physical” module provided at the user interface 

software on the Point of Use vending machine and, if needed, delete the applicable item PO line item for the 

material to ensure actual count matches the AutoCrib reports. 

7.8 Restock Inventory

The Contractor shall restock all items in the Point of Use vending machine individually. They shall not be 

restocked as a package or carton and shall not exceed the bin or tray capacity. The Contractor shall stock the 

individual items to no more than the maximum level identified. If excess stock is found in bin, the Contractor 

shall remove excess stock. The Contractor Program Manager shall be responsible for notifying the COR of 

these occurrences.
Page 122 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

Once the Contractor has received an electronic purchase order for IPV replenishment items, the contractor will 

process the order and send back an electronic advanced ship notice (ASN) that will include the P.O. / tag 

number. The ASN will include among other things item code, description, order quantity, ship quantity, crib 

and bin numbers. The ASN will be stored in memory until such time the stocker is ready to physically replenish 

the machine. The contractor personnel (Stocker) enter the Tag number at the machine, which will automatically 

open the appropriate door(s) and signal the stocker to stock that bin. The stocker will put the inventory to the 

bin and upon door close the machine rotates to the next line item on the P.O. / tag and opens the appropriate 

door. The process continues until the stocking of that P.O / tag is complete. This automated process only opens 

bins that the stocker has material for which eliminates mistakes by the stocker and improves the speed to 

restock the machine.

7.9 Bin-to-Bin Transfer Process

When an item needs to be transferred into or out of an automated location the following procedures will be 

utilized:

• Automated Bin to Automated Bin: Material Handler will Issue the material to be moved with the 

Transfer badge. The material will be delivered to the location that is in need of the transfer and put away 

with the Transfer badge using a Physical transaction.

• Open Bin to Automated: Material will be delivered from the Open Bin to the Automated Location and 

put away with the Transfer Badge using the Physical transaction.

• Automated Bin to Open Bin: Material handler will Issue with the Transfer badge and deliver to the Open 

Bin to be put away.

The Contractor will be responsible to ensure there are no open Purchase Orders on Automated Bins where 

material is being transferred into.

The Material Handler will use their regular badge to accomplish normal Stocking and Physical transactions for 

day to day operations. The PoU Office will issue Transfer badges to Contractor personnel. Badges will be 

issued with a 1297 and tracked. The Transfer badge will only be used to accomplish Bin-to-Bin transfers. 

7.10 Returns

Any material that can be identified by the contractor is placed back in the AutoCrib up to the maximum 

identified, or if it will not fit, is held by the contractor for 90 days and incorporated in the next fill. If the 

material cannot be used within 90 days, it is passed back to the AF for disposition. Any material that cannot be 

identified or is deficient will be passed to the AF for disposition.

8 Contractor Requirements

8.1 Personnel Administration 

The Contractor is responsible to provide staffing sufficient to manage the transition requirements from Gen II to 

Gen III along with appropriate staffing levels to manage the expected outcomes of the program. 

Additionally, the Contractor is responsible for the employment, training, guidance, and supervision of qualified 

personnel to accomplish the Air Force Industrial Product - Support Vendor effort. The Contractor shall ensure 

all Contractor employees are easily recognizable as Contractor employees, with some type of visible apparel, 

for example a lanyard or shirt with company name. All IPV contract personnel attending Government meetings 
Page 123 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

and working in other situations where their IPV Contractor status is not obvious to third parties are required to 

identify themselves as such to avoid creating an impression that they are Government officials. The Contractor 

shall ensure Contractor employees maintain a professional appearance and appropriate safety attire. The 

Contractor shall wear the Personnel Protective Equipment (PPE) required by each shop area while performing 

all services required by this contract. (The Government will not provide PPE to contractor employees.) The 

Contractor shall provide the Government initial and updated lists of Contractor employee’s names that will 

perform duties under this contract. All Contractor employees shall obtain a Common Access Card.

8.2 Quality Assurance 

According to the GOV Quality Assurance Surveillance Plan (QASP), the Government will evaluate the 

Contractor’s performance under this contract. The Contracting Officer Representative (COR) is a 

representative of the Contracting Officer and will participate in the administration of this contract. Any matter 

concerning a change to the scope, prices, terms, or conditions of this contract shall be referred to the 

Contracting Officer. All services to be performed by the Contractor during the period of this contract will be 

subject to review by the Contracting Officer or COR. 

8.3 Contractor Response Time

The Contractor shall provide written response addressing the root cause, corrective action, and preventive 

action(s) in the case contract requirements are not met. The Contractor will be given 5 working days to answer 

a submitted Corrective Action Report (CAR), Performance Action Report (PAR), and Customer Complaint 

(CC). 

8.4 Program Management

The Contractor will provide certain skilled, experienced, professional and/or technical personnel consistent with 

the requirements of this Performance Work Statement. This section lists personnel who should be 

representative of the following labor categories type(s). The labor categories are for certain skilled, 

experienced, professional and/or technical personnel and are essential for successful accomplishment of the 

work to be performed under the resultant contract. 

8.4.1 Personnel Requirements 

The Contractor will provide certain skilled, experienced, professional and/or technical personnel consistent with 

the requirements of this Performance Work Statement. Personnel categories needed for an effort of this size 

and complexity include, but are not limited to the functions identified below:

• IPV Program Manager

• ALC Site PM

• Acquisition Specialist/Buyer

• Supply/Demand Planner

• Item Manger

• Expediter

• Receiving Handler

• Material Handler

• Product Specialist

• Quality Assurance Specialist

• Engineering Specialist
Page 124 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

• Support Analyst

8.4.2 Contractor’s Preliminary Personnel Assessment

The Contractor’s preliminary assessment shall be available to the Contracting Officer and other DLA personnel 

at the Preliminary Implementation Plan meeting between the Contractor and DLA within fifteen (15) days after 

date of award, and will be used to develop the Final Implementation Plan(s) at the post-award meeting(s) at the 

ALC site(s). The Contractor shall meet and correspond with DLA and/or the Air Force representatives to assess 

Air Force needs, on-hand inventories and associated required attrition, bin/storage area quantity levels, and the 

location and condition of bins and storage areas.

8.4.3 Driving Personally Owned Vehicles (POV)

Contractor personnel shall comply with Robins AFB, Tinker AFB, and Hill AFB directives pertaining to 

operation of POVs at each ALC IAW individual base 32 Series Traffic Safety Plan.

8.4.4 Compliance with Security Requirements

Contractor personnel shall comply with Robins AFB, Tinker AFB, and Hill AFB security requirements (Air 

Force Instructions, DoD/AF/Local directives, etc).

8.4.5 Emergency Procedures

Contractor employees shall follow the direction of Government employees in regards to emergency procedures, 

i.e. fire, tornado, active shooter, bomb threats. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to provide guidance and 

establish procedures for responding to emergency for their employees. It is the Contractors' responsibility to 

account for their employees following an emergency evacuation. Contractor Personnel shall participate with 

Government personnel in all fire and tornado drills at no additional cost to the Government. 

8.4.6 Location and Hours of Work

The Contractor shall perform work at Tinker AFB, Hill AFB, and Robins AFB. Normal Government workdays 

include Monday through Friday, except United States (US) Federal Holidays. However, surge requirements 

may necessitate performance in excess of regularly scheduled work hours. Contractors shall ensure they can 

provide for this type of contingency. If the Contractor determines the need to work in excess of the scheduled 

hours, the Government shall not be liable for overtime payment. 

8.4.7 Recognized Federal Holidays

New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Day, Presidents Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, 

Columbus Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day. If the holiday falls on a Saturday, it is 

observed on Friday. If the holiday falls on Sunday, it is observed on Monday.

8.5 Training

8.5.1 Flight Line Training

Flight-line driver training (for purposes of this PWS flight-line and ramp are equivalent) shall be required for 

personnel who must drive (bike, car, etc.) on the flight-line. The Contractor and personnel shall acknowledge 

the Flight Line Training provided by the DLA COR and provide a Contractor devised certificate to the COR for 

each employee within ten (10) days of contract award or within 10 days of initial hire. The COR will be the 

POC and will help facilitate the process of obtaining the flight-line license. The Contractor shall be responsible 

for updating the list of personnel in need of flight line training, to include newly hired personnel, as necessary 
Page 125 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

and applicable.

8.5.2 AutoCrib Training

AutoCrib training shall be required for personnel who must service or collect and analyze AutoCrib machine 

produced data. Contractor employees shall be trained on AutoCrib prior to the employee’s interaction with the 

vending solution. Validation of employee training will be provided to the COR office within 5 days of 

completion.

8.6 Housekeeping/Foreign Object Damage

The Contractor shall keep the work areas clean and neat in accordance with Industry Standards, Occupational, 

Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), fire and safety standards, Foreign Object Damage (FOD) directives 

(DoD, AF, Local, etc.) and this PWS. 

8.6.1 Certificate for Foreign Object Damage (FOD) and Dropped Object Prevention (DOP) Certificate 

While performing contract services in or around industrial areas or flight lines, the Contractor and personnel 

shall acknowledge the Foreign Object Damage (FOD) and Dropped Object Prevention (DOP) training provided 

by the DLA COR and provide a Contractor devised certificate to the COR for each employee within ten (10) 

days of contract award. The certificate(s) shall have the title of the training, name of the person who received 

the training and the date. The Contractor shall also ensure that all new employee(s) undergo the FOD/DOP 

training and provide a Contractor devised certificate of training to the COR prior to starting work in industrial 

areas or flight lines. Annually, the Contractor and personnel shall be required to review the FOD/DOP training 

and provide an updated Contractor devised certificate of training to the COR.

8.7 DLA Common Access Card (CAC) Holders

Contractor personnel shall require access to Federally-controlled facility or installation and/or access to a 

Federally-controlled information system under this PWS. 

Contractor personnel requiring access to a Federally-controlled facility or installation and/or access to a 

Federally-controlled information system under this PWS shall possess a “Common Access Card” (CAC). The 

COR will be the point of contact (POC) throughout the approval process up to receiving the CAC card. The 

NAC process can take up to 60 days or more. 

Once all required paperwork is completed and verified for the National Agency Check (NAC), the COR will 

direct the Contractor to a trusted agent (TA) in order to obtain their CAC card through the Contractor 

verification system (CVS)/Trusted Associate Sponsorship System (TASS).

8.7.1 Contractor Badge

Contractor personnel may require Contractor badge(s). The DLA COR will be the POC throughout the process 

up to receiving the Contractor badge. The appropriate paperwork will need to be submitted to the COR. 

8.7.2 Secured Area Badge

Contractor personnel may require secured area badge(s). The DLA COR will be the POC throughout the 

process up to receiving the secured area badge.

8.7.3 Ramp Badge/Flight Line License

Contractor personnel may require a ramp badge/flight line license. The Contractor is required to complete the 

appropriate training to receive a ramp badge/flight line license. The DLA COR will be the POC throughout the 
Page 126 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

process.

8.7.4 CAC/Badge Return

The IPV Contractor is responsible for retrieving all Contractor/subcontractor CAC/badge(s) upon completion or 

termination of the contract/modification or when an employee no longer has a need for access to an ALC; 

employment has been terminated, or individual is transferred to another project. The IPV Contractor shall return 

all retrieved CAC/badge(s) to the DLA COR within 24 hours of retrieval.

9 Readiness

9.1 Surge Pricing

Surge and Sustainment clauses/provisions will be included in the Generation III Air Force IPV contract to 

support worldwide demand of commercially sourced items only. As items that are supported through 

commercial sourcing are identified for worldwide support, an analysis will be performed to determine the surge 

requirements, and an eCAP will be requested from the offeror or successful awardee to ensure support for the 

items. 

10 Deliverables (Reports and Data received via electronic means formatted for MS Excel)

10.1 Report Requirements

• Received via electronic format

• Formatted in MS Excel

• All reports will indicate date report submitted

• All data formats will be standard across all reports – e.g. 01/21/2016

• Previous day report due by 9:00 AM local next business day

• Previous week reports due by 9:00 AM local the first business day of next report cycle

• Previous month, quarter, and semi-annual reports are due within 5 business after the start of next report 

cycle

• Historical data must be maintained by Contractor

10.2 Daily Reports

• Bin Delivery Report –Site, Work Center/RCC, BSL or Machine (as appropriate), Bin; NSN and Part 

Number Delivered, Quantity Delivered, Date/Time Delivered, Item Price, item provided in kit (Y/N), 

item provided as backup (Y/N)

• Kit Delivery Report –Site, Bldg, Work Center/RCC, Kit Number, Date/Time Delivered, Quantity 

Delivered, Missing NSN(s)/Part Number(s), Get Well Date for missing NSN(s), % of Individual Kit 

Built, Employee Number of Accepter, Item Price, parts replenished in the kit.

• Metrics Report –Site, Work Center/RCC, BSL or Machine (as appropriate), Bin/Kit, NSN(s) and Part 

Number(s) causing FPA, Initial FPA Date/Start Time, Expected GWD, Cumulative FPA time, MWT 

start, Cumulative MWT, Unique AF Employee Identifier.

• Bin-to-Bin Transfers Report – Date/Time, Bin From – Site, Work Center/RCC, BSL or Machine (as 

appropriate), NSN and Part Number; Bin To – Site, Work Center/RCC, BSL or Machine (as 

appropriate) 
Page 127 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

10.3 Weekly Reports

• Weekly Cycle Count Report (AutoCrib Only) – Date/Time, Site, Work Center/RCC, BSL or Machine (as 

appropriate), Bin; NSN and Part Number, AutoCrib Machine Bin Totals (what’s in each bin), Actual 

Count, Unique AF Employee Identifier

• DLA Backup Report – Date/Time, Site, Work Center/RCC, Bldg, NSN and Part Number, Unit of 

Measure, Quantity, Reason

10.4 Monthly Reports 

• Bin Delivery Summary Report (This is a monthly roll-up report of the daily report) - Site, Work 

Center/RCC, Bldg, BSL or Machine (as appropriate), Bin, NSN and Part Number Delivered, Month 

Total Delivered, Average Monthly Consumption, Item Price, item delivered in a kit (Y/N); item 

provided as backup (Y/N). Note: Rolling historical consumption must be maintained by contractor

• Kit Delivery Summary Report (This is a monthly roll-up report of the daily report) –Site, Bldg, Work 

Center/RCC, Kit Number, Missing NSN(s) and Part Number(s), Get Well Date for missing NSN(s); % 

of Kit Built, Employee Number of Accepter, Date/Time Delivered, Item Price, Parts Replenished

• Demand Forecasting Report – NSN and Part Number, Monthly Demand History for the Last 2 - 5 

Years, Monthly Forecast, Forecasting Model Used, Forecast Accuracy, Stock Outs or Projected Stock 

Outs Compared to the Supply On-hand and/Due in, Number of Backorders Per NSN and Priority, Unit 

of Issue

• Metrics Summary Report (This is a roll-up report from the daily report) - Site, Site Total Monthly FPA, 

Site Total Monthly MWT---this support data will be provided in a separate tab for each ALC; Site, 

Work Center/RCC, BSL or Machine (as appropriate), Bin; NSN or Kit Number then NSN(s) Causing 

Metric, Source of Supply, Initial FPA Date/Time, Closed FPA Date/Time, Expected GWD, Cumulative 

Monthly MWT and FPA, Unique AF Employee Identifier.

• Open Orders Report - Site, Work Center/RCC, BSL or Machine (as appropriate), Bin, NSN and Part 

Number, Date/Time Opened, Get Well Date

• PQDR/SDR Report - Site, Work Center/RCC, BSL or Machine (as appropriate), Bin, NSN and Part 

Number, Date, Problem, Resolution, Get Well Date

• Recommended Deletion Report - Site, Work Center/RCC, BSL or Machine (as appropriate), Bin, NSN 

and Part Number, Delivery History, Reason for Deletion Recommendation

• Obsolete and Replacement NSNs Report - Site, Work Center/RCC, BSL or Machine (as appropriate), 

Bin, Obsolete NSN and Part Number, Obsolete Date, Replacement NSN and Part Number, Source, 

Health of NSN, Get Well Date

• Supportability Analysis - (See Section 6.2)

• Inventory Report – (Contractor inventory on hand to include on site, off-site) – Site, NSN and Part 

Number, Quantity On Hand, Quantity Due In (until next report)

• IPV Contact List - Name, position, contact number, email, date on contract

• ALT/PLT for Commercial Sourced Items – NSN and Part Number, ALT/PLT

• Shelf-life Management Report – Date in Bin, Shelf Life at Bin Placement (# of days, months, etc.), 

Remaining Shelf Life (# of days, months, etc.)

• Returns Report – Site, NSN and Part Number, Quantity, Reason for Return

• Kit Returns Report – Using Work Center/RCC, Kit Number, Date/Time Delivered, Date/Time Returned, 

Consumed NSN(s)/Part Number(s), Quantity; Missing NSN(s)/Part Numbers, Quantity
Page 128 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

10.5 Quarterly Reports

• Kit LOMs Report - Site, Bldg, Work Center/RCC, Kit Number, List of NSNs and Part Numbers and

Quantities in each kit

10.6 Semi-Annual Reports

• Socio-economic Data Report - % of prime contracts for small businesses, % of prime and subcontracts

for women-owned small businesses, % of prime and subcontracts for small disadvantaged businesses, %

of prime and subcontracts for service-disabled veteran-owned small businesses, 3% of prime

subcontracts for HUBZone certified small businesses

10.7 Miscellaneous Reports

• Ad hoc reports requested by the Air Force and/or DLA

11 IPV Transition 

11.1 Phase-In Requirements

To ensure a smooth changeover from current contract to new contract, a 180 calendar day phase in period is 

required. During the 180 calendar day phase-in period, the new Contractor shall hire a workforce to assure 

satisfactory performance beginning on the contract start date. 

The Contractor shall obtain security clearance(s) for Common Access Card(s) (CAC) or Contractor badge(s) for 

the newly hired employee(s) and begin attending all AF planning meetings. The Contractor shall ensure that all 

training requirements for the newly hired employee(s) are completed in accordance with the training section of 

this PWS. Material management shall be conducted in accordance with the implementation plan.

A phased activation shall occur at one site every 30 days beginning 90 days after contract award. Site order of 

activation will be WR-ALC, OC-ALC, and then OO-ALC. A brown out period, where items cannot be added 

to the contract or BSL’s reconfigured, shall occur during the transition of each site until 30 days thereafter in 

which the material included in the SOI and the locations of the bins at the ALC shall not change. Total 

accountability for the operational and material requirements for the program shall not exceed 180 days from 

contract effective date. The Contractor shall utilize the data provided throughout the transition period as well as 

data it collects during transition to provide a gap analysis to DLA and the AF of potential shortfalls in the 

supply chain that could impact production. 

The Contractor shall assume responsibility for maintenance of existing bench stock locations and bins and all 

remaining inventory in the bins. At the conclusion of site activation, the Contractor will have conducted a gap 

analysis and identified any long lead time items that could potentially become unsupportable and coordinated 

actions including spot buys to ensure material is available. 

Upon site activation and through coordination with the Gen II Contractor, AF, and DLA, the Contractor shall 

have accomplished movement and accounting including reporting to the Government of all AF owned material 

managed and stored by the Gen II Contractor to the successful awardee’s facilities.

The Contractor shall establish procedures for the transfer of bin management responsibility that will ensure the 

proper identification of parts; cleaned, organized, bar coded, and labeled designated material bin location and 

marking of the bins as required by the Air Force; appropriately marked all bins containing precious metals with 

an annotation as approved by each ALC; established material distribution schedules and procedures to maintain 
Page 129 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

a reliable flow of material to the bins; developed adequate stock of commercially sourced items to fully support 

these items at the conclusion of the 6-month transition, completed identification and location of all BSLs / bins 

under this contract through coordination with the incumbent and AF, and designed a Quality Assurance Plan 

addressing ramp up time and normal performance time.

11.1.1 Data to be Provided to Gen III Awardee

The Gen III Contractor shall be provided data reports up to site integration that include the incumbent’s 

requisition data for both Government and Commercial items and bin location of the placement of those items. 

In addition, during the transition, the AF will incorporate the Contractor in weekly planning meetings and 

provide maintenance schedule data. 

11.1.2 Data to be Provided by the Gen III awardee to DLA and the AF

The Gen III Contractor shall provide the DLA COR twice weekly reports detailing their progression toward the 

implementation milestones including but not limited to personnel hired for specific tasks and in place, material 

acquired to support Gen III, progress on pricing the remaining Gen III items, initial forecasting / demand 

planning / gap analysis reports, warehousing locations to support the contract, security access, etc.

11.2 Preparation and Staging 

The requirements of this contract include preparation of the existing ALC IPV areas and materials and the 

establishment of material management process in the initial phase of implementation and in accordance with the 

implementation plan. This preparation shall include but is not limited to:

• Conduct a gap analysis and identify any long lead time items that could potentially become 

unsupportable during the transition / site activation and coordinate actions including the DLA backup 

process to ensure material is available

• Upon site activation and through coordination with the Gen II Contractor, AF, and DLA, accomplish 

movement and accounting including reporting to the Government of all AF owned material managed 

and stored by the Gen II Contractor to the successful awardee’s facilities

• Establishing procedures for the transfer of bin management responsibility that will ensure the proper 

identification of parts

• Cleaning, organizing, bar coding, and labeling designated material bin location and marking of the bins 

as required by the Air Force

• Appropriately marking all bins containing precious metals with an annotation as approved by each ALC

• Establish material distribution schedules and procedures to maintain a reliable flow of material to the 

bins

• Develop adequate stock of commercially sourced items to fully support these items at the conclusion of 

the transition

• Complete identification and location of all BSLs / bins under this contract through coordination with the 

incumbent, DLA COR, and AF

• Design a Quality Control Plan addressing ramp up time and normal performance time.

• Submit transition specific reports twice per week on personnel, access, order placement, distribution / 

warehousing, etc

• Conduct rehearsal of Concept drills to identify gaps in the process

• Support AF and Gen II Contractor efforts to have the optimal quantity of material in the bins, the 

optimal bin location setup, and elimination of unnecessary bins

• Shadow the Gen II Contractor to learn the location of BSLs and best practices

• Support Transition meetings with the Gen II Contractor, AF, and DLA
Page 130 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

• Set up a sign at each BSL identifying the emergency POC and number to call to report bin outages to the 

Contractor. Provide lessons learned after each ALC rollout that can be utilized to improve the rollout of 

the next site

• Demonstrate access to Government systems such as Federal Logistics Information System (FLIS) that 

will be needed to ensure parts are procured to the latest revision

The Contractor shall provide the government (DLA, COR, AF) with twice weekly reports of its progress in 

completing each of the above tasks included in section 10

11.3 Scheduled Meetings

Within fifteen (15) days after date of contract award, at a time and place convenient to the Contractor and DLA, 

a meeting shall be convened to review the Contract Implementation Plan and to finalize an agenda for the 

formal Contract Implementation Plan meetings at the ALC site(s). Following this preliminary implementation 

meeting, but no later than thirty (30) days after date of contract award, a formal Contract Implementation Plan 

meeting shall be held at WR-ALC with participation by the Contractor, DLA, and the Air Force, to confirm all 

aspects of the final Implementation Plan. Subsequent Site meetings held at OC-ALC and OO-ALC 

(respectively) within every fifteen (15) days thereafter. All outstanding issues resulting from the Site Activation 

Meetings shall be resolved within thirty days of the formal Contract Implementation Plan meeting at each site 

and any changes to the Implementation Plan(s) shall be formalized and incorporated into the contract by 

modification.

11.4 Site(s) Activation

The Contractor shall accomplish all tasks required in the preparation (ramp up) for assumption of supply chain 

management responsibilities at each designated ALC site in accordance with the formal implementation plan. 

The ALC site activation process will include but not be limited to the following:

• Contractor overview briefing to Air Force and DLA

• Contractor tour of ALC facilities

• Establish decision focal points

• Defining and assignment of roles and responsibilities

• Develop shop roll out schedule

• Procedure of addition and deletion of items to the contract

• Coordination of the process for providing DLA backup material

• Invoicing; payment; and inter-fund billing 

• Review types, frequency, and format of required reports

• Establishment of the Contractors on and off base office and warehouse facilities

• Contractor applies for Contractor personnel security badges

• Record action items and due dates

• Develop Implementation Plan

11.5 Transition to Automated Bin

Throughout the life of the contract, the AF will convert the current bins to automated bins; this may include 

kitting. During this transition, the Contractor shall support the AF schedule for rollout of the automated 

solution including filling the bins and integrating with the automated solution to receive data. It is anticipated 

the automated bin will replace manual inventory record-keeping, and data will be more exact than tracking min 
Page 131 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

and max numbers alone and usage data will be real-time. This transition may require the Contractor to provide 

additional personnel, training, equipment, IT integration, or other assets to ensure seamless support of the 

mission and metric achievement. 

With the transition to automated bins, the POS may shift from placement in the bin to the point at which the 

mechanic pulls the part from the bin. If the customer determines to proceed with the POS change to POS at 

removal from the bin, the Contracting Officer shall inform the successful offeror within 10 days upon Air Force 

notification to the DLA COR that the POS will change. This notice will start the redetermination of the terms 

surrounding POS and make any equitable adjustments to facilitate this change. The Contractor is required to 

submit a Request for Equitable Adjustment within 30 days after DLA notification of the POS change.

11.6 Contract Closeout and Transition to Gen IV

11.6.1 Contract Closeout

Within 12 months of completion of the Gen III contract and during transition to Gen IV, the Government may 

place lead time away orders for commercially sourced items on this contract to place in stock at its distribution 

locations.

11.6.2 Transition from Gen III to Gen IV

Transition from Gen III to Gen IV consists of 3 overarching requirements: Inventory, Support, and Site 

Activation.

11.6.2.1 Inventory

• Support Air Force inventory activities required for transition from Gen III to Gen IV 

• Conduct a gap analysis and identify any items that could potentially become unsupportable during 

the transition / site activation and coordinate actions including, but not limited to, spot buys to ensure 

material is available within 90 days of contract close

• Existing BSLs will be stocked by incumbent with 1.5 months of inventory in each bin and/or 

AutoCrib machines stocked to their identified and agreed to maximum levels

11.6.2.2 Support

• Complete identification and location of all BSLs / bins under this contract and document location, in 

spreadsheet format, with the following data elements: Building, Workcenter, BSL ID, Bin ID and 

NSN in bin

• Allow the Gen IV Contractor to shadow current Gen III Contractor until Gen IV Contractor 

expresses comfort with location of BSLs and best practices. DLA COR will assist in establishing 

shadowing schedule and approve satisfactory completion of task. 

• Support Transition meetings via assistance with drafting agendas and participating in those meetings 

with the Gen IV Contractor and Government 

o Incumbent may be required to provide Gen III specific data / reports in support of transition 

meetings 

o Incumbent will address any questions, as required, from Gen IV Contractor during meetings 

o Prior to ALC rollout, weekly meetings are anticipated. Frequency could increase to daily 

upon ALC rollout 

• Provide lessons learned after each ALC rollout that can be utilized to improve the rollout of the next 

site
Page 132 of 132 Pages

CONTINUATION SHEET REFERENCE NO. OF DOCUMENT BEING CONTINUED:

SPE4A2-16-R-0001

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

• Demonstrate access to Government systems such as FLIS that will be needed to ensure parts are

procured to the latest revision to the Gen IV Contractor

• In coordination with COR and with COR approval; provide overview briefing to Gen IV Contractor,

Air Force and DLA

• Contractor tour of ALC facilities with Gen IV Contractor

• Assist the Gen IV Contractor in transition activities, including, but not limited to:

o Appropriately marking all bins containing precious metals

o Establishing material distribution schedules and procedures to maintain a reliable flow of

material to the bins

o Establishing procedures for the transfer of bin management responsibility that will ensure the

proper identification of parts

• Support AF and Gen IV Contractor efforts to have the optimal quantity of material in the bins, the

optimal bin location setup, and elimination of unnecessary bins.

11.6.2.3 Site Activation

• Cleaning, organizing, bar coding, and labeling designated material bin location and marking of the

bins as required by the Air Force to allow for smooth transition at each site.

• Submit transition specific reports twice per week to Gen IV Contractor, AF, and DLA. Topics

include, but are not limited to: personnel, access, order placement, distribution / warehousing, etc.

• Assist the Gen IV Contractor, DLA, and the AF in a smooth transition of each site during scheduled

rollouts to ensure a constant level of support at or above current Gen III metric requirements

• Provide inventory reports, gap analysis and source of supply and procurement history to Gen IV

Contractor

12 On-Site Security

• The Contractor and its employees shall comply with all Department of Defense and AF security

regulations. All representatives of the Contractor and any personnel employed by the Contractor

entering the Government installation shall abide by all security regulations of the installation that exist

or will come into existence, and shall be subject to such inspections as may be deemed necessary.

• Contractor employees shall wear name tags that identify the Contractor’s business name and the name of

the employee. In addition, any business pass issued to an employee by the Government shall be in the

possession of the Contractor or the employee at all times while at the ALCs. The ALCs reserve the right

to direct the removal and or barring of any employee for misconduct or security reasons. Removal of

Contractor’s employees for reasons stated above does not relieve the Contractor from fulfilling its

obligations to perform the provisions of this contract.

• Contractor is required to acquire employee identification badges from the ALC security control offices

for all their employees engaged in contract performance who, as a part of their employment, must enter

the ALCs. No Contractor employee will be permitted entry onto the ALCs unless they have in their

possession and wear the prescribed identification badge.

• Lost or damaged access badges shall be replaced at the expense of the Contractor.

• The Contractor is required to submit a DD 254 (Department of Defense Contract Security Classification

Specification) for each ALC.